PDF Version - Sage - Sage Publications

Education 

Books, Journals & 

Textbooks Catalogue 

2012 

Learning Matters is 

now part of SAGE

Education | 2012 

Welcome... 

Dear Colleagues, 

Welcome to our 2012 Education catalogue. In the face of continuing uncertainty in many of the markets which we serve, SAGE is 

proud to present a strong list of books in 2012. We are particularly pleased to include Learning Matters titles which are now part of 

SAGE’s offer to the Education sector. 

Learning Matters titles 

For students training to teach in schools, there is the new text by Waugh and Joliffe Teaching Systematic Synthetic Phonics in 

Primary Schools offering focused coverage and linked to the new 2012 Teachers’ Standards. 

In the established series Achieving QTS there are new editions of: 

Primary English Knowledge and Understanding by Medwell, Wray, Moore and Griffi ths; 

Primary Mathematics Knowledge and Understanding by Mooney, Ferrie, Fox, Hansen and Wrathwell; 

Primary Science Knowledge and Understanding by Peacock, Sharp, Johnsey and Wright. 

All are fully revised to link to the new 2012 Teachers’ Standards. 

For trainee teachers in the Lifelong Learning Sector there is a new text from best-selling author Ann Gravells - Achieving your 

TAQA Trainer and Internal Quality Assurer Award – the fi rst text on the market for this new award. There is also the new edition 

by Ann Gravells of Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector - The New Award - written for the new 4 unit PTLLS. 

SAGE 

Key SAGE textbooks are Gray and McBlain Learning Theories in Childhood, a comprehensive overview of philosophies and 

learning theories. We’re excited to publish Poore: Using Social Media in the Classroom. New editions include Bartlett & Burton’s 

3rd edition of Introduction to Education Studies, as well as a fully revised second edition of Denby’s Training to Teach, a guide 

for all PGCE and NQTs. 

In research methods, we publish the third edition of Clough & Nutbrown Methods and Methodologies. We also publish the 

brand new Research Methods and Methodologies in Education edited by Arthur, Wearing, Coe and Hedges, with a stellar 

international list of contributors. In addition the fi rst titles will appear in the BERA/SAGE series Research Methods in Education. 

Our successful reference list continues to grow with the addition of two new SAGE Handbooks : Andrews, Domingo, Boy-Davis, 

Borg and England (eds.) SAGE Handbook of Digital Dissertations; and Fletcher & Mullen (eds.) SAGE Handbook of Mentoring 

& Coaching in Education 

We look forward to working with you in 2012 and welcome your feedback on our books. 

Marianne Lagrange • Publisher, Education • marianne.lagrange@sagepub.co.uk

Contact us 

1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road, London, EC1Y 1SP 

+44 (0)20 7324 8500 +44 (0)20 7324 8600 

www.sagepub.co.uk 

Key Contacts 

Amy Thornton – Learning Matters Editor 

amy.thornton@sagepub.co.uk 

Jude Bowen – Publisher 

jude.bowen@sagepub.co.uk 

James Clark – Commissioning Editor 

james.clark@sagepub.co.uk 

Catherine Slinn – Senior Books Marketing Manager 

catherine.slinn@sagepub.co.uk 

Nell McCreadie – Journals Marketing Manager 

nell.mccreadie@sagepub.co.uk 

Keep up-to-date 

Tell us which subject areas you are interested 

in hearing about and we’ll keep you up-to-date 

with relevant products and special offers. 

Choose how you’d prefer to hear from us, be 

it by e-mail or post 

www.sagepub.co.uk/myaccount 

Inspection Copies 

Request and manage your inspection copies 

quickly and easily. 

www.sagepub.co.uk/inspectioncopy 

Contents 

SAgE eBooks 

green SAgE 

Education | 2012 

Early Childhood.............................................................. 2–12 

Education Texts - All Phases ....................................... 13–17 

Education Texts - Early Years ........................................... 17 

Education Texts - Primary ........................................... 18–27 

Education Texts - Secondary ......................................28–29 

English & Literacy ........................................................ 30-32 

Maths & Numeracy ............................................................33 

Science ..............................................................................33 

Education Studies ........................................................ 34-38 

Education Psychology .................................................38–41 

Special & Inclusive Education ..................................... 41–45 

Learning Support ......................................................... 45-46 

EAL .....................................................................................46 

Behaviour ...........................................................................46 

Counselling .................................................................. 47–50 

Further Education / Higher Education ......................... 51–56 

Leadership & Management ......................................... 57–61 

Study Skills ..................................................................62–65 

Research ......................................................................66–77 

Reference .....................................................................77–84 

Education Books for Practitioners ....... Lime Green Section 

1000 eBooks are now available from SAGE. Look out 

for the eBooks symbol when browsing... 

www.sagepub.co.uk/ebooks 

We recognise that our business operations have an 

impact on the environment and are committed to 

minimising them. Find out more: 

http://www.uk.sagepub.com/aboutCommunity.nav 

the natural home 

for authors, editors & societies

Early Childhood 

EARLY CHILDHOOD 

A guide for Students 

Second Edition 

Edited by Tina Bruce Honorary Visiting 

Professor at Roehampton University 

This popular book covers all the topics 

needed for an early childhood course, and 

has been fully revised in light of the latest 

policy developments. It now also includes 

new chapters on key issues such as Early Years 

Professional Status and personal, social and emotional development. 


STUDIES 

Third Edition 

2009 • 440 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-223-6) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-224-3) • £22.99 

Edited by Rod Parker-Rees , Caroline 

Leeson both at University of Plymouth , 

Jan Savage and Jenny Willan 

Comprehensive and fully up to date 

coverage of course content with an 

overview of current issues and approaches 

in early childhood studies. 

ABRIDGED CONTENTS 

PART ONE: WHAT CAN CHILDREN DO? SOCIOCULTURAL 

FACTORS IN DEVELOPMENT \ PART TWO: WORKING WITH CHILDREN: 

EXTENDING OPPORTUNITIES FOR PARTICIPATION \ PART THREE: MULTI- 

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE: DEVELOPING EMPOWERING COMMUNITIES 

\ PART FOUR: COMPARING CHILDREN’S WORLDS: MAKING THE 

FAMILIAR STRANGE \ PART FIVE: RESEARCHING PRACTICE: DEVELOPING 

CRITICAL ENGAGEMENT 

READERSHIP 

Students studying early childhood studies at degree and foundation degree 

level, also early years and related disciplines 

A LEARNINg mATTERS PUBLICATION 

EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES SERIES 

2010 • 272 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-351-1) • £21.99 

LEARNING IN 


A Whole Child Approach 

from Birth to 8 

Edited by Pat Beckley Bishop 

Grosseteste University College 

By explaining the theoretical context and 

highlighting relevant research evidence, 

this book supports a whole-child approach 

to learning in the early years. Drawing on case studies 

from a wide range of early years settings, the chapters consider how 

the different professions in education, health and social care can work 

together to achieve the best possible outcomes for all young children. 

READERSHIP 

All early years students 

November 2011 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-404-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-405-7) • £21.99 

LEARNING STORIES 

Constructing Learner Identities in 

Early Education 

margaret Carr University of Waikato, 

New Zealand and Wendy Lee Director 

of the Educational Leadership Project, 

New Zealand 

Margaret Carr's seminal work on learning 

stories was first published in 2001 and this 

widely acclaimed approach to assessment 

has since gained a huge international following. In 

this new book, the authors outline the philosophy behind learning 

stories and call on the latest findings from the research projects 

they have led with teachers on learning dispositions and learning 

power, to argue that learning stories can construct learner identities 

in early childhood settings and schools. By making the connection 

between sociocultural approaches to pedagogy and assessment 

and narrative inquiry, this book contextualizes learning stories as a 

philosophical approach to education, learning and pedagogy. 

Chapters explore how learning stories: 

• help make connections with families 

• support the inclusion of children and family voices 

• allow children to dictate their own stories 

• can be used to revisit children's learning journeys 

• can contribute to teaching and learning wisdom. 

This ground-breaking book expands on the concept of learning 

stories, and includes examples from practice in both New Zealand 

and the United Kingdom. It outlines the philosophy behind this 

pedagogical tool for documenting how learning identities are 

constructed and shows through research evidence why the early 

years is such a critical time in the formation of learning dispositions. 


Learner Identities in the Early Years: An Introduction to Four Themes \ 

Why Story? \ Co-Authoring and Dialogue \ Making Connections Across 

Boundaries Between Places \ Recognising and Re-Cognising Learning 

Continuities \ Appropriating Knowledges and Learning Dispositions in a Range 

of Increasingly Complex Ways \ Reconceptualising Assessment \ Constructing 

and Sustaining a Passion for Learning 

READERSHIP 

Students and practitioners in early childhood education 

March 2012 • 168 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-092-5) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-093-2) • £19.99 

Included are chapters on: 

• theories of learning 

• partnerships with parents and carers 

• motivation and self-esteem 

• diversity 

• inclusion 

• thinking skills 

• approaches to play 

• engaging early learners. 


PART ONE: HOW YOUNG CHILDREN LEARN \ Historical Perspectives \ Theories 

of Learning \ Partnerships with Parents/Carers \ Pedagogy in Practice \ PART 

TWO: SUPPORTING YOUNG CHILDREN'S LEARNING \ Motivation and Self- 

Esteem \ Inclusion and 'Educating' the Whole Child \ Diversity in the Early Years 

\ Thinking Skills \ PART THREE: ORGANIZING THE LEARNING ENVIRONMENT 

\ Approaches to Play \ Enabling Environments \ Learning and Teaching Styles 

\ Leadership and Management in Early Years Settings \ PART FOUR: ISSUES 

IN PRACTICE \ Engaging Early Learners \ The Social Context \ Multi-Agency 

Working \ Forward Thinking and Forward Practice 

2 ORDER TODAY +44 (0)20 7324 8703 +44 (0)20 7324 8700 www.sagepub.co.uk

UNDERSTANDING 

SCHEMAS AND EMOTION 

IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 

Cath Arnold Pen Green Early 

Years Centre 

This book will stimulate and extend 

knowledge and discussion of the role 

of schemas or repeated patterns of 

action in young children's cognitive and 

emotional development. 

THE AUTHORS 

COLETTE gRAY 

2010 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-165-0) • £68.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-166-7) • £22.99 

Colette gray is Head of 

Research Development 

at Stranmillis University 

College, a College of The 

Queen’s University of Belfast. 

She is a Principal Lecturer in 

Early Childhood Studies and 

a Visiting Professor (Child 

Development & Education) 

to Marjon University College 

Plymouth St Mark & St John. 

A chartered developmental 

psychologist, she has studied and taught a range of 

aspects of child development for more than twenty 

years. Her research interests include the impact of 

special needs on the young child’s learning, the ethical 

challenges involved in participatory research with 

young children; gender and achievement. Married for 

36 years, Colette recently became a proud grandmother 

to a beautiful baby boy. She looks forward to studying 

child development at close quarters within a new 

family generation. 

LEARNING THEORIES IN CHILDHOOD 

Colette gray Stranmillis University College and Sean macBlain 

University College Plymouth 

This book provides a comprehensive overview of children's learning. 

The authors discuss the key learning theories, highlight the strengths 

and weaknesses of each approach and encourage reflection on 

how different approaches impact on the learning environment. The 

discussion finishes with an exploration of the new sociology of childhood. 

Examples are drawn from practice to highlight key concepts and to make 

vital links between theory and practice. Theorists considered include: 

• Locke 

• Rousseau 

• Montessori 

• Piaget 

Available as inspection copy for lecturers 

Colette Colette Colette Colette Colette Colette Colette Colette Colette Colette Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray 

• Vygotsky 

• Bruner. 

SEAN mACBLAIN 

Sean macBlain is Reader in Child Development and 

Disability at University College Plymouth, St. Mark & 

St. John where he has the research lead for the Centre 

for Professional and Educational Research. Research Sean 

worked previously as a Senior Lecturer in Education 

and Developmental Psychology at Stranmillis University 

College, A College of The Queen’s University of Belfast. 

Prior to working as an academic, Sean worked as an 

educational psychologist and continues in this fi eld in his 

own private practice. Sean’s research interests include 

the professional development of teachers and Early Years 

practitioners and the social and emotional development 

of children and young 

people with special 

educational needs 

and disabilities. Sean 

is married to Angela 

and lives in Devon, 

England. 

Sean Sean MacBlain MacBlain 


An Introduction to Learning Theories \ The Founding Fathers and Philosophies 

of Learning \ Classical and Operant Conditioning: The Early Years Experience 

\ Piaget, Learning and Cognitive Constructivism \ Vygotsky: Learning in a 

Social Matrix \ Bandura, Bronfenbrenner and Social Learning \ Bruner and 

Discovery Learning/Constructivism \ Developing a New Perspective: The 

New Social Studies of Childhood \ Theory in Practice: Learning and the 

Reflective Practitioner 

READERSHIP 

Students on child development, early childhood and childhood studies courses, 

and anyone interested in understanding more about how children learn and think 


Cloth (978-0-85702-145-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-146-5) • £21.99 

3


KEY CONCEPTS IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

AND CARE 


Cathy Nutbrown University of Sheffield 

A rich resource for those new to early 

childhood and those working within 

it, whether a student or a practitioner. A 

resource of topics to 'pick and mix"; for readers 

to review old favourites, update knowledge and to learn 

something new 

- Dr Elaine Hallet, Institute of Education, University 

of London 

This updated edition of Cathy Nutbrown's much-loved book 

explains the key ideas and issues in early childhood clearly and 

concisely, keeping students up-to-date with the latest developments 

in the field. It offers starting points which provide a clear focus, 

suggested further reading and discussion of research on 35 key 

topics, including, for example, the early years foundation stage, the 

Reggio Emilia approach, heuristic play, early literacy development 

and parental involvement. 


Assessment \ Attachment \ Babies' Learning and Development \ Childminding 

and Home Childcare \ Children's Centres \ Citizenship \ Developmentally 

Appropriate Practice \ Digital Technologies \ Early Intervention Studies \ 

Early Literacy Development \ Early Years Foundation Stage \ Early Years 

Professional Status \ Family Literacy \ Gender \ Heuristic Play with Objects 

\ High Scope Pre-School Curriculum \ Inclusion \ Index for Inclusion \ Key 

Person \ Media and Popular Culture \ Montessori Method \ Neuroscience \ 

Parental Involvement \ Persona Dolls \ Play \ Quality \ Reggio Emilia Approach 

\ Schemas \ Sexualities \ Special Educational Needs \ Steiner-Waldorf 

Approach \ Sure Start \ Treasure Basket \ United Nations Convention on the 

Rights of the Child 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students in early childhood studies, early childhood education 

and early years as well as foundation degrees in early years and early 

childhood studies 

SAgE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES 

2011 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-400-2) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-401-9) • £19.99 

CROSS-CULTURAL 

PERSPECTIVES ON 


Edited by Theodora Papatheodorou 

Anglia Ruskin University and Janet 

moyles Freelance Consultant 

This book provides an international, 

comparative look at aspects of early 

childhood education and care. Pedagogical 

practices, learning cultures and the professional 

development of practitioners are considered within the wider political 

agenda of different countries. Pertinent policy and practice issues, 

such as numeracy and literacy, are carefully examined. 


PART ONE: CHILDREN'S LEARNING CULTURES \ PART TWO: CULTURES 

OF PEDAGOGY \ PART THREE: CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES ON CURRICULA 

PART FOUR: CULTURES OF PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 

READERSHIP 

All those studying comparative education on early years courses 

January 2012 • 256 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-0754-3) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0755-0) • £22.99 

THREADS 

OF THINKING 

Schemas and Young 

Children's Learning 

Fourth Edition 

Cathy Nutbrown University of Sheffield 

Praise for the previous edition: 

Cathy Nutbrown is able to discuss difficult theoretical issues 

with a lightness of touch and to illustrate those issues with 

clear observations from children. Accessibility is combined 

with depth. The scope of the book is comprehensive but 

detailed. She covers most of the early education issues of 

the day in ways that will encourage professionals to develop 

a more coherent and meaningful pedagogy than exists at 

the present time 

- Chris Athey 

In the Fourth Edition of her popular book, Cathy Nutbrown presents 

evidence of continuity and progression in young children's thinking. 

She shows, with detailed observation, that they are able and active 

learners. She considers aspects of children's patterns of learning 

and thinking - or schemas - and demonstrates clearly how children 

learn in an active, dynamic and creative way. 

The book makes schema theory explicit in practice. Supported 

by numerous detailed examples and the discussion of difficult 

theoretical issues, it illustrates children's learning in areas such as 

literacy, maths and science. 

Updates to this Fourth Edition includes: 

• a discussion of the need for professional development 

• a look at the changes in early years pedagogy 

• more discussion of theories of learning in relation to curriculum 

and teaching practices 

• new examples of children's drawings 

• new suggestions for using stories to support schemas. 

CONTENTS 

PART ONE: YOUNG CHILDREN LEARNING \ Thinking about Young Children 

Learning \ Some Questions about Schemas \ PART TWO: CHILDREN'S 

PATTERNS OF LEARNING \ Consistency, Continuity and Progression in Young 

Children's Learning \ Schemas as Consistent Patterns of Behaviour - Studies 

of Three Children \ PART THREE: SCHEMAS AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF 

KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING \ Children's Developing Understanding 

of Mathematical and Scientific Ideas \ Patterns of Literacy \ Nourishing 

Children's Thinking through Stories \ PART FOUR: IMPLICATIONS FOR EARLY 

EDUCATION \ A Curriculum for Thinking Children \ Assessment for Learning 

\ Working with Parents 

READERSHIP 

Early years practitioners in child education 

2011 • 216 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-463-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-464-4) • £21.99 


IMPLEMENTING QUALITY 

IMPROVEMENT AND 

CHANGE IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Edited by michael Reed University of 

Worcester and Natalie Canning The 

Open University 

By examining issues surrounding quality 

improvement, the importance of reflective practice 

and the attributes required in the workplace to effect change and 

leadership, this book provides a contemporary view of practice. 

Issues covered include: 

• multidisciplinary working 

• evaluating impact through reflective practice 

• creativity, digital technologies and play 

• safeguarding young children 

• working with parents 

• improving the quality of student experience. 


PART ONE: QUALITY IMPROVEMENT: PROCESS OR PRODUCT? \ What Do 

We Mean by Quality and Quality Improvement? \ Childminding: An Essential 

Part of Quality Childcare in the Community \ Quality Improvement: Integrated 

Working \ Reflective Practice Is the Key to Quality Improvement \ PART TWO: 

QUALITY IMPROVEMENT IN ACTION \ Exploring the Concept of Quality 

Play \ Now We've Got It, How Do We Know It's Working?: Evaluating the 

Quality Impact of Technology in the Early Years \ Improving Quality: Do Not 

Forget Creativity \ PART THREE: QUALITY IMPROVEMENT: PROFESSIONAL 

PRACTICE \ Quality Matters Because Quality Protects \ 'Go Softly...': The 

Reality of 'Leading Practice' in Early Years Settings \ Parents and Practitioners: 

Improving Quality \ Improving Quality in the Early Years, Starting with the 

Student Experience 

READERSHIP 

Education students and practitioners 


Cloth (978-0-85702-168-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-169-4) • £21.99 

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE IN 

THE EARLY YEARS 

Edited by michael Reed University of 

Worcester and Natalie Canning The 


Early years practitioners are increasingly 

being asked to undertake a variety of 

personal and professional development 

activities and this book helps them to do 

so by helping them to reflect critically on their 

own practice. The four sections link closely to the principles 

of the Early Years Foundation Stage, and support the reader in 

developing a critical and reflective approach to their own work. 


• play in the Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) in England 

• the Foundation Phase in Wales 

• safeguarding children 

• the healthy child. 

READERSHIP 

Early years students and early years practitioners 

2009 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-161-1) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-162-8) • £22.99 


LEADING AND MANAGING 

IN THE EARLY YEARS 


Carol Aubrey University of Warwick 

This Second Edition explores and 

integrates leadership and management 

practice with a real understanding of early 

years settings. It includes: 

• new chapters on private day day care, reflective 

practice and action research 

• coverage of reflective practice and reflective leadership skills 

• more on early years professional status (EYPS) as well as 

integrated centre leadership 

• practical suggestions for working with resistant groups 

and individuals. 


Introduction: Theorizing Leadership in Early Childhood \ The Early Childhood 

Leaders' Agenda \ Leadership in English Early Childhood Education and 

Care \ Practitioners' Understandings of Early Childhood Leadership \ Early 

Childhood Leaders' Work \'I Don't Like the Idea of Making a Profit... Exploiting 

Those on Low Wages' \ Journeys into Leadership \ Mentoring as a Leadership 

Strategy \ The Challenge of Leading Multi-Agency Teams \ Leading in a Time 

of Change \ Reflective Practice and Action Learning 

READERSHIP 

Students on early childhood courses, early years practitioners and local 

authority employees involved with the integrated centres initiative 

2011 • 240 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-754-6) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-755-3) • £24.99 

THE REFLECTIVE EARLY 

YEARS PRACTITIONER 

Elaine Hallet University of Derby 

Work-based reflective learning is a key 

part of the professional development of 

practitioners working in the early years 

sector. The Reflective Early Years 

Practitioner focuses on the practitioner's 

role and development within a wide range 

of contexts. Packed with case studies from 


different settings and with points for reflection in each 

chapter, the author covers: 

• developing as an early years practitioner 

• reflective vocational progression 

• pedagogical examples for continuing professional development 

• study skills to begin reflective practice 

• professionalism and reflective leadership in the early years. 

Vital aspects of practice, such as identifying and planning for 

children with special educational needs, developing inclusive 

teaching strategies and safeguarding young children, are highlighted 

within the chapters. 


The Developing Early Years Practitioner \ Being a Reflective Professional Early 

Years Practitioner \ Work-Based Reflective Learning \ Reflective Vocational 

Progression \ A Work-Based Reflective Pedagogy \ Being a Reflective 

Student \ Professionalism in the Early Years \ Reflective Leadership \ Female 

Graduates' Reflective Learning Journeys \ Future Reflections, Where Next? 

READERSHIP 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0055-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0056-8) • £20.99 

5


ETHICAL PRACTICE IN 


Edited by Ioanna Palaiologou 

University of Hull 

Ethical considerations are raising new 

questions about the involvement and 

participation of children themselves in 

research. By considering the ethical issues 

that can arise when working with and doing 

research with young children from birth to fivefiveyears, this book examines a wide range of topics including: 

• involving young children in research 

• research tools with children under five 

• doing research with children with special needs and disabilities 

• researching other cultures 

• loss and bereavement 

• ethical practices when studying early childhood 

• safe-guarding young children 

• ethics and leadership. 

Examples from practice in education, health and social work are 

examined. There are: chapter overviews; activities; case studies; 

points for discussion; recommendations for further reading; and 

useful websites in each chapter; which help to engage the reader 

and facilitate critical thinking and reflective practice. 


Introduction: Ethical Considerations in Early Childhood \ Involving Young 

Children in Research \ Research Tools to Use with Children Under Five \ 

Ethics in Researching Children with Disabilities \ Ethical Research Involving 

Vulnerable Groups \ Ethics in Researching Other Cultures \ Ethics and Policy 

and Every Child Matters \ Ethics in Multi-Agency Working \ Loss, Bereavement 

and Ethics \ Ethics in Studying Early Years \ Safeguarding Young Children 

\ Ethics when Inspecting Early Years Practice \ Ethical Leadership in Early 

Years Settings 

July 2012 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-852-5) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-853-2) • £21.99 

RESEARCH METHODS IN 


An Introductory guide 

Penny mukherji and Deborah Albon 

both at London Metropolitan University 

How I wish I'd had a book like this 

when I first started my career as a 

researcher into early years education 

and care! There's something for everyone, 

and I wholeheartedly commend it to those embarking 

upon, or wishing to extend their knowledge of, early 

childhood research 

- Professor Emeritus Janet Moyles, Early Years & Play 

Consultant 

This highly engaging and easy-to-read introductory text is tailored 

to meet the needs of early childhood students. It includes practical 

examples of research with and about young children and babies, and 

encourages the reader to take an interactive approach. 

2009 • 288 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-523-5) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-524-2) • £23.99 

WORK-BASED RESEARCH 


Edited by Sue Callan The Open 

University and michael Reed University 

of Worcester 

In the early years sector, all practitioners 

are now expected to engage in workbased 

research as a means of improving 

practice and demonstrating leadership. 

Using examples from recent practitioner 

projects, this text offers a 'real-world' approach to research, 

consistent with models that involve the active participation of 

children and families. With the aim of clarifying themes and concepts 

for inexperienced researchers, the text explores ethical principles 

underpinning research, supported by case studies which will be of 

particular relevance to students undertaking their own small-scale 

investigations. Suggested further reading on research methodology 

is also included. Chapters are organized under three headings: 

• planning for research 

• doing research 

• learning from research. 

This book provides practitioners and undergraduates with a 

greater understanding of the position of the researcher, how to 

facilitate research, and the ways in which research underpins raising 

achievement and change in the workplace. There is an emphasis on 

the impact of research on practice, illustrated through reflection on 

the authors' experience of preparing this text. 


Introduction/Rationale for the Text \ Concepts of Quality and Ethical Practice 

\ Investigating Practice in the Early Years: Improving Quality \ Research as 

Reflective Practice: Exploring Values, Assumptions and Attitudes \ Taking a 

Critical Approach to the Literature Review \ Clarifying Purpose, Methods and 

Outcomes \ Explaining Triangulation \ Continuing the Reflective Process in an 

Evolving Study \ Presenting and Discussing Results and Outcomes \ Creating 

Environments and Cultures for Enquiry 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners and undergraduate education students 

2011 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-174-8) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-175-5) • £19.99 

PLAY AND PRACTICE IN 


FOUNDATION STAGE 

Edited by Natalie Canning The 


Play is an underlying theme of the Early 

Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) but it is 

often a challenge for practitioners to provide 

a play based curriculum. This book provides 

guidance on how you can focus on play and meet the 

requirements of the EYFS. 

2010 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-996-9) • £63.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-997-6) • £20.99 


POLICY ISSUES IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Linda miller The Open University and 

Denise Hevey University of Northampton 

Providing a unique and critical insight 

into some of the most significant issues 

affecting early years policy, this book 

includes contributions from leading 

authorities and researchers in the field 

who draw on current research to address key 

debates and offer international perspectives. Each chapter 

draws attention to key themes and issues in early years theory, policy 

and practice. Topics covered include: 

• poverty, disadvantage and social exclusion 

• closing the gap in outcomes for young children 

• promoting infant mental health 

• safeguarding and well-being 

• parenting policies and skills 

• national strategies versus professional autonomy 

• the marketization of early years provision 

• critical perspectives on policy implementation. 

Written in an accessible style, the book asks the reader to engage 

with debates and to develop their own views and opinions. With 

staggered levels of suggested further reading, the editors and 

contributors provide a rich source of material that encourages 

reflection and promotes progression. 


PART ONE: POVERTY, SOCIAL DISADVANTAGE AND YOUNG CHILDREN \ 

Poverty, Disadvantage and Social Exclusion \ Closing the Gap - Policy into 

Action \ Promoting Infant Mental Health: A Public Health Priority \ PART 

TWO: EVIDENCE BASED INTERVENTIONS IN EARLY YEARS \ Enhancing 

Potential in Children (EPIC) \ Safeguarding, Well-Being and Universal Services: 

A Case Study of Scotland \ Parenting Policies and Skills Strategies in the 

United Kingdom \ Play as a Foundation for Learning? The Rhetoric and 

Reality of the National Strategy for Early Education and Assessment in 

England \ PART THREE: MARKETIZATION AND DEMOCRATIZATION \ 

Making Democracy a Fundamental Value in Early Childhood Education and 

Care (ECEC) - Meaning What? \ Marketization of Early Years and Childcare 

Services \ Early Years Services as a Vehicle for Democratization: ISSA's 

Experience in Supporting Practitioners' Professional Development, Building 

Partnerships and Influencing Systems \ Conclusion \ Critical Perspectives 

on Policy Implementation 

READERSHIP 

Students on all levels of early years courses, from foundation degree to 

masters level 

CRITICAL ISSUES IN THE EARLY YEARS 


Cloth (978-0-85702-962-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-963-8) • £22.99 

THEORIES AND 

APPROACHES TO 

LEARNING IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Edited by Linda miller The Open 

University and Linda Pound 

Education Consultant 

This book conveniently brings together 

contributions from some of the leading academics 

in this field on the work of the main theorists including Montesorri, 

Vygotsky and Reggio Emilia. 


2010 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-577-1) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-578-8) • £23.99 

PROFESSIONALIZATION, 

LEADERSHIP AND 

MANAGEMENT IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Edited by Linda miller and Carrie Cable 

both at The Open University 

By leading authors in the field, this book 

in a new series offers critical and reflective 

treatment of a core early years topic which is 

covered by every early childhood course. 


2010 • 184 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-553-5) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-554-2) • £23.99 

WORKING WITH 

CHILDREN, YOUNG 

PEOPLE AND FAMILIES 

A Course Book for 

Foundation Degrees 

Edited by Billie Oliver and Bob Pitt both 

at University of the West of England 

The Children's Workforce Development 

Strategy sets out the basic skills and 

knowledge needed by people whose work 

brings them into regular contact with children, 

young people and their families. Built around this 

common core of skills and knowledge and packed with case studies 

and reflective exercises, this book helps students and practitioners 

understand the theory behind these issues and develop strategies 

for embedding them within their own practice. 


An Introduction to Integrated Working and the Children's Workforce \ 

Constructions of Childhood, Youth and Families \ The Developing Child and 

Young Person \ Safeguarding Children and Young People \ Participatory 

Communication \ Supporting Transitions \ Multi-Agency Working \ Living 

and Working in a Diverse World \ The Children's Workforce: New Roles and 

Career Opportunities 

READERSHIP 

Students and practitioners in integrated children's services 


CREATINg INTEgRATED SERVICES SERIES 

2011 • 184 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-421-4) • £16.99 

See the full listing of all our 

Education titles online at 

www.sagepub.co.uk/education 



7


INVOLVING 

PARENTS IN THEIR 

CHILDREN'S LEARNING 


margy Whalley Pen Green 

Centre, Corby 

'A unique guide for students, practitioners, 

parents, and administrators of young 

children who want to understand specific strategies 

to maximise parent involvement's and collaboration' 

- Education Libraries 

This book is the story of the pioneering work of the Pen Green Early 

Years Centre for children and families. Showing how early years 

practitioners can collaborate effectively with parents, the book 

includes case studies of parents and children who have attended 

the centre, and studies that chart developments in learning for both 

children and parents. 

2007 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-3500-5) • £78.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-3501-2) • £25.99 

INTEGRATED CHILDREN'S 

SERVICES 

John m Davis University of Edinburgh 

This book looks at how children's services 

can work together more effectively. By 

taking an approach that is grounded in 

research, the book engages critically 

with both the benefits and the pitfalls 

of integrated working. The importance 

of relationships, roles, responsibilities and 

strategic planning is discussed, and chapters cover: 

• what integrated working looks like in practice 

• how early years services work 

• ethnicity 

• Child and Adolescent Mental-Health Services (CAMHS) 

• disability and integrated working. 

The book encourages readers to reflect on their own background 

and how this influences their view of specific children, families and 

fellow professionals, as well as their own practice. 


Defining Integration: What Are the Different Approaches? \ Integrated Early 

Years Services: Co-Location, Roles and Development \ Integrated Children's 

Services and Ethnicity \ Strategic Planning of Integrated Child and Adolescent 

Mental-Health Services \ Participation, Disabled Young People and Integrated 

Children's Services \ Analyzing Participation in Local Authorities: An Holistic 

Approach \ Conceptual Integration in Children's Services 

READERSHIP 

Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students 

2011 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-730-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-731-7) • £22.99 

WORKING IN 

MULTIPROFESSIONAL 

CONTEXTS 

A Practical guide for Professionals 

in Children's Services 

John m Davis and mary Smith both at 

University of Edinburgh 

Making links between different professional 

roles, policies and practices, this book equips 

readers with the skills, knowledge and understandings that 

managers, practitioners and students need to work in integrated 

multiprofessional settings. The book draws on case studies to 

consider the dilemmas, challenges and complexities common within 

the workplaces. 

Chapters cover: 

• roles, policies and practices in integrated services 

• quality assessment in a multiprofessional context 

• evaluating and developing children and family services 

• participation and engagement in integrated family centres 

• innovative multiprofessional learning 

• creative multiprofessional environments. 

Each chapter incorporates activities to support professional 

development. There are six case study chapters that analyse specific 

examples from inclusive education, integrated family support, 

integrated children's services (education, health and social services), 

participatory family centre design and professional mentoring. 


Introduction \ Understanding the Concepts, Structures and Relationships 

of Multiprofessional Working \ Traditional Structures of Multiprofessional 

Leadership and Management \ Contemporary Approaches to Multi- 

Professional Leadership and Management \ Multiprofessional Assessment, 

Planning and Delivery \ Participation and Multi-Agency Working \ 

Multiprofessional Evaluation \ Self-Awareness and Professionalism \ 

Multiprofessional Creativity and Innovation 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and post-graduate students and professionals on courses to 

develop their knowledge of multiprofessional working 

April 2012 • 168 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-172-4) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-173-1) • £21.99 

MULTI-AGENCY WORKING 


Challenges and Opportunities 

michael gasper Educational Consultant 

and Researcher 

Enhancing the delivery of services to 

children, parents and communities 

is essential if we are to address the 

detrimental effects of poverty and exclusion. 

Getting multi-agency working right is an exciting but 

challenging goal in early years care and education and this book 

suggests ways to draw together the different professional ideas, 

methods and targets. 

2009 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-527-3) • £64.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-528-0) • £20.99 


TRANSITIONS IN THE EARLY YEARS 

Working with Children and Families 

Edited by Lyn Trodd Hertfordshire 

University and Leo Chivers 

Designed to facilitate professional development and critical reflection 

in the leadership of services for children and families, this book is 

packed with case studies depicting the experiences of children and 

their families in transition, and exploring a wide range of scenarios. 

The chapters: 

• explore transitions from a range of perspectives 

• explore the impact of practitioner inquiry 

• look at examples of contemporary practice. 


Transitions \ Practitioner Research \ A Framework for Interprofessional 

Practice \ Learning from Our Own Experiences \ Diagnosis of a Disability \ 

The Dangers in Being Complacent \ Supporting Vulnerable Families \ Joining 

a Pre-School \ Evaluation and Leadership \ Children and Working Parents 

\ Hearing the Voice of the Child with SEND through Their Parents \ Child 

Protection Yet \ Into the Care System \ The Experience of Birth for the Baby 

and a Family \ Managing Multiple Daily Transitions in Early Years \ Transitions: 

The Contribution of the Voluntary Sector and 'Informal Support' \ Supporting 

Grieving Young Children and Their Families \ A Parent's Perspective \ Effective 

Practice from a Child's Perspective \ Learning for Uncertainty from Uncertainty 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners working with young children and their families as well as those 

studying early childhood 

December 2012 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-4977-2) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-4978-9) • £19.99 

EXPLORING PLAY 

FOR EARLY 

CHILDHOOD STUDIES 

mandy Andrews University 

of Worcester 

This accessible text takes the reader 

through a detailed exploration of the 

nature of play. It begins by examining 

definitions of play and supports students to 

understand some of the key concepts of play. It goes on 

to consider the benefits of play, creativity and risk and the contexts 

for play, before considering children's rights and the adult role in the 

facilitation of play. Interactive activities and theory focus features 

help students to arrive at an understanding of their own practice. 


PART ONE: EXPLORING PLAY \ Identifying Features of Play \ Understanding 

Concepts of Play \ Observing Children at Play \ PART TWO: THE BENEFIT OF 

PLAY \ The Value of Play in Child Development \ Play and Socialization \ Play, 

Creativity and Risk \ Contexts for Play \ PART THREE: CHILDREN'S RIGHTS 

AND THE OWNERSHIP OF PLAY \ The Ownership of Play: Play Space, Play 

Cues and Play Actions \ Developing a Pedagogy for Play 

READERSHIP 

Early childhood studies degree and foundation degree students 



May 2012 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85725-846-5) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-685-0) • £16.99 


INTEGRATED WORKING 

WITH CHILDREN AND 

YOUNG PEOPLE 

Supporting Development from 

Birth to Nineteen 

Edited by Nadia Edmond and mark 

Price both at University of Brighton 

This interdisciplinary core textbook looks 

at learning and development from birth to 19, and 

provides an accessible introduction to the common areas of study 

across the many roles supporting learning and development in the 

young people's workforce. There is coverage of common themes 

and issues, and theory is closely integrated with practice throughout. 


• physical development 

• cognitive development 

• social and emotional development 

• leadership 

• safeguarding and promoting well-being 

• equality and inclusion. 


Children and Young People's Services in Context \ Professionalism in the 

Children and Young People's Workforce \ Professional Relationships and 

Leadership in the Children and Young People's Workforce \ Quality and 

Effectiveness in Working with Children and Young People \ Children's and 

Young People's Physical Development \ Children's and Young People's 

Cognitive Development \ Children's and Young People's Social and Emotional 

Development \ Effective Communication and Engagement with Children and 

Young People \ Effective Communication and Engagement with Families \ 

Safeguarding and Promoting Well-Being \ Supporting Transitions \ Promoting 

Equality and Inclusion 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, trainee teachers, students on foundation degrees relating to working 

with children and young people, early years, teaching assistants, playworkers, 

youth workers; also learning mentors, advice and guidance workers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-781-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-782-5) • £22.99 

YOUNG CHILDREN'S 

PERSONAL, SOCIAL 

AND EMOTIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT 

Third Edition 

marion Dowling Early Years Consultant 

By linking the findings and recommendations 

from major reports and research to early years 

practice, this bestselling book helps trainee and practising teachers 

to understand and apply the latest research to their practice. 

2009 • 240 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-105-5) • £64.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-106-2) • £20.99 


9


FOREST SCHOOL FOR ALL 

Edited by Sara Knight Anglia 

Ruskin University 

Forest School is now being used with a 

wide range of different age groups and in 

many different settings. This book includes 

case studies that will help to demonstrate 

how to run Forest School sessions with: 

• special schools 

• young people in residential homes 

• school refusers 

• adults with autistic-spectrum disorders. 


PART ONE: NURSERY AND PRIMARY SCHOOL BASED FOREST SCHOOL 

\ Breaking through Concrete: The Emergence of Forest School in London \ A 

Whole School Approach \ Developing Practice and Delivering a Forest School 

Programme for Children Identified as Gifted and Talented \ Using Forest 

School to Make the Transition to High School \ PART TWO: FOREST SCHOOL, 

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL NEEDS \ Supporting Emotional and Social 

Development in Forest School with Adolescents \ An Alternative Curriculum 

\ Learning from Working with Disaffected Year 10 Pupils \ Maintaining the 

Forest School Ethos while Working with 14 to 19-Year-Old Boys \ PART 

THREE: FOREST SCHOOL AND YOUNG PEOPLE WITH PARTICULAR NEEDS 

\ Getting Children with Physical Challenges into the Woods \ SEALs in the 

Woods! \ Forest School and Looked-After Children \ Autism, Art and Nature as 

Relational Aspects of Forest School \ PART FOUR: USING FOREST SCHOOL 

STRATEGICALLY \ Addicts and Forest School \ Forest School for Families 

READERSHIP 

Anyone interested in how to implement the Forest School ethos in their 

learning environment 

2011 • 272 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-071-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-072-7) • £21.99 

FOREST SCHOOLS AND 

OUTDOOR LEARNING IN 


Sara Knight Anglia Ruskin University 

By offering clear guidance on what the 

Forest School approach can achieve, the 

book shows you how to incorporate good 

practice into all outdoor play activities. 

2009 • 144 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-276-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-277-7) • £19.99 

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES 


Fifth Edition 

Edited by gillian Pugh Institute of 

Education, London and Bernadette 

Duffy Thomas Coram Children's Centre 

This new edition of a classic text brings 

together the leading figures in early 

childhood education, and covers all the 

most pressing issues and debates facing 

early childhood students and practitioners. 

2009 • 236 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-592-1) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-593-8) • £22.99 

RISK AND ADVENTURE 

IN EARLY YEARS 

OUTDOOR PLAY 

Learning from Forest Schools 

Sara Knight Anglia Ruskin University 

Do you want to create exciting outdoor 

experiences for children? Are you looking 

for guidance on how to incorporate the 

wilder and riskier elements of outdoor play into your 

planning? This book will give you the confidence to offer the children 

in your setting adventurous and challenging outdoor activities, as 

well as ways to utilize natural resources to their best advantage. 

There is clear, practical advice on what you need to do, which 

is underpinned by the theory that supports the benefits of this 

approach. Examples from settings are included to illustrate best 

practice and to show how things can be achieved. 

Issues considered include: 

• the importance of risk-taking 

• the benefits of rough-and-tumble play 

• observing and assessing children in this mode 

• how these experiences improve children's learning 

• explaining activities to parents, colleagues and managers. 


Earth \ Hueristic Play \ Water \ Seasonal Change and Connectivity \ Air \ 

Sounds of the Environment \ Fire \ Risk and Danger \ Natural Creativity 

READERSHIP 

Students and practitioners working with young children from birth to 

eight years 

2011 • 152 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-629-7) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-630-3) • £19.99 

YOUNG CHILDREN'S 

CREATIVE THINKING 

Hiroko Fumoto , Sue Robson , Sue 

greenfield and David J Hargreaves all 

at Roehampton University 

This book pushes forward our understanding 

of what young children's creative thinking 

is, and how it promotes young children's 

well-being. By drawing on research 

evidence, the authors examine key issues 

from the perspectives of the child, the parents or carers 

and early childhood practitioners. Whilst exploring this theoretically 

complex area, they make links between theory and practice through 

discussion around case studies. The book is divided into three parts: 

• creative thinking, social relationships and early childhood practice 

• exploring perspectives in early childhood research 

• experiences of young children, parents and practitioners. 


PART ONE: CREATIVE THINKING, SOCIAL RELATIONSHIPS AND EARLY 

CHILDHOOD PRACTICE \ What Do We Mean by Creativity and Creative 

Thinking? \ Creative Thinking in Early Childhood \ Social Relationships in Early 

Childhood \ PART TWO: EXPLORING PERSPECTIVES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 

RESEARCH \ Young Children as Participants in Research \ Involving Parents 

in Research \ Researchers and Practitioners Collaborating on Research 

\ PART THREE: EXPERIENCES OF YOUNG CHILDREN, PARENTS AND 

PRACTITIONERS \ Children's Voices \ Experiences of Parents in Supporting 

Children's Creative Thinking \ Practitioners' Experience of Promoting 

Children's Creative Thinking 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students in early childhood education 


Cloth (978-0-85702-731-3) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-732-0) • £22.99 


LANGUAGE AND LITERACY 

FOR THE EARLY YEARS 

Sally Neaum Teesside University 

This core text for early childhood studies 

and early years students focuses on 

communication, language and literacy 

in the pre-school years. It begins by 

discussing language acquisition and 

development, covering development theory, 

talking with babies and the factors that affect 

development. It goes on to give guidance on how to 

support children's language acquisition through rhymes, songs, 

story books and storytelling. Finally, it examines the roots of literacy 

and asks 'what comes before phonics?' Interactive activities are 

included throughout to engage the reader and research focus 

features help students make links between theory and practice. 


Language Acquisition and Development \ Development Theory - How Children 

Learn Language \ Development Charts - Expected Developmental Parameters 

for Language Acquisition \ Talking with Babies \ Factors that Affect Acquisition 

and Development \ Responding to Language Delay and Difficulties \ Positive 

Interaction - Pedagogical Strategies \ Starting from the Child \ Rhymes and 

Songs \ Story Books and Storytelling \ Creating a Literate Environment Indoors 

and Outdoors \ Roots of Literacy \ Understanding Forms and Functions of 

Literacy \ Speaking and Listening \ What Comes before Phonics \ Books and 

Reading \ Emergent Writing 

READERSHIP 

Students of degrees and foundation degrees in early childhood studies, early 

years and related disciplines 



June 2012 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85725-859-5) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-741-3) • £16.99 

UNDERSTANDING EARLY 

YEARS POLICY 


Peter Baldock Education Consultant, 

Sheffield , Damien Fitzgerald and Janet 

Kay both at Sheffield Hallam University 

This book is a gem! It sets out in a very 

straightforward and comprehensible 

way the vast framework of policy which 

shapes the nature of early years services in the UK 

today… This book should be on the reading list of all early 

years practitioners, multi-agency professionals and students 

as a timely reminder of the context in which they work 

- Early Years Update 

Covering the latest developments in early years policy, this book 

explores the processes of how policy is made, implemented, 

analysed and developed over time. It provides a complete overview 

of early years policy and evaluates its impact on practice, and it 

facilitates discussion and critical thinking around policy issues and 

policy development with the inclusion throughout the book of case 

studies, points for reflection and activities. 

READERSHIP 

Early years students at all levels; also early years practitioners 

2009 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-446-7) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-447-4) • £22.99 




Theory and Practice 

Edited by Ioanna Palaiologou 


Looking at key issues in practice, this book 

shows the reader how to implement the 

Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) in 

their setting. The book looks at both theory 

and practical case studies and covers topics such 

as transition, working in partnership and assessment, among 

many others. 

2009 • 256 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-126-0) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-127-7) • £22.99 

ASSESSMENT FOR 

LEARNING IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 


Jonathan glazzard , Denise Chadwick 

both at University of Huddersfield , Anne 

Webster Teacher and Julie Percival 

University of Huddersfield 

This book provides an excellent 

overview of how to make assessment 

for learning in the Early Years Foundation 

Stage meaningful. It is accessible and helpfully 

structured...[and] its strong principled approach is full of 

practical, innovative ideas...Overall, this book certainly helps 

us find the process of assessment in the early years less 

daunting and complex 

- Nursery World 

ASSESSMENT IN 


SETTINGS 

Learning Stories 

2010 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-121-6) • £63.00 

Paper ( 978-1-84920-122-3) • £20.99 

margaret Carr University of Waikato, 

New Zealand 

This is an invigorating and very thoughtprovoking 

text that I would recommend 

to all early years professionals, 

parents and citizens interested in 

developing their understanding of early 

years philosophy in action, which is directly linked to a 

compelling research paradigm and deep reflection alongside 

a sound theoretical base 

- Early Years 

2001 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-0-7619-6793-4) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-7619-6794-1) • £24.99 


11


SUCCESSFUL 

PLACEMENTS IN EARLY 

YEARS SETTINGS 

Edited by Jo Basford and Elaine 

Hodson both at Manchester 

Metropolitan University (Crewe) 

Students on early years placements face 

many challenges, from understanding the 

Early Years Foundation Stage, to coping 

with the immediate needs of individual children. This 

accessible guide begins by examining the diverse range of early 

years settings and how to prepare for placements. It goes on to look 

at the four areas of the EYFS and covers working with individual 

children, building positive relationships with children, colleagues 

and parents, creating and working in an enabling environment and 

supporting children's learning needs. 


The Range and Diversity of Early Years Settings \ Preparing for Your Placement 

\ The Placement Experience \ A Unique Child \ Positive Relationships \ 

Enabling Environments \ Learning and Development \ Next Steps 

READERSHIP 

Students on degrees and foundation degrees in early childhood studies, early 

years and related disciplines 



2011 • 136 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-382-5) • £15.99 

Explore the 

Methods Map 

to discover 

links between 

methods 

More than 120,000 

pages of book, 

journal and reference 

content to support 

your learning 

From basic 

explanations to 

advanced discussion, 

SAGE Research 

Methods will lead 

you to the content 

you need 

EXTENDING 

PROFESSIONAL 

PRACTICE IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Edited by Linda miller , Carrie 

Cable and Rose Drury all at The 


Extending Professional Practice in the 

Early Years is aimed at early years practitioners 

engaged in ongoing learning and working in a diverse range of 

settings. It is a valuable and unique resource for those in the later 

stages of their professional development. 

The book encourages readers to take a critical stance in relation to 

a wide range of themes and issues which are reflected in the four 

parts of the book: 

• listening to children 

• diversity and transitions 

• pedagogy and practice 

• leadership and change. 


PART ONE: LISTENING TO CHILDREN \ PART TWO: DIVERSITY AND 

TRANSITIONS \ PART THREE: PEDAGOGY AND PRACTICE \ PART FOUR: 

LEADERSHIP AND CHANGE 

READERSHIP 

Early years practitioners, those studying early years and those involved in 

continuing their professional development 

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE OPEN UNIVERSITY 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0751-2) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0752-9) • £24.99 

The essential online tool for researchers from the 

world’s leading methods publisher 

Based on a 

newly designed 

taxonomy with over 

1,400 qualitative, 

quantitative and mixed 

methods terms 

“I have never really 

seen anything like this 

product before and I think 

it is really valuable.” 

John Creswell, University 

of Nebraska-Lincoln 

Watch video 

interviews 

with leading 

methodologists 

find out more at 

srmo.sagepub.com 

12 ORDER TODAY +44 (0)20 7324 8703 +44 (0)20 7324 8700 www.sagepub.co.uk 

More content 

and new 

features added 

for 2012! 

Discover 

SAGE Research 

Methods Lists 

– methods 

readings 

suggested by 

other users

TRAINING TO TEACH 



Edited by Neil Denby University 

of Huddersfield 

Teaching is a tough and challenging job job and society society demands more 

from its teachers than ever before. This new edition is an essential 

companion for those training to teach, providing an overview of 

important professional issues that all future teachers need to engage 

with in order to succeed in the classroom. 

Previously known as How to Achieve Your QTS , this Second Edition 

is equally valuable to those training to teach in both primary and 

secondary education and aims to give students the confident start 

they need in the classroom. Features new to this edition include more 

balanced primary education coverage, and four new chapters on: 

• child protection issues 

• teaching pupils with English as an additional language 

• cross-curricular teaching issues 

• your first teaching post - applications, interviews and induction. 

The accompanying website (www.sagepub.co.uk/denby), www.sagepub.co.uk/denby), has 

been updated to include additional material expanding on and 

complementing the contents of the book. 


Professional Attributes \ Relationships with Children and Young People \ 

Professionalism, the Professional Duties of Teachers and Legal Requirements 

\ Child Protection Issues \ Communication and Collaboration \ The Process 

of Mentoring \ Understanding the Roles of Specialist Colleagues \ Continuing 

Professional Development and and Learning at M M Level Level \ Strategies for Teaching, 

Learning and Developing Pupils \ Classroom Management and Behaviour 

Strategies \ Beginning to Understand How Young People Learn \ Approaches 

to Teaching and Learning 1: Developing a Range \ Approaches to Teaching and 

Learning 2: Planning, Progression and Sequence \ Approaches to Teaching and 

Learning 3: Differentiation and Personalizing Provision \ Teaching Pupils with 

English as an Additional Language \ Understanding and Using Assessment and 

Delivering Feedback \ The Knowledge Base \ Qualifications and Examinations in 

England and Wales \ The Legacy of Every Child Matters \ Key Cross-Curricular 

Issues in Secondary \ Cross-Curricular Aspects of Teaching, with a Focus on 

Primary \ Accessing Statistical Information \ Sensible Use of ICT in Teaching 

and Learning \ Your First Teaching Post: Applications, Interviews and Induction 

READERSHIP 

Students on initial teacher training courses in primary and secondary education 


Cloth (978-0-85702-761-0) • £65.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85702-762-7) • £21.99 


Neil Neil Neil Neil Neil Neil Neil Denby Denby Denby Denby Denby Denby Denby 

NEIL DENBY 

Education Texts - All Phases 

Neil Denby has been involved in teacher education for over 13 

years. An experienced and successful author, he has written over 

two dozen texts at various levels from GCSE to post-graduate. 

He is a Senior Lecturer in Education at the University of Huddersfield 

and Partnership Co-ordinator for PGCE Schools. 

His research interests include using the abilities of gifted and 

talented students to enhance the learning experience and the 

training and certification of teachers in Citizenship at masters Level. 

13


THE ULTIMATE STUDENT 

TEACHING GUIDE 

Kisha Daniels , gerrelyn C Patterson 

and Yolanda Dunston all at North 

Carolina Central University 

The Ultimate Student Teaching guide 

offers teacher candidates a comprehensive 

guide to better understand the realities of 

the student teaching internship experience. 

The guide provides practical strategies which 

can be immediately applied to help navigate school 

concerns, solve classroom challenges and negotiate social conflicts. 

The information and strategies presented are succinct and practical. 


PART ONE: PEOPLE \ The Open House: Welcome to Student Teaching \ 

The Teacher Conference: Meeting Your Cooperating Teacher \ PART TWO: 

POLITICS \ The Rules: Understanding Your Cooperating Teacher \ The Late 

Bell: Managing the Workload \ The Principal's Office: Classroom Management 

during Student Teaching \ PART THREE: PLANNING \ The Planning Period: 

Strategies for Effective Teaching \ The Lesson Plan: Preparation and 

Performance \ PART FOUR: PERFORMANCE \ The Evaluation: Developing 

Confidence in Your Teaching Ability \ The IEP: Internship Exit Plan 

READERSHIP 

Student teachers at all levels 

2011 • 216 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7300-7) • £22.99 

EFFECTIVE TEACHING 

Evidence and Practice 

Third Edition 

Daniel muijs and David Reynolds both 

at University of Southampton 

Appropriate for primary and secondary, 

this popular and comprehensive text 

sets out the evidence base for effective 

education methods and strategies. 

2010 • 368 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-075-2) • £75.00 

Paper ( 978-1-84920-076-9) • £24.99 

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES 

IN LEARNING AND 

TEACHING 

Edited by margery mcmahon , 

Christine Forde and margaret martin 

all at University of Glasgow 

This book explores issues faced by 

teachers in the classroom today to help 

improve professional reflection and 

encourage work towards best practice. 

2010 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-127-8) • £69.00 

Paper ( 978-1-84920-128-5) • £22.99 

EFFECTIVE 

INSTRUCTIONAL 

STRATEGIES 

From Theory to Practice 

Third Edition 

Kenneth D moore Henderson State 

University (Retired) 

Effective Instructional Strategies, Third 

Edition covers the practical information that all effective K-12 

teachers need. Applying the latest research findings and practical 

classroom practices, it provides thorough coverage of the 

strategies and skills essential to every teacher's repertoire. It has 

been carefully designed to maximize instructional flexibility and to 

model established principles of instruction as well as to expand the 

pedagogical teaching knowledge of teachers and their instructional 

repertoires. 

This book can be used as a core text for elementary, middle, 

secondary, or K-12 general methods courses or for use in-service 

seminars and workshops with a practical, application focus. It also 

makes an ideal reference text. 


Setting the Stage for Successful Learning \ Getting Ready for the Classroom 

\ Teaching Diverse Students \ Organizing the Dynamic Classroom \ Engaging 

and Motivating Learning \ Using Classroom Technology \ Managing the 

Classroom Environment \ Sequencing and Organizing Instruction \ Planning 

and Organizing Instruction \ Developing Unit and Daily Lesson Plans \ 

Evaluating and Measuring Learning \ Constructing and Grading Tests \ 

Designing Instruction to Maximize Student Learning \ Using Direct Teaching 

Methods \ Using Authentic Teaching Methods \ Using Integrated Teaching 

Methods \ Teaching Effective Thinking Strategies 

READERSHIP 

Trainee and practising teachers 


Paper (978-1-4129-9572-6) • £56.00 

SUCCESSFUL TEACHING 

PLACEMENT 

Primary and Early Years 


Jane medwell University of Warwick 

A highly practical guide to help all primary 

and early years trainee teachers prepare 

for their placements and make the most of 

their school-based experience. 


Preparing for Professional Placement \ Starting in School \ Learning to 

Observe, Plan and Evaluate on Teaching Placement \ Learning to Teach on 

Placement \ Learning to Assess, Monitor and Report on Children’s Progress 

\ Individualised Training: Target-setting, Observation and Assessment on 

Placement \ The Challenges of Placement \ Moving on 


ACHIEVINg QTS PRACTICAL HANDBOOKS SERIES 

2007 • 160 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-091-6) • £14.99 


ACHIEVING OUTSTANDING 

ON YOUR TEACHING 

PLACEMENT 

Early Years and Primary School- 

Based Training 

Jonathan glazzard University of 

Huddersfield and Jane Stokoe Teacher 

With a focus on practical strategies and 

closely referenced to OfSTED, this book provides 

essential guidance on how to translate the 'outstanding' criteria 

into practice. The authors break down the OfSTED criteria so that 

you can easily identify the skills and knowledge you need to make 

the most of your placements. Packed with case studies, practical 

tasks and links to the QTS standards, the book is structured around: 

• developing professional knowledge 

• how to be an outstanding teacher 

• assessment 

• continuing professional development (CPD). 


Outstanding Professional Attributes \ Acknowledgements \ About the Authors 

\ Table of Acronyms \ Glossary of Key Terms \ Introduction \ Professional 

Attributes \ Professional Knowledge and Understanding \ Planning for 

Teaching and Learning \ Outstanding Teaching \ Assessment for Learning 

\ Team Work \ Classroom Management \ Pursuing Your Own Professional 

Development \ Organising Your Files \ Going beyond the Standards \ 

Developing Your Own Professional Identity 

READERSHIP 

Education students undertaking teaching placements 

2011 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-526-5) • £60.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85702-527-2) • £19.99 

CROSS-CURRICULAR 

LEARNING 3-14 


Jonathan Barnes Canterbury Christ 

Church University 

This Second Edition explores the key 

issues underpinning cross-curricular 

teaching and learning. It introduces 

scientific and educational evidence 

supporting the introduction of cross-curricular 

approaches alongside techniques to put the theories into practice. 

The book includes: 

• an overview of current curriculum developments 

• a range of new case studies across the three to 14-years age range 

• expanded coverage of sociological and social psychological 

theories of learning. 


What Should Schooling in the 21st Century Look Like? \ Cross-Curricular 

Policy and Practice \ What Does Good Cross-Curricular Practice Look Like? 

\ Social Perspectives on the Learning Journey \ What Does Neuroscience 

Tell Us about Cross-Curricular Learning? \ Psychology and Cross-Curricular 

Learning \ Cross-Curricular Pedagogies \ What Principles Should We Apply? 

\ What Themes Are Suitable for Cross-Curricular Learning? \ How Can We 

Assess Cross-Curricular and Creative Learning? \ How Should We Plan for 

Cross-Curricular Activity? \ Key Issues for Debate 

READERSHIP 

Students on teacher education courses across the three to 14-years age 

range; also practising teachers considering cross-curricular approaches 

to learning 

2011 • 328 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-067-3) • £65.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85702-068-0) • £21.99 


USING SOCIAL MEDIA IN 

THE CLASSROOM 

A Best Practice guide 

megan Poore 

Using Social media in the Classroom 

is an essential guide to Web 2.0 sites and 

services, providing both an overview of 

different types of digital technologies as 

well as constructive guidance on how to 

safely and intelligently use them as tools for learning. 

Analysis of important contemporary topics includes: 

• digital literacy and new modes of learning 

• digital participation and overcoming the 'digital divide' 

• cyberbullying and understanding risk online. 


Getting Started: The Essentials \ Social Media and Education: The Recent 

Media Landscape \ Sound Educational Design Using Social Media: Designing 

the Task \ Common Aspects of Social Media Functions and Practice: 

Functional Commonalities \ The 'Big Four' \ Blogs: What is a Blog? \ Wikis: 

What is a Wiki? \ Social Networks: What Is a Social Network? \ Podcasting, 

Music, and Audio: What is a Podcast? \ Enriching Your Practice \ Visual Media: 

What are Visual Media? \ Instant Messaging, Chat, Skype and Twitter: What 

are IM, Chat, Skype and Twitter? \ Bookmarking, Clippings, Mindmapping 

and Polls: What are Bookmarking, Clippings, Mindmapping and Polls? \ 

Educational Games and Mobile Learning: What are Educational Games and 

Mobile Learning? \ Productivity Tools: What are Productivity Tools? \ Social 

Contexts \ 'Digital Natives', New Learning and Digital Literacy: The 'Digital 

Natives' Debate \ The Digital Divide and Digital Participation: The Digital 

Divide \ Cyberbullying: What is Bullying? \ Understanding Risk Online: Risk 

Management \ Practical and In-Class Considerations 

READERSHIP 

All trainee and practising teachers 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0280-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0281-4) • £20.99 

Find out what lecturers really 

think of our textbooks… 

…and how useful they have found them for 

the courses they teach. And (so long as you’ve 

requested a textbook on inspection through 

your SAGE online account) why not submit 

your own feedback for others to read online too! 

In offering this facility, SAGE is the fi rst academic 

publisher to share independent academic reviews 

and feedback online. We feel that encouraging two 

way communication with colleagues in the academic 

world is integral to producing quality content. 

Find out more at www.sagepub.co.uk/lecturer 

15


PASSING THE NUMERACY 

SKILLS TEST 

Fifth Edition 

mark Patmore 

All trainee teachers working towards 

Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) must 

pass a computerised numeracy skills test. 

The test is designed to ensure they have 

a sound grasp of numeracy skills such as 

mental arithmetic and interpreting statistics and can 

apply these in practice. This book outlines all of the test requirements 

and explains the essential subject knowledge. This Fifth Edition 

is updated throughout and includes a full practice test. Written 

by one of the authors of the actual skills tests, from the AlphaPlus 

Consultancy, this text is an accurate, up-to-date and comprehensive 

practice tool for the numeracy skills test. 


Key Knowledge \ Mental Arithmetic \ Using and Applying General Artihmetic 

\ Interpreting and Using Statistical Information \ Answers and Key Points 

READERSHIP 

All trainee teachers, primary and secondary 


ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES 


Cloth (978-1-44625-687-9) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-883-0) • £9.99 

DOING YOUR PGCE 

AT M-LEVEL 



Edited by Keira Sewell 


Masters-level study is an increasingly 

prevalent component of PGCE courses and 

this new edition of the best-selling student guide 

offers a clear and concise overview of M-level aspects in teacher 

education. This Second Edition includes discussion of recent 

developments in education policy, greater coverage of reflective 

practice in school-based training and up-to-date advice on how to 

get a teaching job at the end of your course. 

With new reflective activities designed to help students develop 

critical skills and improved references to additional material, this 

book is essential reading for students on PGCE courses in primary 

and secondary education. 


What Will the PGCE at M-Level Do for Me? \ What Can I Expect My PGCE 

at M-Level to Look Like at Subject Level? \ What Can I Expect My PGCE 

at M-Level to Look Like During My School-Based Training? \ What Is the 

Relationship Between Research and Development as a Professional? \ How 

Does Academic Writing at M-Level Make Me a Better Teacher? \ Getting a 

Job With a PGCE at M-Level \ Continuing Your Studies 

READERSHIP 

Students on PGCE courses in primary and secondary education 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0829-8) • £60.00 

Paper ( 978-1-4462-0830-4) • £18.99 

PASSING THE LITERACY 

SKILLS TEST 

Third Edition 

Jim Johnson and Bruce Bond 

All trainees working towards Qualified 

Teacher Status (QTS) must pass a 

computerised literacy skills test. The test is 

designed to ensure they have a sound grasp 

of literacy skills such as spelling, punctuation 

and grammar and can apply these in practice. The 

book outlines all of the test requirements and the essential subject 

knowledge. This Third Edition is updated throughout and now 

includes a full practice test. Fully revised and updated by one of the 

authors of the actual skills test, from the AlphaPlus Consultancy, this 

text is an accurate, up-to-date and comprehensive practice tool for 

the literacy skills test. 


Spelling \ Punctuation \ Grammar \ Comprehension \ Answers and Key Points 

READERSHIP 

All trainee teachers, primary and secondary 




Cloth (978-1-44625-682-4) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-879-3) • £9.99 

ASSESSMENT AND 

LEARNING 


Edited by John gardner Queen's 

University, Belfast 

Assessment and Learning places 

learning at the centre of our concerns and 

explicitly underscores the importance of 

assessment in that learning. This Second 

Edition provides a comprehensive overview of 

assessment that is used to support learning, practice-based theory 

on assessment for learning, and formative assessment to support 

individual development and motivate learners. It features new 

chapters on e-assessment, the learner's perspective on assessment 

and learning and the influence of assessment on how we value 

learning. 


PART ONE: PURPOSES AND PRACTICE \ Assessment for Learning in 

the Classroom \ Professional Learning as a Condition for Assessment for 

Learning \ From Teachers to Schools: Scaling Up Professional Development 

for Formative Assessment \ Alternative Perspectives on Learning Outcomes: 

Challenges for Assessment \ On the Relationship between Assessment 

for Formative and Summative Purposes \ Quality Assessment Practice \ 

PART TWO: IMPACT \ Assessment and Learning: the Learner's Perspective 

\ Instrumentalism and Achievement: A Socio-Cultural Understanding of 

Tensions in Vocational Education \ Policy and Practice in Assessment 

for Learning: the Experience of Selected OECD Countries \ The Role of 

Assessment in Developing Motivation for Learning \ PART THREE: THEORY 

\ Assessment in Harmony with Our Understanding of Learning: Problems 

and Possibilities \ Developing a Theory of Formative Assessment \ PART 

FOUR: VALIDITY AND RELIABILITY \ Validity in Formative Assessment \ The 

Reliability of Assessments \ Validity, Purpose and the Recycling of Results 

from Educational Assessments 

READERSHIP 

Teacher educators and researchers on postgraduate courses in education, 

teaching, learning and assessment 


Cloth (978-0-85702-382-7) • £70.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85702-383-4) • £23.99 


KEY CONCEPTS IN 

EDUCATIONAL 

ASSESSMENT 

Catherine Zara Warwick University , Tina 

Isaacs Institute of Education , Steven J 

Coombs Bath Spa University , graham 

Herbert and Charles Smith Swansea 

Metropolitan University 

This book provides expert definitions and 

interpretations of common terms within the policy and 

practice of educational assessment. Concepts such as validity, 

reliability, assessment of learning, assessment for learning, 

measurement comparability and differentiation are discussed, and 

there is broad coverage of UK and international terminology. Drawing 

on the expertise and experience of a wide range of educational 

contexts, the entries provide: 

• clear definitions of the concepts 

• accounts of the key issues 

• authoritative and reliable information. 


Assessment for Learning \ Assessment of Learning \ Assessment of Prior 

Learning \ Attainment \ Awarding Bodies \ Basic Skills \ Comparability 

\ Continuous Assessment (See Coursework) \ Criterion - Referencing \ 

Diagnostic Assessment \ Differentiation \ Discrimination (See Purposes) \ 

E-Assessment \ Examinations (See Assessment of Learning, Select Type, 

Supply Type) \ External Verification \ Fairness \ Feedback \ Grading/Marking 

\ Group - Assessment \ Internal Verification \ International Assessment 

\ Ipsative Assessment \ IQ Testing \ Learner Involvement in Assessment 

\ Marking Schemes (See Grading) \ Measurment \ Moderation \ National 

Curriculum Testing (See Also SATS) \ Norm-Referencing \ Oral Assessment 

\ Peer and Self-Assessment \ Performance-Based Assessment \ Professional 

Standards \ Purposes of \ Qualifications \ Quality Assurance \ Recording and 

Tracking \ Regulation \ Reliability \ Reporting \ Selection and Supply Type 

Questions \ Standardization \ Supply Type Questions \ Theories of \ Validity 

\ Vocational \ Work-Based 


September 2012 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-1056-7) • £60.00 

Paper ( 978-1-4462-1057-4) • £18.99 

EDUCATION POLICY 

Ian Abbott University of 

Warwick , michael Rathbone 

Phillip Whitehead 

and 

This essential book takes an historical 

perspective to illuminate current 

educational issues. The authors draw on 

documentary evidence to describe, record 

and analyze education policy in England 

and Wales since the Second World War. 

It features in-depth interviews with a number 

of former Education Ministers and others who were directly 

involved in the development and implementation of education policy. 

Key decision makers such as David Blunkett, Ed Balls and Michael 

Gove discuss the historical context of their period of office and 

consider the lasting legacy of their policies. 


PART ONE: POST WAR CONSENSUS, 1944-79 \ 1945-60 \ 1960s \ 1970s 

\ PART TWO: MARKETIZATION AND COMPETITION \ 1979-87 \ 1988-92 \ 

1992-97 \ PART THREE: BLAIR AND BEYOND \ 1997-2001 \ 2001-2007 \ 

2007-2010 \ 2010 and Beyond 

READERSHIP 

Masters-level students on education courses and PGCE programmes 


Cloth (978-0-85702-576-0) • £65.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85702-577-7) • £21.99 


Education Texts - All Phases / Early Years 

LEADING PRACTICE IN 

EARLY YEARS SETTINGS 


mary E Whalley Leeds Metropolitan 

University and Shirley Allen 

Middlesex University 

To achieve Early Years Professional Status, 

candidates must demonstrate that they 

have effectively led the professional practice 

of their colleagues across the 0-5 age range. The 

Second Edition of this popular text helps early years students 

and experienced practitioners develop the knowledge, skills and 

confidence to do just that. It explains the nature of leadership and 

the EYP's role in promoting good practice and appropriate values 

and principles. It has been fully revised and updated and includes 

new chapters on leading practice in a multi-professional context and 

the leader of practice as an agent of change. 


Leadership of Practice: The Role of the Early Years Professional \ Leadership 

in the Early Years: A Review of the Literature \ Leadership of Equality Practice 

\ Leadership of Reflective Practice \ Pedagogical Leadership \ The Leader 

of Practice as an Agent of Change \ Leading in Partnership with Parents and 

Colleagues \ Leading Practice in a Multi-Professional Context \ Continuing 

Professional Development 

READERSHIP 

EYPS candidates on all pathways, as well as students of degrees in early 

childhood studies, early years and related disciplines 


ACHIEVINg EYPS SERIES 

2011 • 176 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-327-9) • £17.99 

CHILD OBSERVATION 

FOR THE EARLY YEARS 


Ioanna Palaiologou University of Hull 

This is a key text for all those studying 

for degrees and foundation degrees in 

early childhood, early years and related 

disciplines. It enables students to 

appreciate the central role of observation 

for understanding, planning for and educating early 

years children. It covers the theoretical background in detail and 

highlights important works. Includes guidance on techniques and 

recording and analysing and consideration of the ethical implications. 

The text helps students to understand how their observations can 

be effectively used to draw conclusions or to prompt further study. 

This Second Edition includes new chapters on the curriculum and 

recording and analysing. 


Introduction \ The Pedagogy of Early Years \ The Role of Observations in Early 

Years \ The Observation Techniques \ Recording and Analysing Observations 

\ Ethical Implications \ Observing for Development \ Observation and the 

Curriculum 

READERSHIP 

Students of degrees and foundation degrees in early years and early childhood 

studies and EYPS candidates 



May 2012 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85725-860-1) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-745-1) • £17.99 

17

Education Texts - Primary 

TEACHING CHILDREN 3-11 

A Student's guide 

Third Edition 

Edited by Anne D Cockburn University 

of East Anglia and graham Handscomb 


Teaching Children 3-11 provides 

indispensable coverage of vital issues 

that support good teaching practice. This 

Third Edition has been carefully revised following 

detailed lecturer feedback to meet the evolving needs of students 

training to teach across the 3 to 11-years age range. Featuring four 

new chapters on: curriculum development; cross-curricular teaching; 

diversity and inclusion; and communication in the classroom, and 

engaging with the growing need for masters-level study in teacher 

education, it offers a balanced, contemporary overview of modern 

teaching practice in an accessible manner. 


PART ONE: THE LEARNING TEACHER \ PART TWO: SKILLS IN TEACHING 

AND LEARNING \ PART THREE: MANAGING THE CURRICULUM \ PART 

FOUR: THE CHILD AND THE COMMUNITY \ PART FIVE: DEVELOPING THE 

TEACHER YOU WANT TO BE 

READERSHIP 

Students on primary and early years initial teacher education courses 

including undergraduate, postgraduate and employment-based routes into 

teaching, as well as those starting out on their professional careers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-486-2) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-487-9) • £23.99 

REFLECTIVE LEARNING 

AND TEACHING IN 

PRIMARY SCHOOLS 

Edited by Alice Hansen 


Trainee teachers are expected to 

demonstrate reflective practice in many 

ways throughout their course. This 

text provides support, enabling them to 

demonstrate their ability to be meaningfully reflective. It 

gives guidance on how to encourage children to be reflective in their 

learning and how to be analytical with regards to their own practice, 

ultimately improving learning and teaching. It includes chapters on 

lesson study and reflective journals and considers children's voice 

and coaching as tools for reflection. Case studies and interactive 

activities throughout help the reader link theory to practice. 


Children as Reflective Learners \ Trainees and Teachers as Reflective Learners 

\ Reflective Teaching \ Using Children's Voice as a Tool for Reflection \ Using 

Coaching as a Tool for Reflection \ Using Self and Peer-Assessment for 

Reflection \ Reflection through Lesson Study 

READERSHIP 

Trainee primary teachers 


TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85725-865-6) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-769-7) • £17.99 

PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 

IN PRIMARY EDUCATION 

Edited by Hilary Cooper University 

of Cumbria 

Covering practical issues including 

behaviour management and classroom 

organization, through to thought-provoking 

topics such as reflecting on your own 

teaching practice and developing critical 

thinking skills in the classroom, this textbook 

offers a modern and insightful overview of everything you 

will need to know to prepare you for your primary initial teacher 

education course and your early career in the classroom. 


PART ONE: INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL STUDIES \ History of 

Education \ Philosophy of Education and Theories of Learning \ Planning, 

Monitoring, Assessment and Recording \ Classroom Organization and the 

Learning Environment \ The Role of the Adults \ PART TWO: INCLUSIVE 

DIMENSIONS OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES \ Reflective Practice in the 

Early Years: A Focus on Issues Related to Teaching Reception-Age Children \ 

Inclusion and Special Educational Needs \ Behaviour Management \ Personal 

and Social Development \ Dialogical Enquiry and Participatory Approaches 

to Learning \ Race and Ethnicity: Teachers and Children \ PART THREE \ 

Reflective Practice \ Enquiry and Critical Thinking \ PART FOUR \ Exploring 

Educational Issues \ Statutory Professional Responsibilities \ Moving into 

Newly Qualified Teacher Status 

READERSHIP 

Students on primary initial teacher education courses including undergraduate, 

postgraduate and employment-based routes into teaching 


2011 • 272 pages 

Cloth (978- 0 -85702-733-7) • £65.0 0 

Paper (978-0-85702-738-2) • £20.99 

THE 2012 TEACHERS' STANDARDS 

IN THE CLASSROOM 

Roy Blatchford Director of the National Education Trust 

The essential guide to the 2012 Teachers’ Standards. All teachers 

and trainee teachers need to work towards and within the framework 

of the 2012 Teachers’ Standards. This concise, practical text is a 

guide to the application of the standards in the classroom. The 

chapters mirror the standards and practical guidance and classroombased 

examples throughout help trainees to apply the standards in 

practice. Interactive tasks encourage readers to consider how they 

would interpret the standards in their own classrooms. Written by 

the past Deputy Chair of the Teachers’ Standards Review Body, this 

is an essential text for all trainee teachers. 


Set High Expectations which Inspire, Motivate and Challenge Pupils \ Promote 

Good Progress and Outcomes by Pupils \ Demonstrate Good Subject 

and Curriculum Knowledge \ Plan and Teach Well Structured Lessons \ 

Adapt Teaching to Respond to the Strengths and Needs of all Pupils \ Make 

Accurate and Productive Use of Assessment \ Manage Behaviour Effectively 

to Ensure a Good and Safe Working Environment \ Fulfil Wider Professional 

Responsibilities \ Master Teacher \ International Comparisons 

READERSHIP 

All trainee teachers 




Cloth (978-1-4462-5633-6) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-5634-3) • £13.99

PRIMARY 

PROFESSIONAL 

STUDIES 




The changing landscape of 

primary teaching requires 

trainees to consider learning 

and teaching in new ways. This 

new book supports trainee 

teachers working towards 

primary QTS in all aspects of 

primary professional studies. 

Exploring the curriculum, the 

developing child, the developing teacher 

and teaching skills, the text offers in-depth coverage 

of all aspects of teaching and learning alongside practical teaching 

suggestions. Chapters on inclusion, teacher identity and the wider 

school community consider key issues in teaching and learning 

today. This Second Edition is newly linked to the 2012 Teachers' 

Standards and includes notes on the new National Curriculum. 

CONTENTS 

The Curriculum \ Transforming Teaching and Learning \ Curriculum 

Approaches \ The Developing Child \ Child-Centered Teaching and Learning 

\ Including all Learners \ Transition and Progression \ Section The Developing 

Teacher \ Teaching as a Profession \ Establishing Your Own Teacher Identity 

\ Safeguarding Children \ The School Community: Being Part of a Wider 

Professional Environment \ Personal Professional Development \ Teaching 

Skills \ Assessment \ Planning \ Managing Behaviour for Learning 

READERSHIP 

Trainee primary school teachers 




Cloth (978-1-44625-681-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-959-2) • £21.99 

THINKING THROUGH 

ETHICS AND VALUES IN 

PRIMARY EDUCATION 

Edited by gianna Knowles and Vini 

Lander both at University of Chichester 

This text supports students to critically 

reflect on the principles that underpin 

education - encouraging deeper learning. 

It begins by asking 'what are ethics and 

values?' and goes on to discuss social diversity, values 

and education and the curriculum. It explores ethics and values in 

school organisation and reflects on government intervention. It also 

considers ethics and values at the classroom level examining the 

environment, behaviour and other practical issues. 


What are Ethics and Values? \ Ethics, Values and Social Diversity \ What Does 

Society Want from Education: What Does it Value About Education? \ Ethics, 

Values and the Curriculum \ Ethics and Values in School Organisation: How 

Should Schools be Lead and Managed? \ Ethics and Values in the Classroom 

:Classroom Management and Managing Behaviour \ Children and Young 

People \ Ethics, Values and the Teacher? 

READERSHIP 



THINKINg THROUgH EDUCATION SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85725-857-1) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-733-8) • £16.99 


THE PRIMARY 

CURRICULUM 

A Creative Approach 

Edited by Patricia Driscoll Canterbury 

Christ Church University , Andrew 

Lambirth University of Greenwich 

and Judith Roden Canterbury Christ 

Church University 

Providing an overview of the knowledge, 

skills and understanding needed to teach the primary 

curriculum, this book offers an informed critical approach to the 

teaching of core and foundation subjects in primary education. 

Underpinned by contemporary research and current policy, it 

combines coverage of key subject-specific issues with relevant 

pedagogical approaches to teaching, offering a comprehensive 

overview of each major subject of primary education. Emphasis 

is placed on cross-curricular and creative approaches to teaching 

across different subject areas within the current curriculum. 


An Introduction to Literacy \ An Introduction to Mathematics \ An Introduction 

to Science \ An Introduction to Design Technology \ An Introduction to History 

\ An Introduction to Geography \ An Introduction to Physical Education \ An 

Introduction to Information Communication Technology \ An Introduction 

to Music \ An Introduction to Art and Design \ An Introduction to Religious 

Education \ An Introduction to Primary Languages \ An Introduction to 

Cross-Curricular Learning 

READERSHIP 

All students on primary initial teacher education courses including 

undergraduate (BEd, BA with QTS), postgraduate (PGCE, SCITT), and 

employment-based routes into teaching 

2011 • 296 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-596-2) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-597-9) • £22.99 


PEDAGOGY FOR PRIMARY 

AND EARLY YEARS 

Tony Eaude University of Oxford 

This practical, accessible book encourages 

a deep, often challenging, consideration of 

how young children learn and how teachers 

and other adults best support their learning. 

Essential reading for education students, it 


draws on research and practice to help readers reflect 

critically on their beliefs and practice. After comparing different 

views of pedagogy, it explores children's development and the 

importance of culture and context, emphasising the attributes of 

successful learners, relationships and the learning environment. 

Readers are helped think through how different aspects of pedagogy 

are interlinked and consider the implications for breadth, balance, 

lanning and assessment and continuing professional development. 


Introduction \ Revealing Assumptions about Teaching and Learning \ Exploring 

the Historical, Cultural and Political Context of Pedagogy \ Making Sense of 

Young Children's Development \ Understanding Knowledge and Intelligence \ 

Identifying the Attributes of, and Barriers to, Successful Learning \ Creating an 

Inclusive Learning Environment \ Providing Breadth and Balance \ Supporting 

Successful Learning \ Assessing and Planning for Teaching \ Building up Your 

Expertise \ Facing the Challenge of an Unknown Future \ 

READERSHIP 

Primary and secondary education students 

A LEAR NINg mATTERS PUBLICATION 


2011 • 208 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-063-6) • £18.99 

19


EFFECTIVE STRATEGIES 

FOR TEACHING IN K-8 

CLASSROOMS 

Kenneth D moore and Jacqueline 

Hansen Murray State University 

Effective Strategies for Teaching 

in K-8 Classrooms is a core textbook 

for general methods courses preparing 

teachers for Key Stages 1-4. Organized 

around a comprehensive model of teaching that includes 

foundations, planning, implementation and evaluation components, 

the strategies addressed in this volume are common to instruction 

in Key Stages 1-4 classrooms. Taken together, the strategies are an 

essential repertoire for all primary and secondary school teachers. 


Interstate New Teacher Assessment and Support Consortium (INTASC) 

Correlation Chart \ National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education 

(NCATE) Correlation Chart \ PART ONE: SETTING THE STAGE FOR 

SUCCESSFUL LEARNING \ Establishing the Foundations for Teaching and 

Learning \ Teaching Diverse Students \ Managing the Classroom Environment 

\ PART TWO: SEQUENCING AND ORGANIZING INSTRUCTION \ Planning and 

Organizing Instruction \ Developing Unit and Daily Lesson Plans \ Evaluating 

and Measuring Student Learning \ PART THREE: DESIGNING INSTRUCTION 

TO MAXIMIZE STUDENT LEARNING \ Using Direct Teaching Methods \ 

Using Authentic Teaching Methods \ Using Integrated Teaching Methods \ 

Teaching Effective Thinking Strategies \ Appendix A: Laboratory Experience: 

Microteaching and Reflective Teaching \ Appendix B: State Licensure/ 

Certification and Reciprocity \ Appendix C: Praxis II Case Histories Format 

READERSHIP 

Teachers of Key Stages 1-4 

2011 • 336 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7455-4) • £44.99 

TEACHING PRIMARY 

ENGLISH 

Jackie Brien University of Chester 

With an awareness of current curriculum 

developments and drawing from the latest 

research, Teaching Primary English 

encourages teacher education students 

to develop a deeper understanding of the 

essential issues involved in teaching English 

in order to approach a career in the primary 

classroom with the confidence and knowledge required 

to succeed. 

Taking a fresh approach to the main elements of teaching primary 

English, Jackie Brien strikes an engaging balance between the 

practical requirements of English teaching and encouraging informed 

reflection on key aspects of primary literacy. 


What Teachers of Literacy Know and Do \ Speaking and Listening \ Reading 

for Understanding \ Teaching Phonics for Reading and Writing \ Learning 

and Teaching Writing: The Knowledge and Processes of Composing Text 

\ Accuracy and Presentation: The Secretarial Aspects of Writing \ Inclusive 

Learning and Teaching of English \ Information and Communication 

Technologies in the Teaching of English \ English and Literacy beyond the 

Classroom \ Planning to Ensure Progress in English \ Assessment and 

Targeting in English 

READERSHIP 

Students studying primary English on primary initial teacher education 

courses including undergraduate, postgraduate and employment-based 

routes into teaching; also newly qualified teachers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-156-4) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-157-1) • £19.99 

PRIMARY ENGLISH 

TEACHING 

An Introduction to Language, 

Literacy and Learning 

Edited by Robyn Cox Australian 

Catholic University 

This comprehensive introduction to 

language, literacy and learning in the 

primary school explores the theoretical 

issues that underpin pedagogical practice in the primary 

English language classroom. Written in a straightforward manner, it 

enables readers to understand the resulting practice and curriculum 

offerings in English primary schools today. The contributors explore 

new initiatives in primary language teaching, putting these into their 

theoretical contexts, and offer practical ideas helping students 

to make the bridge from studying to be a teacher, through to the 

beginnings of their teaching career. Diversity and aspects of special 

educational needs are also considered in each section of the book. 


Exploring Language and Learning \ PART ONE: LEARNING AND TEACHING 

LITERACY \ Oral Language \ Reading \ Writing \ Using Children's Literature 

\ PART TWO: ORGANIZING LEARNING AND TEACHING LITERACY \ 

Language, Literacy and ICT \ Handwriting and Typing \ An Introduction to 

Assessing English \ Planning for Language Learning and Teaching in Primary 

School \ Primary English Curriculum Perspectives 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students of education, as well as PGCE students 

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE UKLA 

2011 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-195-7) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-196-4) • £19.99 

PRIMARY ENGLISH 

ACROSS THE 

CURRICULUM 

Karen Tulloch , Judith Cullen , Enid 

Jones , Linda Saunders and gillian 

Turner all at St Mary's University College, 

Twickenham 

The changing landscape of primary 

teaching requires trainees to consider learning 

and teaching in new ways. This book supports trainee 

teachers working towards primary QTS in teaching primary English 

across all areas of the curriculum. It takes a truly cross-curricular 

approach, highlighting meaningful links across the curriculum, and 

embraces the latest thinking and current good practice. It begins 

by examining English within the curriculum covering EAL, thinking 

skills and non-fiction text as well as language and literature. It 

goes on to look at teachers' effective use of English and their role 

in promoting English and considers other global perspectives. 


PART ONE: ENGLISH WITHIN THE CURRICULUM \ English as a Core Skill 

\ Language \ Literature \ Non-Fiction Text Types \ English as an Additional 

Language \ Thinking Skills \ PART TWO: TEACHERS' EFFECTIVE USE OF 

ENGLISH \ Using English to Effectively Support Learning \ Teachers' Wider 

Roles: Using English \ Teachers' Wider Roles: Celebrating and Promoting 

English \ Researching Teaching and Learning and the Role of English \ ICT 

and English \ Global Perspectives 

READERSHIP 

All trainee primary school teachers 




Cloth (978-0-85725-868-7) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-781-9) • £18.99 


PRIMARY ENGLISH: 

KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING 

Sixth Edition 

Jane medwell , David Wray , george moore all at University of 

Warwick and Viv griffiths Canterbury Christ Church University 

The essential subject knowledge text for primary English. This 

comprehensive text includes interactive tasks, a self assessment 

section to allow trainees to better understand their level of knowledge 

and M-level extension boxes to provide further challenge in all 

chapters. With full coverage of the English curriculum, and updated 

research summaries reflecting the latest thinking, this text is written to 

help trainee primary teachers develop and consolidate their knowledge 

of English. The Sixth Edition of this popular book features detailed 

links to the 2012 Teachers' Standards. 

CONTENTS 

Spoken English and Standard English \ The Acquisition of Knowledge \ 

Representing Sound in Writing \ Words, Vocabulary and Morphology \ The 

Grammar of the Sentences in Standard English \ The Components of Sentences 

\ Punctuation \ Cohesion: Grammar at the Level of the Text \ The Qualities of 

Stories \ The Qualities of Poetry \ The Qualities of Drama \ Looking at Information 

Books \ Electronic Texts \ Self Assessment Questions 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-684-8) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-955-4) • £18.99 


PRIMARY ENGLISH: 

TEACHING THEORY AND PRACTICE 

Sixth Edition 


Jane medwell , David Wray , Hilary minns all at University of Warwick , 

Viv griffiths Canterbury Christ Church University and Liz Coates 

University of Warwick 

The essential teaching theory and practice text for primary English. 

Covering the skills of planning, monitoring and assessment and 

class management, it relates these specifically to primary English. 

With full coverage of the theory and practice required for effective 

and creative English teaching, this text is an essential guide for all 

trainees working towards QTS. Practical guidance and features 

support trainees throughout to translate this learning to the classroom, 

embed ICT in their lessons and to understand the wider context 

of their teaching. This Sixth Edition includes links to the 2012 

Teachers' Standards and notes on the new National Curriculum. 

CONTENTS 

Learning English \ Effective English Teaching \ Teaching Reading at KS1 \ The 

Teaching and Learning of Phonics and Phonological Awareness \ Teaching 

Early Writing \ Teaching Handwriting and Spelling \ Developing Reading at 

KS2 \ Teaching Writing at KS2 \ Speaking and Listening: Developing Talk in the 

Primary Classroom \ ICT and English \ Organising and Resourcing English at 

Key Stages 1 and 2 \ Assessing English 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-683-1) • £60.00 

21



NEW LITERACIES 

FOR PRIMARY AND 

EARLY YEARS 

Debbie Simpson , Ian Todd and Jayne 

metcalfe all at University of Cumbria 

(Lancaster) 

This accessible book challenges readers 

to reconsider what is meant by the term 'literacy'. It 

encourages a deep consideration of literacy in the post-typographic 

age. It explores some technological innovations designed to support 

the emergent reader and writer and covers aural and oral literacies, 

visual literacies and the legal and ethical issues arising from this new 

era. Readers are helped to think through 'new literacies' and their 

place in primary schools. Throughout, critical thinking exercises help 

the reader develop their own analytical skills. 


What's New about New Literacies? \ Technological Interventions in Reading and 

Writing for Early Years onwards \ Verbal Literacy: From Reading Print to Reading 

Online \ Critical Information Literacies: Making Sense of Digital Information 

\ Speaking and Listening: Aural and Oral Literacy \ Visual Literacy: Reading 

images \ Questions of Identity in Cyberspace \ The New Literacy Studies and 

Issues of Inclusion \ Legal and Ethical Issues for the Post-Typographic Age 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-0-85725-875-5) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-809-0) • £18.99 

OBSERVING PRIMARY 

LITERACY 

margaret Perkins University of Reading 

Observing children is a fundamental 

aspect of learning to teach and a vital 

component of primary English teaching. 

Observing Primary Literacy focuses 

on observing children and teachers in 

the primary classroom, enabling trainee 

teachers to make sense of what they observe 

in classrooms. This book helps make explicit the reasons 

for the professional decisions teachers make before and during 

lessons, as well as encouraging critical and reflective thought on 

key aspects of primary English. 

Using a detailed examination of real-life case studies, Margaret 

Perkins provides a framework for understanding the literacy learning 

processes of primary-age children and how this can inform good 

teaching practice. She demonstrates to readers how to re-focus on 

children's learning and develop a critically informed approach to 

literacy in the modern primary classroom. 


Introduction: Observation and Reflection \ Understanding Texts \ Talk \ 

Teaching Reading \ Teaching Writing \ Literacy across the Curriculum \ 

Planning and Assessment \ Teaching with Story \ Teaching Primary Literacy 

READERSHIP 

Students studying primary English on primary initial teacher education 

courses including undergraduate, postgraduate and employment-based 

routes into teaching; also practising teachers who wish to develop their 

understanding and practice of literacy teaching 


Cloth (978-0-85702-158-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-159-5) • £21.99 

TEACHING SYSTEMATIC 

SYNTHETIC PHONICS IN 


Wendy Jolliffe University of Hull , 

David Waugh Durham University and 

Angela Carss 

This text supports trainee teachers working 

towards primary QTS in how to use phonics 

effectively. It begins by examining the central 

role of phonics in the teaching of reading, drawing on 

recent research and initiatives. It goes on to cover the essential 

knowledge trainees need to acquire themselves and the teaching 

of phonics to children and uses case studies and useful research 

to support trainees in becoming competent and confident in the 

teaching of phonics. 


The Role of Phonics in the Teaching of Reading and Writing \ PART ONE: 

SUBJECT KNOWLEDGE FOR TEACHERS \ Discriminating Between Sounds 

and Phonemes \ Challenges (Enunciation of Phonemes, Accent, EAL) \ 

Grapheme/Phoneme Correspondences (Mapping 44 Phonemes to 26 

Letters) \ Decoding and Encoding Text \ Long Vowel Digraphs - Alternative 

Spellings and Pronunciations \ Phonics into Spelling (Morphology and Spelling 

Strategies) \ PART TWO: EFFECTIVE PEDAGOGY \ Teaching Phonics in the 

Early Years \ Multi-Sensory and Interactive Methods \ Teaching a Systematic 

Structured Progression \ Planning for Phonics \ Tracking and Assessing 

Pupils' Learning \ Effective Intervention: Providing Additional Support \ Using 

a Range of Programmes and Resources \ Teaching Phonics in Key Stage 2 

READERSHIP 




May 2012 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85725-845-8) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-681-2) • £16.99 

CHILDREN'S ERRORS IN 

MATHEMATICS 




This practical guide to children's common 

errors and misconceptions in mathematics 

is ideal for primary trainees, helping them 

gain a deeper understanding of the difficulties 

encountered in mathematical development. This 

Second Edition has been fully revised and all links to the EYFS and 

the Revised Primary Framework have been updated. New research 

and literature are included, additional errors are considered, and 

Using and Applying Mathematics is fully embedded throughout. 

Individual misconceptions are dealt with and in each case a 

description and explanation of the error is provided. The teacher's 

role in understanding and addressing common misconceptions is 

also covered. 


How Children Learn Mathematics? \ Errors and Misconceptions: The 

Teacher's Role \ Numbers and the Number System \ Number Operations 

and Calculation \ Shape and Space \ Measures \ Handling Data \ Appendix: 

Curriculum Objectives 

READERSHIP 



TEACHINg HANDBOOKS SERIES 

2011 • 208 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-612-3) • £18.99 


PRIMARY 

MATHEMATICS: 

MATHEMATICS: 

KNOWLEDGE 

AND 

UNDERSTANDING 

Sixth Edition 

Claire mooney , Alice 

Hansen Education 

Consultant Lindsey Ferrie Ferrie, , 

Sue Fox University of 

Cumbria (Carlisle) and 

Reg Wrathmell University 

of Winchester 

The essential subject 

knowledge text for primary mathematics. 

Secure subject knowledge and understanding is the 

foundation of confident, creative and effective teaching. This 

comprehensive text includes interactive tasks, a self assessment 

section to allow trainees to better understand their level of knowledge 

and M-level extension boxes to provide further challenge in all 

chapters. With full coverage of the mathematics curriculum, and 

updated research summaries reflecting the latest thinking, this text 

is written to help trainee primary teachers develop and consolidate 

their knowledge of mathematics. The Sixth Edition of this popular 

book features detailed links to the 2012 Teachers' Standards. 

CONTENTS 

Number \ Algebra, Equations, Functions and Graphs \ Measures \ Shape and 

Space \ Handling Data and Probability \ Mathematical Language, Reasoning 

and Proof \ Self-Assessment Questions 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-686-2) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-911-0) • £19.99 


MATHEMATICS 

Sylvia Turner University of Winchester 

Teaching Primary mathematics covers 

what student teachers really need to know 

and why, including approaches to teaching 

and learning, planning and assessment, 

and using resources in maths teaching. 

Informed by seminal and current research 

and in touch with current developments in 

education policy, the book also explores: 

• the role of the mathematics within the primary curriculum 

• the development of mathematics as a subject of study 

• different international approaches to mathematics education. 


Teachers as Mathematicians \ The Nature and Language of Mathematics \ 

What Do Children Really Need to Learn and Why? \ What Should Teachers 

Know and Why? \ Teaching Approaches \ Assessment and planning \ 

Resources for Mathematics \ What Can We Learn From Other Countries? \ 

Researching Mathematics Education – A Case Study 

READERSHIP 

All students on primary initial teacher education courses including 

undergraduate (BEd, BA with QTS), postgraduate (PGCE, SCITT), and 

employment-based routes into teaching 


Cloth (978-0-85702-879-2) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-880-8) • £20.99 


PRIMARY MATHEMATICS: 

TEACHING THEORY AND 

PRACTICE 

Sixth Edition 

Claire mooney , mary Briggs University 

of Warwick , mike Fletcher University 

of Winchester , Alice Hansen Education 

Consultant and Judith mcCullouch 

University of Winchester 

The essential teaching theory and practice text for primary 

mathematics. Covering the key skills of planning, monitoring and 

assessment and class management, it relates these specifically to 

primary mathematics. With full coverage of the theory and practice 

required for effective and creative mathematics teaching, this text 

is an essential guide for all trainees working towards QTS. Practical 

guidance and features support trainees to translate this learning to 

the classroom, embed ICT in their lessons and to understand the 

wider context of their teaching. The Sixth Edition includes links to the 

2012 Teachers' Standards and notes on the new National Curriculum. 


Teaching Strategies \ Planning \ The Daily Mathematics Lesson \ Mathematics 

in the Early Years Foundation Stage \ Number \ Calculations \ Algebra \ 

Measures \ Shape and Space \ Handling Data and Probability 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-685-5) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-907-3) • £19.99 

PRIMARY MATHEMATICS 

ACROSS THE 

CURRICULUM 


Diane Vaukins University of Cumbria 

(Lancaster) and 

Alice Hansen Education Consultant 


This book supports trainee teachers working 

towards primary QTS in how to teach primary 

mathematics across all areas of the curriculum. Focused on teaching 

a more integrated and inclusive curriculum, the text draws out 

meaningful cross curricular links and embraces the latest thinking 

and current good practice. It begins with a section on teaching 

mathematics, covering the strands of the curriculum, and goes on 

to offer guidance on the use and application of mathematics more 

generally across subjects. The Second Edition now makes links 

to the 2012 Teachers' Standards and includes notes on the new 

National Curriculum. 


PART ONE: THE MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM \ Mathematics as a Core 

Skill \ Number \ Shape and Space \ Measures \ Handling Data \ PART TWO: 

USING MATHEMATICS IN YOUR WIDER PROFESSIONAL ROLE \ Using 

Mathematics to Support the Organisation of Learning and Teaching \ Using 

Assessment Data to Improve Learning and Teaching \ Developing Teaching 

and Learning through Research \ Model Answers 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-692-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-967-7) • £17.99 

23


TEACHING ARITHMETIC IN 


Richard English University of Hull 

There is increasing emphasis on the 

importance of arithmetical skills and this 

text enables trainee primary teachers to 

build their own confidence in arithmetic 

to enhance their teaching of it. Focused on 

the teaching of arithmetic, the text covers 

all aspects including recall of number facts 

and the traditional pen and paper methods. Examples are 

included throughout to illustrate each arithmetical approach and 

there are opportunities for the reader to practise their own learning. 

Guidance on when and where to use the approaches to enhance 

children's learning are included and the text make essential links 

between theory and practice. 


What is Arithmetic? \ The Rapid Recall of Number Facts \ Mental Calculation 

Strategies \ Developing Pencil and Paper Strategies \ Traditional Pencil and 

Paper Arithmetic \ Calculating with Fractions, Decimals and Percentages \ 

Arithmetic with a Calculator 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-0-85725-855-7) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-725-3) • £15.99 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Julia Lawrence Leeds 


This book offers a balanced and 

comprehensive overview of the knowledge, 

skills and understanding required for the 

confident teaching of physical education 

in primary schools. It covers issues such 

as safe practice in PE, inclusion, subject 

leadership and cross-curricular approaches to physical 

education supported by an accessible theory-informed approach. 

The book is supported by a companion website containing additional 

student-friendly material. 


Why Physical Education? \ The Way Pupils Learn and Develop \ Approaches 

to Teaching Physical Education \ Inclusion in Physical Education \ Safe 

Practice in Physical Education \ Developing Motor Competencies in Physical 

Education \ Developing Concepts, Processes and Competence \ Planning the 

Learning Experience \ Promoting Physical Education across the Curriculum 

\ Physical Education and the Wider Community \ Subject Leadership in 

Physical Education 

READERSHIP 

Students on initial teacher training courses in primary education, and those 

on sports studies courses with a primary PE component 


Cloth (978-0-85702-735-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-736-8) • £21.99 

PRIMARY HUMANITIES 

Learning Through Enquiry 

Tony Pickford , Wendy garner 

both at University of Chester and 

Elaine Jackson Formerly Chief 

Adviser (Primary) Trafford BC & 

Primary Headteacher 

Primary Humanities is indispensable 

reading for all primary teacher education 

students wishing to develop their 

understanding of teaching humanities subjects. Using 

an enquiry-based approach as a means of exploring teaching, 

it combines theoretical coverage with practical examples to 

develop an informed and engaging survey of humanities teaching. 

Covering issues such as planning and assessment in history and 

geography, using resources in teaching and exploring creative and 

cross-curricular approaches in humanities, the authors provide 

clear, theory-informed guidance vital for success in the modern 

primary classroom. 


Why Do Enquiry-Led Learning? \ What Is Enquiry-Led Learning in Primary 

History and Geography? \ Enquiry outside the Classroom \ Resources 

for Enquiry \ Enquiry in Practice in History and Geography \ Planning for 

Progression \ Assessing Enquiry \ Creative and Cross-Curricular Approaches 

in Teaching Enquiry-Based Humanities \ Ideas and Examples 

READERSHIP 

All students studying history and geography on primary initial teacher 

education courses including undergraduate, postgraduate and employmentbased 



Cloth (978-0-85702-339-1) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-340-7) • £19.99 

PLAY-BASED LEARNING IN 

THE PRIMARY SCHOOL 

mary Briggs University of Warwick and 

Alice Hansen Education Consultant 

Play is an essential part of learning 

and development for children and is an 

increasingly important aspect of creative 

approaches to teaching and learning in 

primary education. This book demonstrates 

the value of play in all its different forms as a 

highly effective medium for teaching and learning across 

the curriculum. 

The authors explore how play can be used to increase engagement, 

motivation and fun in learning situations, examining: the theoretical 

principles of play for learning; types of play for older children; planning 

and facilitating play-based learning; using thematic approaches 

when working with individuals, groups and whole classes, in addition 

to covering important teaching issues such as assessment, inclusion 

and transition out of primary education. 


What is Play in the Primary or Elementary School? \ Play Principles for Primary 

or Elementary Aged Children \ Types of Play for Primary School Children \ 

Play in the Primary Curriculum \ The Role of the Teacher and Other Adults in 

Play \ Planning for Play \ Assessment of Play-Based Approaches to Learning 

\ Including all Learners in Play \ Transition into Secondary School 

READERSHIP 

Students on primary initial teacher education courses, as well as practising 

teachers wishing to enhance their own teaching 


Cloth (978-0-85702-823-5) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-824-2) • £21.99 



PRIMARY SCIENCE: 

TEACHING THEORY AND 

PRACTICE 

Sixth Edition 

John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste 

University College , graham Peacock , 

Rob Johnsey , Shirley Simon Institute 

of Education, University of London , Robin 

Smith Sheffield Hallam University , Alan 

Cross and Diane Harris both at University 

of Manchester 

The essential teaching theory and practice text for primary science. 

Covering the skills of planning, monitoring and assessment and 

class management, it relates these specifically to primary science. 

With full coverage of the theory and practice required for effective 

and creative science teaching, this text is an essential guide for all 

trainees working towards QTS. Throughout, practical guidance and 

features support trainees to translate this learning to the classroom, 

embed ICT in their lessons and to understand the wider context of 

their teaching. This Sixth Edition includes links to the 2012 Teachers' 

Standards and notes on the new National Curriculum. 


The Nature of Science Understanding \ Processes and Methods of 

Scientific Enquiry \ Children's Ideas \ Science in the Foundation Stage \ 

Teaching Strategies \ Planning \ Classroom Organization and Management 

\ Assessment Recording and Reporting \ Using ICT in Science \ Health and 

Safety 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-689-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-903-5) • £19.99 

PRIMARY SCIENCE: KNOWLEDGE PRIMARY SCIENCE 

AND UNDERSTANDING 

Sixth Edition 

graham Peacock , John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste University 

College , Rob Johnsey and Debbie Wright University of Plymouth 

The essential subject knowledge text for primary science. Secure 

subject knowledge and understanding is the foundation of confident, 

creative and effective teaching. This comprehensive text includes 

interactive tasks, a self assessment section to allow trainees to better 

understand their level of knowledge and M-level extension boxes to 

provide further challenge in all chapters. With full coverage of the 

science curriculum and updated research summaries reflecting the 

latest thinking, this text is written to help trainee primary teachers 

develop and consolidate their knowledge of science. The Sixth 

Edition of this popular book features detailed links to the 2012 

Teachers' Standards. 

CONTENTS 

Introduction \ Green Plants \ Humans and Other Animals \ Continuity and 

Change \ Ecosystems \ Materials \ Reversible and Irreversible Reactions \ 

Electricity and Magnetism \ Energy \ Forces and Motion \ Light \ The Earth 

and Beyond \ Self Assessment Questions 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-688-6) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-899-1) • £19.99 

A guide to Teaching Practice 

Edited by mick Dunne Bradford College 

and Alan Peacock University of Exeter 

Touching on current curriculum 

concerns and the wider challenges of 

developing good practice in science 

education, Primary Science provides an 

indispensable overview of important areas 

of teaching every aspiring primary school 

teacher needs to understand. Written for initial teacher 

education students, this textbook supports classroom practice and 

provides a broad survey of key aspects of primary science teaching 

including: the role of science in the curriculum; communication and 

literacy in science teaching; science outside the classroom; and 

transitional issues and assessment. 


How Science has Evolved \ Learning from Elsewhere: An international 

Perspective on the Development of Primary Science \ Linking Science to 

the Wider Curriculum \ Linking Science to Numeracy and ICT \ Science 

Literacy \ Learning Science Beyond the Classroom \ Children Communicating 

Science \ Tricky Topics and How to Teach Them \ Planning for Assessment 

for Learning \ Transitions in Science Education \ Effective Inclusion Practice 

in Primary Science \ A Way Forward 

READERSHIP 

Students studying primary science on primary initial teacher education 

courses, including undergraduate, postgraduate and employment-based 



Cloth (978-0-85702-505-0) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-506-7) • £19.99 


25


PRIMARY ICT ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 


Edited by Debbie Simpson University of Cumbria (Lancaster) and 

mike Toyn University of Cumbria (Ambleside) 

The changing landscape of primary teaching requires trainees to 

consider learning and teaching in new ways. This book supports 

trainee teachers working towards primary QTS in teaching primary 

ICT across all areas of the curriculum. It takes a cross-curricular 

approach, highlighting meaningful links across the curriculum, and 

embraces the latest thinking and current good practice. A chapter on 

social networking and e-safety gives essential guidance on this topical 

issue, and a section on developing your own skills in ICT is included. 

This Second Edition is linked to the 2012 Teachers' Standards and 

includes notes on the new National Curriculum. 

TEACHING BILINGUAL 

AND EAL LEARNERS IN 


Jean Conteh University of Leeds 

As the number of children learning 

EAL in primary schools increases, it 

is recognised that all student teachers 

need to develop the professional 

expertise to teach them. This text 

encourages student teachers to carefully consider 

the children who come under the umbrella of EAL and provides 

practical strategies for inclusive teaching. It begins by questioning 

what we mean by EAL and goes on to cover essential theories 

of learning and approaches to teaching, helping the reader link 

theory to practice. Chapters on speaking and listening, reading and 

writing across the curriculum give practical guidance for teaching 

EAL learners. 


What is 'EAL' ? \ Who Do We Mean by 'EAL Learners'? \ Theory into Practice: 

Understanding EAL Learning and Teaching \ EAL and Speaking and Listening 

\ EAL and Reading \ EAL and Writing \ Conclusions: Synthesising Learning 

and Moving On 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-0-85725-861-8) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-749-9) • £15.99 

PRIMARY ICT: KNOWLEDGE, 

UNDERSTANDING AND PRACTICE 

Fifth Edition 

Jonathan Allen University of Reading , John Potter Institute of 

Education, University of London , Jane Sharp and Keith Turvey 

University of Brighton 

ICT remains a central part of primary education. This essential 

knowledge and practice book for primary ICT supports trainees 

working towards QTS. Covering all aspects of how ICT can support 

teaching and learning in the core subjects, this text helps the reader 

develop their understanding and practice. It includes interactive tasks, 

a self assessment section to allow trainees to better understand their 

level of knowledge and M-level extension boxes to provide further 

challenge in all chapters. This Fifth Edition features detailed links to 

the 2012 Teachers' Standards, new information on e-safety and notes 

on the new curriculum. 

CONTENTS 

PART ONE: EMBEDDING ICT IN THE CURRICULUM \ ICT as a Core Skill \ Finding 

and Selecting Information \ Creating, Processing and Manipulating Information \ 

Collaborating, Communicating and Sharing Information \ Refining and Improving 

Work \ PART TWO: ICT SUPPORTING PRIMARY EDUCATION \ Learning Online: 

Social Networking and e-Safety \ ICT in the Classroom \ Researching Teaching 

and Learning with ICT \ ICT Linking Our World \ Model Answers 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-690-9) • • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-963-9) • £18.99 

CONTENTS 

Introduction \ PART ONE: TEACHING AND LEARNING WITH ICT \ ICT in Your 

Classroom \ Planning Primary ICT \ Planning Primary ICT in Subject Teaching \ 

Planning Primary ICT in the Early Years \ Assessment and Recording in Primary 

ICT \ Researching Primary ICT \ PART TWO: INTRODUCING APPLICATIONS 

\ Word Processing and DTP \ Graphics Software \ Graphing Programmes \ 

Databases and Spreadsheets \ Digital Video \ Digital Cameras \ Virtual Learning 

Environments (VLEs) \ Mobile Technologies \ Interactive Whiteboards (IWBs) \ 

The Internet \ Music and Sound \ PART THREE: ICT AND THE PROFESSIONAL 

TEACHER \ Professional Use of ICT \ Safety \ Ethical and Legal Issues 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-680-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-943-1) • £20.99 


CREATIVITY IN THE 

PRIMARY CLASSROOM 

Juliet Desailly Education Consultant 

Creativity is an integral element of any 

primary classroom. Being creative involves 

generating new ideas, reflecting upon and 

evaluating different teaching approaches 

and establishing an environment that 

supports creativity. 

Creativity in the Primary Classroom explores 

how to develop as a creative teacher and how to foster creativity 

in your classes. Drawing from key literature and detailed real-life 

examples, Juliet Desailly puts into practice her extensive experience 

in planning, advising and developing creative approaches to teaching 

and curriculum planning. 

This book examines what creativity in a primary classroom can 

look like, and is supported throughout by practical activities for use 

across curriculum subjects and reflective tasks encouraging critical 

engagement with key conceptual issues. 


PART ONE: WHAT IS CREATIVITY ? \ The Key Elements of Creativity \ Creativity 

in Education: History and Theoretical Background \ PART TWO: A CREATIVE 

CHILD IN A CREATIVE CLASSROOM \ Building the Skills to Work Creatively \ 

Establishing the Ethos \ PART THREE: A CREATIVE TEACHER \ What Makes 

a Creative Teacher? \ Key Skills for the Creative Teacher \ PART FOUR: A 

CREATIVE CURRICULUM \ Planning for Creative Outcomes \ Medium Term 

Planning for Creative Outcomes \ Case Studies: Creativity in Practice 

READERSHIP 

This is essential reading for students on primary initial teacher education 

courses, as well as practicing teachers wishing to enhance their own teaching 


Cloth (978-0-85702-763-4) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-764-1) • £19.99 

CREATIVITY IN 

PRIMARY EDUCATION 


Edited by Anthony Wilson University 

of Exeter 

A sound understanding of the role primary 

creativity plays in learning and teaching 

will help trainee teachers become creative 

practitioners and develop creativity in their 

pupils. The Second Edition of this popular text retains 

key material from the previous book, but it has been substantially 

updated and revised to include six new chapters which explore 

creativity in both a subject specific context as well as the broader 

issues of creativity in SMSC and the Foundation Stage. The book 

is linked throughout to the standards for the award of QTS and also 

considers important government agendas such as Every Child Matters. 


PART ONE: SETTING THE SCENE / Changes in the Landscape for Creativity 

in Education / Thinking about Creativity: Developing Ideas, Making Things 

Happen / Creative Teachers and Creative Teaching / Play and Playfulness in 

the Early Years Foundation Stage / Creativity and Spiritual, Moral, Social and 

Cultural Development / PART TWO: Creativity in the Core Primary Curriculum 

/ Creativity and Literacy / What Is Creativity in Science Education? / Creative 

Mathematics / PART THREE: Creativity in the Foundation Primary Curriculum 

/ Children, Creativity and PE / Creative and Imaginative Primary Art and 

Design / Creativity in the Music Curriculum / What has Creativity Got to Do 

with Citizenship Education? / Creativity in Primary Design and Technology / 

Creativity in Primary History / Creativity in Primary Geography 

READERSHIP 



ACHIEVINg QTS CROSS-CURRICULAR STRAND SERIES 

2009 • 216 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-198-2) • £18.99 


CHILDREN LEARNING 

OUTSIDE THE 

CLASSROOM 

From Birth to Eleven 

Edited by Sue Waite University 

of Plymouth 


This book introduces the subject of 

learning beyond the classroom clearly. In 

doing this, it addresses a gap in the literature. With 

an emphasis on personal engagement with outdoor spaces 

and the importance of learning beyond the classroom, this 

book covers how environments beyond the classroom can 

be a significant context for learning for children from the 

Foundation Stage through to the end of primary school 

- Deborah Albon, Senior Lecturer in Early Childhood 

Studies, London Metropolitan University 

The book explores why learning beyond the classroom is important 

for children and offers practical examples of how to improve outdoor 

learning experiences for all children. In the face of the increasing 

restriction of children's outdoor experiences, it will help the reader 

rise to the challenge of finding creative opportunities for working 

across the curriculum through outdoor activities. 


• the theory behind learning outside the classroom 

• transition from early years to primary practice 

• what outdoor learning looks like in different contexts 

• teaching and learning across the curriculum outdoors 

• how to evaluate the effectiveness of different outdoor activities 

and learning outside the classroom as a whole. 

Each chapter has case studies, thoughts on theory, points for 

practice and summaries to help readers digest the most important 

information. Critical thinking and reflective practice are encouraged 

throughout to support consideration of how outdoor learning relates 

to the curricula in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. 


Theoretical Perspectives on Learning Outside the Classroom - Relationships 

between Learning and Place \ PART ONE: EARLY YEARS PRACTICE - 

REACHING OUT \ Crawling and Toddling in the Outdoors - Very Young 

Children's Learning \ Using the Local Community as Part of the Early Years 

Learning Environment \ A Time of Change: Outdoor Learning and Pedagogies 

of Transition between Foundation Stage and Year One \ PART TWO: 

LEARNING OUTSIDE THE CLASSROOM ACROSS THE CURRICULUM FOR 

PRIMARY AGED CHILDREN \ English and Language Outside the Classroom 

\ Mathematics Outside the Classroom \ Science and Technology Outside 

the Classroom \ Understanding Places and Society Through History and 

Geography Outside the Classroom \ The Arts Outside the Classroom \ 

Physical Development, Health and Well-Being: The Role of Physical Education 

'Outside' \ PART THREE: OUTSIDE THE BOX \ Residential Centres: Desirable 

Difference? \ School Gardens and Forest Schools \ Environmental Education 

in the National Park: Case Studies on Exmoor \ Managed Learning Spaces 

and New Forms of Learning Outside the Classroom \ Making a Difference: 

Learning on a Grand Scale 

READERSHIP 

Trainee and practising early years and primary teachers, as well as education 

studies students 

2011 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-047-5) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-048-2) • £21.99 

27

Education Texts - Secondary 

REFLECTIVE TEACHING LEARNING AND TEACHING 

AND LEARNING IN THE 

IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 

SECONDARY SCHOOL 



Edited by Sue Dymoke University 

of Leicester 

Reflective Teaching and Learning 

in the Secondary School offers a 

comprehensive overview of core teaching topics 

designed as an essential companion textbook for professional 

studies modules on secondary initial teacher education courses. 

This Second Edition has been carefully updated to provide a 

contemporary introduction to secondary education. 

New to this edition: 

• a new chapter on diversity, social justice and global issues 

in teaching 

• a new chapter on pastoral and tutorial roles 

• improved coverage of developing critical thinking skills in the 

classroom 

• masters-level critical reading tasks in every chapter 

• awareness of recent developments in education policy. 


The Reflective Practitioner and Professional Learning \ An Overview of 

Learning \ Learning and Teaching Contexts \ Classroom Planning and 

Management \ Assessment \ Pastoral and Tutorial Roles \ Diversity, Social 

Justice and Global \ Issues in Education 

READERSHIP 

Secondary teacher trainees and those employment-based routes into 

teaching, particularly those on M-level programmes 

DEVELOPINg AS A REFLECTIVE SECONDARY TEACHER 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0714-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0715-4) • £22.99 




Edited by Viv Ellis University of Oxford 

This popular text covers all the key issues 

for learning and teaching in secondary 

schools and is a core text for all those 

working towards QTS. Focusing on a 

range of important topics, the text provides 

an essential summary of educational research and 

includes both reflective and school-based practical tasks. 

Throughout, case studies make essential links between theory and 

practice and the text focuses on what trainees need to know. This 

Fourth Edition includes new chapters on masters-level study for 

PGCE and pastoral care, citizenship and PSHE. 


PART ONE: PROFESSIONAL ATTRIBUTES AND LEARNING \ Introduction \ 

Teaching as a Masters-Level Profession: Implications for Beginning Teachers 

\ Professional Values and the Teacher \ Understanding Learning \ PART TWO: 

PROFESSIONAL SKILLS: PLANNING AND ASSESSING LEARNING \ Planning 

for Learning \ Assessment for Learning \ Managing Behaviour for Learning \ 

PART THREE: PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE: ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 

\ Teaching Literacy Across the Curriculum \ Teaching Numeracy Across the 

Curriculum \ Teaching ICT Across the Curriculum \ The 14-19 Curriculum: 

Aims and Values \ PART FOUR: PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE: INCLUSION 

\ Pastoral Care, Personal, Social and Health Education and Citizenship \ 

Special Educational Needs \ English as an Additional Language \ Equality 

and Diversity 

READERSHIP 

Secondary teacher trainees 



2011 • 208 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-303-3) • £18.99 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN 

SECONDARY TEACHING 

Edited by Carrie mercier , University 

of Cumbria Carey Philpott University 

of Strathclyde and Helen Scott 

Manchester Metropolitan University 

Becoming a successful teacher in 

secondary education requires a strong 

understanding of a wide range of 

professional teaching issues, including 

practical concerns such as curriculum 

development and learning through observation in the classroom, 

alongside key conceptual aspects such as critical reflection and 

understanding the nature of learning. 

This book addresses these issues alongside a range of additional 

important contemporary topics in secondary education. It also 

highlights the importance for student teachers to enhance their 

development by engaging with research. 


Initial Teacher Education and Induction Processes in Schools \ Observing 

in the classroom \ What is Critical Reflection? \ Community Cohesion \ 

Responding to Diversity \ Curriculum Development \ Learning Theory – 

Debates on the Nature of Learning \ Learning through Telling a Story \ Why 

Do Secondary Teachers Say they Teach Subjects rather than Children? \ 

Developing an Identity \ At Masters Level? \ Practitioner Research 

READERSHIP 

Secondary teacher trainees , those on employment-based routes into teaching, 

and early career teachers seeking to enhance their practice 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0789-5) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0790-1) • £21.99 


TEACHING TEENAGERS 

A Toolbox for Engaging and 

motivating Learners 

Warren Kidd and gerry Czerniawski 

both at University of East London 

This book is grounded in the realities 

of teaching in today's classrooms and 

provides practical advice on how to be an 

inspirational teacher and produce highly 

motivated students. Contents cover: 

• teaching tools to inspire and captivate 

• how to create a learning atmosphere 

• classroom management 

• learning outside the classroom 

• assessment for motivation and engagement 

• feedback and praise 

• using emerging technologies to engage 

• supporting learners in learning how to learn 

• challenging learners of all abilities. 


How to 'Sparkle' in the Classroom \ First Encounters \ Assessment Strategies 

for Motivating Learners \ Teaching to Engage \ Building an Effective Climate \ 

Strategies for Social and Cooperative Learning \ Engaging through E-Learning 

\ Classroom Management and Learner Engagement \ Feedback and 

Feedforward \ Homework? Strategies for Learning Outside of the Classroom 

\ Challenging Learners of all Abilities \ Supporting Learners in Learning How 

to Learn \ Capturing and Utilizing the Learner Voice 

READERSHIP 

Trainee teachers, new teachers and experienced teachers looking to extend 

their repertoire 

SUCCESSFUL 

TEACHING 14-19 

2011 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-384-1) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-385-8) • £23.99 

Theory, Practice and Reflection 

Warren Kidd and gerry Czerniawski 

both at University of East London 

Successful Teaching 14-19 offers a 

comprehensive introduction to the 

intricacies of teaching. It covers not 

only the skills and habits needed by 

contemporary teachers, but also the 

theoretical and reflective context within which they operate. 

While much of what is written will be useful to any teacher, 

there is a welcome focus on the 14-19 agenda 

- Tony Lawson, Senior Lecturer, University of Leicester 

This core text for student teachers training to teach the 14 - 19 age 

group is written by highly experienced authors. Covering all the 

essentials, it makes clear links to theory and enables students to 

take the critical approach that they need for M-level work. 

2010 • 320 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-712-5) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-713-2) • £23.99 


Education Texts - Secondary 

TEACHING SECONDARY MUSIC 

Edited by Jayne Price University of Huddersfield and Jonathan 

Savage Manchester Metropolitan University 

Designed to support teachers in developing new strategies and 

pedagogies for teaching music, and for teacher education students 

requiring a comprehensive overview of the subject, Teaching 

Secondary music provides a modern and accessible insight into 

the key issues in music education at secondary level. 

Supported with practical examples, case studies and resources 

exploring effective practice, Teaching Secondary music covers 

the key concepts and approaches which underpin good practice in 

secondary music education. These include: 

• how music relates to other curriculum subjects 

• ways of implementing newer aspects of the curriculum 

• the music industry and intellectual property rights 

• working with a range of musicians 

• using ICT as a tool for musical performance 

• developing musical leadership. 


PART ONE: EXPLORING MUSIC THROUGH THE CUIRRICULUM \ The Key 

Concepts for Musical Teaching \ The Key Processes of Musical Learning \ 

Cross-Curricular Approaches in Music Education \ Personal, Learning and 

Thinking Skills and Functional Skills \ PART TWO: ESTABLISING MUSIC IN 

THE CLASSROOM \ Developing Performing Opportunities \ The Role of Music 

and Musicians in Society \ The Music Industry and Intellectual Property Rights 

\ Using Music Technology for Musical Performance \ Working with a Range 

of Musicians \ Developing Musical Leadership \ PART THREE: ENRICHING 

MUSICAL MODELS OF DEVELOPMENT AND ASSESSMENT \ Planning for 

Musical Progress \ Assessment for Learning in Music \ The 14-19 Curriculum 

in Music 

READERSHIP 

PGCE secondary music specialists and practising music teachers 

October 2011 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-393-3) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-394-0) • £23.99 

29

English & Literacy 

ESSENTIALS OF 

LITERACY FROM 0-7 

A Whole-Child Approach to 

Communication, Language and 

Literacy 


Tina Bruce Honorary Visiting Professor 

at Roehampton University and Jenny 

Spratt Peterborough City Council 

In this Second Edition, the authors guide readers in the 

understanding of child development, highlighting the need for those 

who work with young children to become reflective practitioners. 

Through a focus on the introduction of nursery rhymes, finger 

rhymes, action songs and poetry cards, they provide a gentle, 

child-friendly way to develop literacy in children from birth to seven 

years old. Thoroughly revised and updated, the book now includes: 

• further case studies and examples 

• a discussion of the primary framework 

• a discussion of inclusion of schools as an educational setting 

• age-appropriate activities suggestions for further reading at the 

end of each chapter. 


Introducing the Essentials of Communication, Language and Literacy \ 

Observing Children in an Enabling Environment \ Parent/Baby Songs \ Finger 

Rhymes \ Mark-Making and Writing \ Action Songs: On the Spot \ Action 

Songs: Moving around \ Nursery Rhymes \ Poetry Cards: Mapping Sounds 

onto Letters 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, practitioners, teaching assistants and childminders, as well as 

those working with children from birth to seven years in nursery and primary 

schools, Children's Centres, foundation units and at home 

LITERACY AND 

EDUCATION 


2011 • 184 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-598-6) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-599-3) • £20.99 

Kate Pahl University of Sheffield and 

Jennifer Rowsell Brock University, Canada 

Six years on from the first edition of 

Literacy and Education , the ways we 

think about literacy have changed. This 

book continues to be an accessible guide to 

current theory on literacy with practical applications in 

the classroom, but also has a new focus on the ecologies of literacy 

and on ways of researching literacy that are participatory and visual. 

The Second Edition examines: 

• new literacy studies 

• material culture and literacy 

• digital literacies 

• the ecological, place-based approaches to literacy education 

• ways in which research has moved on to inform literacy education. 


The New Literacy Studies and Teaching Literacy: Where We Were and Where 

We Are Going \ Multimodal Literacies: New Ways of Reading and Writing \ 

Children's Texts Go to School \ Literacies in the Community: An Ecological 

Approach \ Literacy and Identity: Who Are the Meaning Makers? \ Navigating 

New Literacies 

READERSHIP 

Classroom teachers, teacher trainers and students of literacy 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0134-3) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0135-0) • £23.99 

LANGUAGE AND LITERACY 

IN THE EARLY YEARS 0-7 


marian R Whitehead 

Independent Consultant 

Language and literacy are at the heart of 

the early years and primary curriculum, and 

this book provides a thorough grounding 

in the essentials of the subject, while also 

updating the reader on the latest developments in 

policy and practice. 

2010 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-007-3) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-008-0) • £22.99 

DEVELOPING LANGUAGE 

AND LITERACY 3-8 

Third Edition 

Ann Browne Teaching Fellow, University 

of East Anglia and Consultant 

This is an insightful introduction to 

teaching and learning English in the early 

years, covering all aspects of language 

and literacy and drawing on contemporary 

ideas, research and classroom expertise 

to guide practice. 

2009 • 320 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-082-7) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-083-4) • £24.99 

EXPLORING 

CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 


Nikki gamble Associate Consultant, 

Institute of Education, University of 

London and Director of the Write Away! 

consultancy and Sally Yates University 

of Chichester 

[This] book covers everything from 

picture books to poetry and every 

conceivable kind of fiction and informs 

all key stages. It gives children's literature 

the deserved courtesy of reading it in the context of 

modern critical theory…[and] guides us brilliantly through 

the riches of literacy experience as learning 

- English Drama Media 

Exploring Children's Literature is based on the belief that deep 

subject knowledge of language and literature provides a foundation 

for effective teaching and learning. It provides a comprehensive 

guide to the range of genres and characteristic features of English 

language fiction written for children. 

READERSHIP 

Student teachers on PGCE and undergraduate teacher education courses; 

teachers undertaking continuing professional development in English, literacy 

or children's literature; language co-ordinators, SCITT co-ordinators and 

literacy consultants 

2008 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-3012-3) • £74.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-3013-0) • £23.99 


LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 

Understanding Language 

Diversity in the Classroom 

Edited by Sandra Levey Lehman 

College, CUNY and Susan Polirstok 

Kean University 

This book prepares nursery, primary and 

secondary teachers to appreciate and 

understand how language development 

can affect learning and learn strategies 

for working with students with language 

differences and disorders. Classroom examples and case studies 

have been integrated throughout the book to illustrate some of the 

most common speech and language behaviours found in classrooms. 

2010 • 384 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7407-3) • £51.00 

ASSESSING AND 

ADDRESSING 

LITERACY NEEDS 

Cases and Instructional 

Strategies 

Barbara Combs University of 

North Dakota 

Assessing and Addressing Literacy 

Needs is designed to help pre-service 

and in-service teachers understand 

the problems that children encounter 

when learning to read and to provide 

key instructional strategies related to best practices in literacy 

instruction. The text promotes reflection and analysis that will 

provoke thoughtful responses and discussions to help teachers use 

assessments to identify problems and employ appropriate strategies 

to help their students become better readers. 


Focus on Emergent Literacy \ Focus on Word Identification \ Focus on Fluency 

\ Focus on Vocabulary \ Focus on Comprehension \ Focus on Engagement 

READERSHIP 

Pre-service and in-service teachers 

2011 • 296 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7529-2) • £22.99 

TEACHING EARLY 

READING AND PHONICS 

Creative Approaches to Early 

Literacy 

Kathy goouch Canterbury Christ 

Church University and Andrew 

Lambirth University of Greenwich 

This book provides a critical and reflective 

look at approaches to teaching reading, and 

phonics in particular, which will help trainee teachers 

evaluate a range of methods and be able to choose relevant 

strategies to suit their settings and individual pupils. 

2010 • 144 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-421-7) • £62.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-422-4) • £19.99 


PROMOTING LITERACY 

DEVELOPMENT 

50 Research-Based Strategies for 

K-8 Learners 

Patricia A Antonacci and Catherine 

O'Callaghan Iona College 

This book presents the essential literacy 

strategies that are used by classroom 

teachers for teaching reading and writing 

to children in elementary schools. Intended as a 

supplement to primary texts that are utilized in reading methods 

courses, the text will be useful for undergraduate and graduate 

teacher education programs. 


Standards in the English Language Arts \ Essential Strategies for Teaching 

Phonemic Awareness \ Essential Strategies for Teaching Phonics \ Essential 

Strategies for Teaching Reading Fluency \ Essential Strategies for Teaching 

Vocabulary \ Essential Strategies for Teaching \ Essential Strategies for 

Comprehension of Informational Text \ Essential Strategies for Teaching 

Questioning for Understanding \ Essential Strategies for Teaching Discussion 

for Understanding \ Essential Strategies for Teaching Narrative Writing \ 

Essential Strategies for Teaching Writing to Learn 

READERSHIP 

Those on undergraduate and graduate teachers education programmes 

2011 • 336 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8708-0) • £20.99 

LITERATURE-BASED 

TEACHING IN THE 

CONTENT AREAS 

40 Strategies for K-8 Classrooms 

Carole Cox California State University 

Literature-Based Teaching in the 

Content Areas is a collection of 40 

literature-based strategies to teach Key 

Stages 1-4 content areas: language arts 

and reading; social studies; mathematics; 

science; and the arts. 

Grounded in theory and research on best 

practices in each field, the strategies are classroom-tested and 

classroom-ready, with in-depth descriptions of practical activities. 

Each strategy describes in detail how to use one or more key books 

for each of the levels, Key Stage 1-2, Key Stage 3, and Key Stage 4, 

and also includes extensive book lists for creating classroom text 

sets. Ideas are also provided to differentiate instruction for English 

learners and struggling students. 

The book is full of teaching tools: specific questions and prompts 

for discussion and writing; graphic organizers and student writing 

frames; mini-lessons on skills and writing conventions; technology 

resources; and assessment ideas for each strategy. A teacher can 

dip into the book and choose a content area, strategy and books to 

put to use immediately in the classroom. 


Strategies for Literature-Based Teaching of Language Arts and Reading \ 

Strategies for Literature-Based Teaching of Social Studies \ Strategies for 

Literature-Based Teaching of Mathematics \ Strategies for Literature-Based 

Teaching of Science \ Strategies for Literature-Based Teaching of the Arts 

READERSHIP 

Teachers of children aged five to 14 years 

2011 • 352 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7493-6) • £22.99 


31


YOUNG CHILDREN READING 

At home and at school 

Rachael Levy University of Sheffield 

Developing and supporting literacy is an 

absolute priority for all early years settings 

and primary schools, and something 

of a national concern. By presenting 

extensive research evidence, Rachael 

Levy shows how some of our tried-and- 

tested approaches to teaching reading may 

be counterproductive, and are causing some young 

children to lose confidence in their abilities as readers. Through 

challenging accepted definitions and perspectives on reading, this 

book encourages readers to reflect critically on the current reading 

curriculum, and to consider ways in which their own practice can be 

developed to match the changing literacy landscape of the 21st century. 

READERSHIP 

All trainee and practising teachers 

2011 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-990-4) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-991-1) • £20.99 

TEACHING ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE LEARNERS 

43 Strategies for Successful K-8 

Classrooms 

michaela Wyman Colombo University 

of Massachusetts, Lowell 

Ideal as a supplementary text for a variety of 

courses, a guide for in-service teachers, and for 

professional development settings, Teaching 

English Language Learners provides 

non-ESL teachers of all content areas with a broad, practical approach 

to teaching English language learners in the regular classroom setting. 

2011 • 280 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8029-6) • £22.99 

Additional materials 

Placing the emphasis on the voices of the children themselves, the 

author looks at: 

• what it feels like to be a reader in the digital age 

• children's perceptions of reading 

• home and school reading 

• reading in multidimensional forms 

• the future teaching of reading. 


Becoming a Reader in a Digital Age \ Definitions of Reading \ The Study \ 

Children's Perceptions of Reading: Defining 'Reading' in the Nursery \ The 

Nursery Cohort \ Children's Perceptions of Reading: Defining 'Reading' 

in Reception \ The Reception Cohort \ Reading Words, Reading Pictures, 

Reading Whole Texts \ Perceived Uses and Affordances of Book Texts \ The 

Affordance and Uses of Books \ Reading Scheme Texts: Proficiency Grading 

and Becoming 'a Reader' \ Reading in Multidimensional Forms \ Digital Literacy 

\ Using Computers at Home and at School \ Responding to Print on Screen \ 

Reading Print on Paper and Screen \ Reading Print in Multidimensional Forms 

\ What Reading Means at Home and at School \ Introduction \ Developing 

Perceptions of Reading During the Nursery Year \ Moving into Reception: 

Changes in the 'Third Space' \ Parents: Confidence and Contention in the 

'Third Space' \ From Research to Practice \ Perceptions of Reading \ Role 

of Play \ The Teacher-Pupil Relationship \ Print-Reading and the Use of 

Reading Scheme Texts \ Digital Texts and New Technologies \ A Foundation 

Curriculum: Promoting Confidence in Reading \ Assessment \ Future Research 

Many of our textbooks are supported by accompanying websites which contain extra 

resources to assist lecturers with the planning of lectures and to help promote student 

learning. Additional material typically includes: 

• PowerPoint slides 

• Testbanks of questions 

• Instructor's manual or teaching notes 

• Case studies 

• Glossaries 

Key Features of the book include: 

• TESOL standards for students and teachers are outlined in the first 

chapter and aligned with the content of the book 

• the 43 strategies are divided into four key sections: assessment; 

management; lesson delivery and instruction; and building 

home-school connections 

• each strategy includes a discussion of underlying theory, a step-bystep 

procedure for implementation, a description of the strategy in 

action, and reflection exercises which can be completed individually 

or used for in-class discussion. 


Managing the Learning Environment \ Working with Other Professionals \ Strategies 

for Assessment \ Making Content Comprehensible \ Strategies for Developing 

Vocabulary \ Strategies for Developing Academic Language \ Strategies 

for Enhancing Reading and Writing \ Building Home-School Connections 

READERSHIP 

Teachers of children with English as an additional language 

• Free online readings from leading 

SAGE journals 

• Weblinks 

• Sample exams 

• Data sets 

A current list of textbooks with accompanying websites is available at 

www.sagepub.co.uk/companionsites.sp 


UNDERSTANDING 

MATHEMATICS FOR 

YOUNG CHILDREN 

A guide for Foundation Stage and 

Lower Primary Teachers 

Third Edition 

Derek Haylock Education Consultant 

and Anne D Cockburn University of 

East Anglia 

This fully revised version of the authors' successful and muchused 

book, Understanding mathematics in the Lower Primary 

Years, has been updated to include the current Foundation Stage 

Curriculum and the new Primary Framework in England. 

2008 • 272 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4725-1) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4726-8) • £23.99 

MATHEMATICS 

EXPLAINED FOR 

PRIMARY TEACHERS 



This best-selling book has been updated 

with a host of new features including 

more learning and teaching points; 

more importance given to using and 

applying maths; and two new chapters on 

mathematics in the primary curriculum and 

learning to learn maths, making it a must-read for 

all trainee primary teachers. 

2010 • 432 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-196-3) • £77.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-197-0) • £24.99 

STUDENT WORKBOOK 

FOR 'MATHEMATICS 

EXPLAINED FOR 

PRIMARY TEACHERS' 


and Ralph manning University of 

East Anglia 

Tried and tested by primary PGCE 

trainees, this workbook provides you with 

all you need to successfully review and use 

the material of mathematics Explained for 

Primary Teacher, Fourth Edition. 

2010 • 160 pages 

Paper (978-1-84860-442-1) • £14.99 


PLACE-BASED SCIENCE 

TEACHING AND 

LEARNING 

40 Activities for K-8 Classrooms 

Cory A Buxton and Eugene F Provenzo 

Jr University of Miami, Coral Gables 

Place-Based Science Teaching and 

Learning address the challenges facing 

primary and secondary school teachers 

as they attempt to make science learning relevant to their students. 

The text provides teachers with a rationale and a set of example 

activities for teaching science in a local context. Teaching and 

learning science using this approach will help students to engage 

with science learning and come to understand the importance of 

science in their everyday lives. 


PART ONE: ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE PLACE-BASED SCIENCE TEACHING 

IN THE CLASSROOM \ PART TWO: ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE PLACE- 

BASED SCIENCE TEACHING IN THE SCHOOL BUILDING \ PART THREE: 

ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE PLACE-BASED SCIENCE TEACHING ON THE 

SCHOOL GROUNDS \ PART FOUR: ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE PLACE- 

BASED SCIENCE TEACHING IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD \ PART FIVE: 

ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE PLACE-BASED SCIENCE TEACHING IN THE 

BROADER COMMUNITY 

READERSHIP 

For undergraduate and graduate students on teacher training courses, and 

primary and secondary school teachers 

2011 • 248 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7525-4) • £23.99 

YOUR SCIENCE 

CLASSROOM 

Becoming an Elementary and 

middle School Science Teacher 

m Jenice goldston University 

of Alabama and Laura 

Downey-Skochdopole Kansas 

Association for Conservation and 

Environmental Education 

Focused on teaching methods, Your 

Science Classroom is a core textbook for use in elementary 

and middle school science methods courses. Designed around 

a practical, 'practice-what-you-teach' approach to methods 

instruction, the text is based on current constructivist philosophy. 

The text is purposely designed to prepare teachers to teach science 

in ways that foster positive attitudes and engagement in meaningful 

science learning for themselves and their students. 


NSES Teaching Standards \ The Nature of Science \ I Know What Science Is! 

It's an Experiment \ Are You Scientifically Literate? Why We Teach Science 

\ The Nature of the Learner \ Children's Construction of Science \ Children's 

Alternative Frameworks and Conceptual Change \ The Nature of Science 

Teaching \ Classroom Teaching Practices: Questioning and Inquiry \ Inquiry 

Teaching Approaches and Science Process Skills \ Inquiry Lesson Planning: 

5E Instruction Model \ Assessment or Evaluation: A Guide for Science 

Instruction \ The Nature of Diversity in Science Teaching and Learning \ 

Learning Styles and Diverse Learners \ Addressing Student Diversity: Science 

for All \ Interdisciplinary Connections: Science Across the Curriculum 

READERSHIP 

Trainee science teachers 


Paper (978-1-4129-7522-3) • £44.99 

Maths & Numeracy / Science 

33

Education Studies 

THE AUTHORS 

DIANA BURTON 

Diana Burton is Pro Vice- 

Chancellor and Professor of 

Education at Liverpool John 

Moores University, where 

she was previously Dean 

of Education. She worked 

for many years at Manchester Metropolitan University 

leading teacher education programmes and was a 

secondary school teacher before that. 

Diana is the author of a number of books and articles 

on Education Studies, Practitioner Research and 

professional development and her research projects 

span teacher development, educating children with 

behavioural, emotional and social disadvantage, 

citizenship and social justice. 

She is a fellow of the Royal Academy for the Society of 

the Arts, a member of the British Education Research 

Association and the Higher Education Academy and an 

elected member of the National Council of the Learning 

& Skills Improvement Service. 

INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION STUDIES 

Third Edition 

Steve Bartlett Professor of Education Studies at the University of 

Wolverhampton and Diana Burton Professor of Education and Pro 

Vice Chancellor at Liverpool John Moores University 

Steve Bartlett and Diana Burton provide first-time students and those 

engaged in more advanced aspects of the subject with all the tools 

that they need to approach education studies. The book encourage 

a critical, questioning approach which will put readers in good stead 

for further study and professional practice. Now fully updated, the 

Third Edition includes: 

• a new chapter on globalization and international 

comparative education 

• a new companion website featuring online journal articles relating 

to each chapter 

• more guidance on how to critique research 

• more 'Reader Reflection' boxes, encouraging students to reflect 

on their own practice throughout 

• a new framework for analyzing policy 

• new sections within the curriculum and the history of schooling 

chapters, reflecting the latest UK developments 

• complete update of education policy issues. 

CONTENTS 

Education Studies: An Introduction to the Field of Study \ What is Education 

Studies? \ The Nature of Education \ Researching Education \ Political 

and Historical Dimensions of Education \ A Modern History of Schooling \ 

Curriculum \ Politics and Policy in Education \ Globalisation and Comparative 

Education \ Achievement in Education \ Individual Achievement: Major 

Psychological Theories \ Education and Psychological Research \ Social 

Factors, Gender, Ethnicity and Achievement \ Organising Teaching and 

Learning \ Conclusion: Education, a Contested Enterprise 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students on education studies courses 


Cloth (978-0-85702-911-9) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-912-6) • £24.99 

Diana Diana Diana Diana Diana Diana Diana Diana Diana 

Steve Steve Steve Steve Steve Steve Steve 

STEVE BARTLETT 

Steve Bartlett is 

Professor of Education 

Studies at the University 

of Wolverhampton. He 

has been involved with 

the development of 

Education Studies as an 

undergraduate and postgraduate subject for many years. 

He was Chair of the Subject Benchmarking Review 

Committee for QAA and a founder member and the first 

Chair of the British Education Studies Association (BESA). 

He is currently editor of the BESA journal. 

Steve has written a number of books and articles on 

Education Studies in the areas of research methods, 

lifelong learning, teacher development and gender. He 

has led Education Studies programmes at the Universities 

of Wolverhampton and Chester. 


KEY ISSUES IN EDUCATION 

AND SOCIAL JUSTICE 

Emma Smith University of Birmingham 

Inequalities can be experienced in different 

forms, from birth to school experiences, to 

the many different modes of learning as we 

grow up. This book focuses on educational 

experience as a lifelong and society-wide 

issue. The author draws on research, 

policy and contemporary thinking in the field 

to provide a comprehensive guide to the educational 

inequalities that may exist and persist throughout an individual's 

educational course. Providing an international perspective on 

different ethnic, gender and social groups, the book covers a broad 

range of issues, including: 

• theoretical, policy and research developments in the area 

• inequalities that may exist during the years of schooling 

• beyond the school classroom. 


An Introduction to Education and Social Justice \ Social Justice and Inequality 

\ Good Schools for All: Schooling and Social Justice \ Falling Standards and 

Failing Students? Inequalities in Student Outcomes \ Included or Excluded? 

Social Justice and Special Educational Needs \ Pupils' Experiences of Social 

Justice in School \ Higher Education and Social Justice \ Social Justice and 

the Learning Society 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students on education studies programmes as well as those 

on masters and initial teacher education programmes 

EDUCATION STUDIES: KEY ISSUES 


Cloth (978-1-84920-810-9) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-811-6) • £19.99 

EDUCATION STUDIES 

An Issues-based Approach 


Edited by John Sharp Bishop 

Grosseteste University College, Les 

Hankin Liverpool Hope University and 

Stephen Ward Bath Spa University 

Education studies continues to grow as 

a popular undergraduate area of study. 

This core text addresses themes common to all 

education studies courses. This Second Edition includes chapters 

on education and employment, new media and sex and relationships 

education and is fully revised and updated. For each topic, an 

overview and discussion are accompanied by features such as 

'Research' and 'Pause for Thought' boxes to promote reflection 

and analysis and to encourage the reader to engage with the text. 


PART ONE: Learning, Teaching and the Nature of Education / What Is 

Education? / The Mystery of Learning / Community Education: Innovation 

and Active Intervention / Schools and Classrooms / The Child, Family and 

Society: Early Years in Context / Education and Integrated Children’s Services 

/ Polarisations in English / Mathematics in the Future / Science and Society / 

The Nature of Higher Education / PART TWO: Themes in Education / Lifelong 

Learning / Leadership in Education / Race and Education / From Special Needs 

to Inclusive Education / Faith in Education: What Place for Faith Communities 

in Schools? / Education for Citizenship and Democracy / Education and 

Employability? / Sex and Relationships Education? / The Impact of New Media 

on Education? / Global Citizenship and Comparative Education 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students on education studies courses 


EDUCATION STUDIES SERIES 

2009 • 232 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-273-6) • £19.99 


KEY ISSUES IN EDUCATION 

POLICY 

Stephen Ward and Christine Eden 

both at University of Bath Spa 


2009 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-465-8) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-466-5) • £21.99 

KEY ISSUES FOR 

EDUCATION 

RESEARCHERS 

Diana Burton Liverpool John Moores 

University and Steve Bartlett University 

of Wolverhampton 


2009 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-357-6) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-358-3) • £21.99 

KEY ISSUES IN SPECIAL 

EDUCATIONAL NEEDS 

AND INCLUSION 

Alan Hodkinson and Philip Vickerman 

both at Liverpool John Moores University 


2009 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-380-4) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-381-1) • £21.99 

THE SOCIOLOGY OF 

CHILDHOOD 

Third Edition 

William A Corsaro Indiana University 


Thoroughly updated to reflect the recent 

explosion of research in this field. This 

Third Edition includes: 

• updated material on children's symbolic 

culture and material culture 

• a new section covering debates on the effects on youth of 

electronic media 

• a discussion of current policy debates and changing demographics 

regarding children's quality of life around the world. 


PART ONE: THE SOCIOLOGICAL STUDY OF CHILDHOOD \ PART TWO: 

CHILDREN, CHILDHOOD AND FAMILIES IN HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL 

CONTEXT \ PART THREE: CHILDREN'S CULTURES \ PART FOUR: 

CHILDREN, SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND THE FUTURE OF CHILDHOOD 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students of the sociology of childhood, the sociology of the 

family and childhood studies 

SOCIOLOgY FOR A NEW CENTURY SERIES 

2011 • 456 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7943-6) • £25.99 

35


ACTIVIST SCHOLAR 

Selected Works of marilyn gittell 

Edited by Ross gittell University of 

New Hampshire and Kathe Newman 

Rutgers University 

Activist Scholar features seminal writings 

by Marilyn Gittell, a preface by Sara 

Miller McCune (Founder and Executive 

Chairman, SAGE Publications), a general 

introduction by Ross Gittell and Kathe 

Newman, and part introductions by Ross Gittell, Kathe 

Newman, Maurice Berube and Nancy Naples. The part introductions 

highlight the key areas of research Marilyn Gittell championed and 

provide insightful context for the articles that follow. In addition to 

exploring Marilyn Gittell's groundbreaking research, this book serves 

as a bridge to current and future community-based urban research 

that advances citizen participation and empowerment. 

The book highlights Professor Gittell's writings on community 

organizations, citizen participation, urban politics, the politics of 

education and gender. She specialized in applied and comparative 

research on local, regional, national and international policies and 

politics, and placed a high priority on training researchers and 

scholars. Marilyn Gittell was a mentor to hundreds of students in 

the City University of New York system, and her legacy of activism 

continues as her students, now on the faculties of universities across 

the nation, engage in important work globally. 


Educational Reform and Citizen Participation \ Prologue and Epilogue From 

Confrontation at Ocean Hill-Brownsville \ Education: The Decentralization- 

Community Control Controversy 

2011 • 368 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-9762-1) • £29.99 

EDUCATION AND 

CULTURAL CITIZENSHIP 

Nick Stevenson University 

of Nottingham 

Nick Stevenson strikes again, this 

time bringing the insights of critical 

social theory to bear upon the vexing 

issues of education, critical pedagogy 

and cultural citizenship. Stevenson is a 

powerful and engaging sociologist, and this 

book is his most politically provocative to date 

- Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia 

This dynamic, energetic book systematically brings together the 

major developments in the social and political theory of education. It 

offers a global introduction to the major debates within the field and 

provides a sustained argument for a democratic and normative view 

of education. It provides a comprehensive view of the major disputes 

within social, cultural and political approaches to education. Drawing 

upon varied critical traditions the book helpfully connects these 

diverse threads of debate whilst exploring the work of key theorists. 


Cultural Citizenship, Education and Democracy: Redefining the Good Society 

\ Democratic Socialism, Multiculturalism and the Third Way: Questions of 

Education \ Critical Pedagogy, Democracy and Capitalism: Education without 

Enemies or Borders \ Pragmaticism and Environmental Education \ Education 

in the Consumer and Information Age \ Education, Hope and the Politics of 

Fear: The Resilience of Democracy and Cultural Citizenship 

READERSHIP 

Upper-level students, researchers and academics in education, sociology, 

politics and cultural studies 

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY 

2011 • 184 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-646-3) • £60.00 

KEY CONCEPTS IN CHILDHOOD STUDIES 


Allison James and Adrian James both at University of Sheffield 

This book has already proved itself as a course adoption leader in 

childhood studies. All of the strengths of the first edition have been 

retained. Clear and precise, this Second Edition thoroughly revises 

old entries and adds new ones. The book is the most accessible, 

relevant student introduction to this expanding, interdisciplinary 

field and is an indispensable teaching text and an ideal prompt 

for researchers. 


Age & Maturity \ Agency \ Best Interests \ Child \ Child-Focused Research 

\ Research with Children \ Child-Friendly \ Childhood \ Child Soldiers \ 

Childhood Studies \ Children as Consumers \ Children as Researchers \ 

Children’s Voices \ Citizenship \ Competence \ Cultural Politics of Childhood 

\ Cultural Relativism \ Delinquency \ Developmentalism \ Developmental 

Psychology \ Disappearance or Loss of Childhood \ Diversity \ Ethnicity 

\ Family \ Familialisation \ Friendship \ Futurity \ Gender \ Generation \ 

Global Childhood \ Health \ Innocence \ Internet and New Social Media \ 

Interpretive Reproduction \ Minority Group Status \ Nature vs. Nurture \ Needs 

\ Neglect \ Parenting \ Participation \ Peer Group \ Play \ Poverty \ Protection \ 

Representation \ Resilience \ Responsibility \ Rights \ Schooling and Schools 

\ Sexualisation \ Sexual Abuse \ Social Actor \ Social Construction \ Social 

World \ Socialisation \ Spaces for Children and Children’s Places \ Standpoint 

\ Street-Children \ Structure \ United Nations Convention on the Rights of the 

Child (UNCRC) \ Vulnerability \ Welfare \ Work and Working Children \ Youth 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0189-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0190-9) • £16.99 

WORKING WITH 

CHILDREN, YOUNG 

PEOPLE AND FAMILIES 

Edited by graham Brotherton , Helen 

Davies and gillian mcgillivray all at 

Newman University College 

An ideal textbook for exploring the themes 

and developments of working with children, 

young people and families from an truly 

interdisciplinary perspective. 

2010 • 208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-988-4) • £63.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-989-1) • £20.99 

REACHING AND TEACHING 

DIVERSE POPULATIONS 

Strategies for moving Beyond 

Stereotypes 

mary Buckelew and Andrea Fishman 

both at West Chester University 

By engaging trainee teachers in activities 

that promote their understanding of 

diversity topics this book deepens their 

understanding of the interrelationship of 

the community, the school, and classroom 

dynamics and cultures. 

2010 • 176 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7736-4) • £22.99 


SCHOOLS AND SOCIETY 

A Sociological Approach to 

Education 


Edited by Jeanne H Ballantine Wright 

State University and Joan Z Spade The 

College at Brockport, State University of 

New York 

Offering a wide array of theoretical 

perspectives and methods, a broad range of 

resources, and both classic and contemporary studies, this fully 

updated Fourth Edition uses the open-systems approach to provide 

readers with a framework for understanding and analyzing the book's 

disparate topics. It includes dozens of readable articles that illustrate 

major concepts and theoretical perspectives in the field. 

New to the Fourth Edition : 

• twenty-four new articles by early and contemporary noted scholars 

• six articles have been revised and updated to reflect new 

perspectives and research 

• a new chapter on the research methods used to study education 

which connects the methodological design to particular readings. 


What is Sociology of Education? \ Theoretical Perspectives \ Studying 

Schools: Research Methods in Education \ Schooling in a Social Context : 

Educational Environments \ Schools as Organizations: Formal and Informal 

Education \ Roles and Responsibilities: Administrators, Teachers and 

Students \ What We Teach in Schools: Knowledge for What and Whom? \ 

Who Gets Ahead? Race, Class and Gender in Education \ Higher Education \ 

Globalization and Education: Comparing Educational Systems \ Can Schools 

Change? Educational Reform and Change 

READERSHIP 

Education students 

2011 • 552 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7924-5) • £44.99 

CURRICULUM THEORY 

Conflicting Visions and Enduring Concerns 


michael Stephen Schiro Boston College 

The Second Edition of Curriculum Theory presents a clear, 

unbiased, and rigorous description of the major curriculum 

philosophies that have influenced educators and schooling over 

the last century. Michael Stephen Schiro analyzes four educational 

visions - Scholar Academic, Social Efficiency, Learner Centered and 

Social Reconstruction - to enable readers to reflect on their own 

educational beliefs and more productively interact with educators 

who might hold different beliefs. 


Introduction to the Curriculum Ideologies \ Scholar Academic Ideology 

\ Social Efficiency Ideology \ Learner Centered Ideology \ Social 

Reconstruction Ideology 


Paper (978-1-4129-8890-2) • £26.99 


CHILDREN'S RIGHTS 

IN PRACTICE 

Edited by Phil Jones University 

of Leeds and gary Walker Leeds 


This book offers an explanation of 

the theoretical issues and the key 

policy developments that are crucial 

to all professions, and helps readers to 

understand children's rights in relation to their 

role in working with children and young people. Looking 

at education, health, social care and welfare, it bridges the gap 

between policy and practice for children from birth to 19 years. 


• the child's right to play 

• youth justice and children's rights 

• the voice of the child 

• ethical dilemmas in different contexts 

• involvement, participation and decision-making 

• social justice and exclusion. 


PART ONE: CHILDREN'S RIGHTS IN PRACTICE: AN OVERVIEW OF KEY 

THEMES AND DEBATES \ PART TWO: RIGHTS AND SERVICE PROVISION: 

AREAS OF PRACTICE \ PART THREE: REVIEWING CHILDREN'S RIGHTS 

IN PRACTICE 

READERSHIP 

Students on early years, early childhood studies, and childhood and youth 

courses; also professionals working across education, health and social work 

2011 • 256 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-379-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-380-7) • £22.99 

DISABILITY STUDIES 

An Interdisciplinary Introduction 

Dan goodley Manchester 


An inspiring, engaging and dynamic 

student introduction to the interdisciplinary 

field of disability studies. 

THE CURRICULUM 


Sixth Edition 

2010 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-557-0) • £67.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-558-7) • £21.99 

A V Kelly Goldsmiths College, University 

of London 

A V Kelly's bestselling and classic 

text is brought up-to-date with the 

latest curriculum changes and current 

thinking in education. It is strong on 

general principles and the philosophical 

background to education. 

2009 • 336 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-274-6) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-275-3) • £24.99 


37

Education Studies / Educational Psychology 

EMPOWERING FAMILY- 

TEACHER PARTNERSHIPS 

Introduction to Involvement in Early Childhood Settings 

Thomas m Coleman University of Georgia 

Empowering Family-Teacher Partnerships prepares students to 

work collaboratively with families and community professionals in 

support of children's early education and development. Students 

are invited to develop a personal philosophy of family involvement 

to guide their work with families and to join a community of learners 

in relying upon their collective insights and problem-solving skills to 

address family involvement challenges. 


Foundations of Family Involvement \ Contemporary Family Lives and Early 

Childhood Learning Environment \ Developing a Guiding Philosophy of 

Family Involvement \ Benefits of Family Involvement for Children \ Benefits 

of Family Involvement for Families and Teachers \ Understanding Family 

Lives in Contemporary Society \ Normed Families: Single-Parent Families, 

Stepfamilies and Grandparents as Caregivers 


Paper (978-1-4129-9232-9) • £44.99 

HOME, SCHOOL, AND 

COMMUNITY 

COLLABORATION 

Culturally Responsive Family 

Involvement 


Kathy B grant State University of New 

York at Plattsburgh and Julie A Ray 

Southeast Missouri State University 

This text provides information and strategies to help teachers 

understand, appreciate and support diverse families, as well as 

promote classroom family engagement. The authors provide up-todate 

information on family demographics, address current issues 

that affect today's families, including those with children who have 

special needs, and present numerous real-life vignettes and case 

studies for application to culturally responsive family engagement. 


PART ONE: UNDERSTANDING FAMILY ENGAGEMENT: BUILDING A 

KNOWLEDGE BASE FOR CULTURALLY RESPONSIVE FAMILY \ Family 

Engagement and the Responsive Educator \ Theories and Models for Family 

Engagement in Schools \ Supporting Families as They Parent Today's Children 

\ PART TWO: APPRECIATING FAMILIES: TODAY'S DIVERSE FAMILIES 

\ Structurally Diverse Families \ Culturally Diverse Families \ Students of 

Families in Transition \ Families Overcoming Obstacles \ Families in Abusive 

Situations \ PART THREE: FAMILY ENGAGEMENT: PUTTING KNOWLEDGE 

AND SKILLS INTO ACTION \ Engaging Families in Their Child's Learning at 

School and Home \ Teacher as Family Communication Facilitator \ Working 

with Families of Children with Exceptional Needs \ Teacher as a Family 

Resource and Advocate \ Schoolwide Family Engagement Activities: Family 

READERSHIP 

For undergraduate and graduate courses in family engagement; homeschool-community 

collaboration; and collaboration with families 


Paper (978-1-4129-9074-5) • £44.99 

IMPROVING WORKING 

MEMORY 

Supporting Students' Learning 

Tracy Packiam Alloway University of 

North Florida 

By developing and improving a 

child's working memory, you will see 

improvements in their achievements at 

school and in their concentration. Better 

working memory can be particularly useful to children 

with conditions where poor working memory is thought to be an 

underlying factor. Such conditions include: 

• dyslexia 

• dyscalculia 

• speech and language difficulties 

• developmental coordination disorders (motor dyspraxia) 

• ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) 

• autistic spectrum disorders. 

This book explains how to spot problems early, and how to work with 

children to improve their working memory, therefore increasing their 

chances of success in the classroom. It is packed full of practical 

strategies to use with students, but it also explains the theory behind 

these activities. 

READERSHIP 

Education practitioners, parents and students of education 

WORKING MEMORY 

AND LEARNING 

2010 • 136 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-747-8) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-748-5) • £22.99 

A Practical guide for Teachers 

Susan E gathercole University of York 

and Tracy Packiam Alloway University 

of North Florida 

This book provides a coherent overview 

of the role played by working memory in 

learning during the school years, and uses 

theory to inform good practice. 

Topics covered include: 

• the link between working memory skills and key areas of learning 

• the relationship between working memory and children with 

developmental disorders 

• assessment of children for working memory deficits 

• strategies for supporting working memory 

in under-performing children. 

READERSHIP 

This accessible guide will help SENCOs, teachers, teaching assistants, 

speech and language therapists and educational psychologists to understand 

and address working memory in their setting 

2008 • 144 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-3612-5) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-3613-2) • £22.99 


THE DEVELOPMENT OF 

WORKING MEMORY IN 

CHILDREN 

Lucy Henry London South 

Bank University 

Using the highly influential working 

memory framework as a guide, this 

textbook provides a clear comparison of the 

memory development of typically developing 

children with that of atypical children. The emphasis on 

explaining methodology throughout the book gives students a real 

understanding about the way experiments are carried out and how 

to critically evaluate experimental research. 

The first half of the book describes the working memory model 

and goes on to consider working memory development in typically 

developing children. The second half considers working memory 

development in several different types of atypical populations who 

have intellectual disabilities and/or developmental disorders. 


The Working Memory Model \ How is Working Memory Measured? \ Working 

Memory and Typical Development: Part One \ Working Memory and Typical 

Development: Part Two \ Working Memory in Children with Intellectual 

Disabilities \ Working Memory, Dyslexia and Specific Language Impairment 

\ Working Memory in Children with Down Syndrome and Williams Syndrome 

\ Working Memory in Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students of development/child psychology, 

cognitive development and developmental disorders 

DISCOVERIES & ExPLANATIONS IN CHILD DEVELOPmENT 


Cloth (978-1-84787-328-6) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-329-3) • £26.99 

Request one of our 

new catalogues online at 


or phone us on 

+44 (0)20 7324 8500 

LEARNING 

Principles and Applications 

Sixth Edition 

Stephen B Klein 

Mississippi State University 

Known for its scholarship and easy-toread 

style and format, Learning , Sixth 

Edition shows students the relevance of 

basic learning processes through real-world 

Educational Psychology 

examples, vignettes, critical thinking questions and 

applications. In this new edition, the content has been updated and 

reorganized to reflect changes in the field and the pedagogical 

features have been strengthened and highlighted to continue to help 

students better comprehend the subject matter. 


An Introduction to Learning \ Traditional Learning Theories \ The Modification 

of Instinctive Behavior \ Principles and Applications of Classical Conditioning 

\ Theories of Classical Conditioning \ Applications of Appetitive Conditioning 

\ Principles and Applications of Aversive Conditioning \ Theories of Appetitive 

and Aversive Conditioning \ Biological Influences on Learning \ Stimulus 

Control of Behavior \ Cognitive Control of Behavior \ Complex Learning Tasks 

\ The Storage of Our Experiences \ Memory Retrieval and Forgetting 

READERSHIP 

Students of cognitive and educational psychology 

2011 • 536 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8734-9) • £55.99 


39

Educational Psychology 

HUMAN GROWTH 

AND DEVELOPMENT 


Chris Beckett University of East 

Anglia and Hilary Taylor Anglia 

Ruskin University 

This is an excellent read. An impressive 

array of theoretical underpinnings 

applied to contemporary practice. Indeed 

a recommended read for students across the health and 

social care professions. 

- Michelle Davies, Academic Leader in 

Inter-Professional Practice (Social Work and Youth 

Work), University of Wales, Newport 

2010 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-178-7) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-179-4) • £23.99 

AN INTRODUCTION TO 

CHILD DEVELOPMENT 


Thomas Keenan Niagara College 

and Subhadra Evans University of 

California, Los Angeles 

The bestselling text for students of 

developmental psychology returns with 

more on the biological foundations, moral 

development and applied aspects of developmental 

psychology. It now comes with a dedicated Website with resources 

for both students and instructors. 

SAgE FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOgY SERIES 

2009 • 424 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-1114-6) • £81.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-1115-3) • £26.99 

CHILD LANGUAGE 

Acquisition and Development 

matthew Saxton University of London 

Presented with the latest thinking and 

research on how children acquire their 

first language, the reader is taken from 

a standing start to the point where they 

can engage with key debates and current 

research in the field. 

2010 • 344 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-0231-1) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-0232-8) • £23.99 

SELF-ESTEEM 

A guide for Teachers 

David miller and Teresa moran both at 

University of Dundee 

Using insights from theory, research and 

classroom practice, this text provides 

strategies and techniques that will enhance 

the confidence of primary school children 

through authentic learning experiences. 


An Overview of Self-Esteem Theory \ A Two-Dimensional Model of Self- 

Esteem \ Self-Esteem and Schools \ Developing Competence: Classroom 

Techniques \ Developing Self-Competence: Creating Positive Mindsets \ 

Affirming Intrinsic Worth as an Individual \ Living According to Good Principles 

READERSHIP 

Trainee teachers, practising teachers and managers keen to enhance selfesteem 

in their schools 


Cloth (978-0-85702-969-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-970-6) • £22.99 

DEVELOPMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Revisiting the Classic Studies 

Edited by Alan m Slater University of 

Exeter and Paul C Quinn University 

of Delaware 

Developmental psychology's ‘classic’ 

studies are fascinating insights into the 

world of child development and seen as 

de rigeur in textbooks today: from Piaget's studies 

in cognitive development to Baron-Cohen's Sally-Ann task for 

deducing theory of mind and autism. However, how relevant are 

they in today's world, especially with newer research findings and 

methodological developments? 

Brought together by some of the world's leading voices in this rich 

and historically significant sub-field of psychology, this title provides 

a telescopic lens back to the past when investigations first began, 

then to the present day when new light is shining on these key pieces 

of research, to present a contemporary assessment of all aspects 

of developmental psychology. 


An Introduction to Classic Studies in Developmental Psychology \ Attachment 

and Early Social Deprivation: Revisiting Harlow's Monkey Studies \ 

Conditioned Emotional Reactions: Revisiting Watson and Rayner's Little 

Albert \ Infants on the Edge: Beyond the Visual Cliff \ Revisiting Piaget: A 

Perspective from Studies of Children's Problem-Solving Abilities \ Imitation 

in Infancy: Revisiting Meltzoff and Moore's Study \ Object Permanence in 

Infancy: Revisiting Baillargeon's Drawbridge Study \ Children's Eyewitness 

Memory and Suggestibility: Revisiting Ceci and Bruck's (1993) Review \ How 

Much Can We Boost IQ? An Updated Look at Jensen's Question and Answer 

\ Reading and Spelling: Revisiting Bradley and Bryant's Study \ Theory of 

Mind and Autism: Revisiting Baron-Cohen et al's Sally-Anne Study \ Moral 

Development: Revisiting Kohlberg's stages \ Aggression: Revisiting Bandura's 

Bobo Doll Studies \ Language Development: Revisiting Eimas et al's ‘ba’ and 

‘pa’ study \ Resilience in Children: Vintage Rutter and Beyond 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students of developmental psychology, child development, 

childhood studies and child psychology, as well as students studying modules 

on conceptual and historical issues in psychology 

PSYCHOLOgY: REVISITINg THE CLASSIC STUDIES 

May 2012 • 240 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-757-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-758-0) • £17.99 


DEVELOPMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY AND EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

A guide for Students and 

Practitioners 

David Whitebread 

Cambridge University 

The importance of high-quality early 

childhood education is now universally recognized 

and this quality crucially depends upon the practitioners who work 

with our young children, and their deep understanding of how 

children develop and learn. This book makes a vital contribution 

to this understanding, providing authoritative reviews of key areas 

of research in developmental psychology and demonstrating how 

these can inform practice in early years educational settings. The 

book's major theme is the fundamental importance of young children 

developing as independent, self-regulating learners. It illustrates 

how good practice is based on four key principles which support 

and encourage this central aspect of development: 

• secure attachment and emotional warmth 

• feelings of control and agency 

• cognitive challenge, adults supporting learning and children 

learning from one another 

• articulation about learning and opportunities for self-expression. 


Emotional Development \ Social Development \ Play, Development and 

Learning \ Memory and Understanding \ Learning and Language \ Self- 

Regulation 

READERSHIP 

Early years students and practitioners 

ENSURING EVERY 

CHILD MATTERS 

A Critical Approach 

gianna Knowles 

University of Chichester 


Cloth (978-1-4129-4712-1) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4713-8) • £19.99 

There is effective use of visual 

organisers at the start of the 

chapters, and the reader is supported 

by the provision of a glossary, activities, 

suggestions for further reading and signposting of 

relevant websites 

- Journal of Special Education 

In today's climate of multiprofessional working, this book examines 

how children from the ages of 3 to 11 years are educated, in the 

educational and social context of the Every Child Matters agenda. 

2009 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-136-9) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-137-6) • £21.99 


Educational Psychology / Special & Inclusive Education 

INCLUSION IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Critical Analyses and 

Enabling Narratives 

Cathy Nutbrown University of 

Sheffield and Peter Clough Liverpool 

Hope University 

Fascinating reading ... bound to inform 

discussions and encourage early years 

practicioners to develop and reflect on their own practices 

... I will be recommending this book to colleagues and 

adding it to my essential reading list for students 

- Nursery World 

This is an essential text for all early years students, practitioners and 

researchers who want to become familiar with current research into 

inclusion and to develop ways of drawing on such studies to inform 

and develop their own inclusive practices. 

By identifying and discussing key research studies on inclusion in 

the early years, and drawing on studies of practitioners’ views and 

experiences of working inclusively, this insightful text shows how 

practices in a range of early years settings can be influenced by the 

attitudes and responses of adults in those settings. The authors 

argue for a broad definition of inclusion, not limited to those with 

learning difficulties or impairment, but addressing factors affecting 

all members of the learning community. 

READERSHIP 

Early years students, practitioners and researchers 

2006 • 184 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-0813-9) • £71.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-0814-6) • £23.99 

DIVERSITY AND 

INCLUSION IN 


An Introduction 

Chandrika Devarakonda University 

of Chester 

This book offers an overview of current 

research, policy and practice in diversity and 

inclusion in the early years. It is a clear introduction 

to what inclusive practice means for those working with young 

children in the early stages of their lives. With case studies and 

activities designed to help students relate to diverse situations, the 

author discusses the main issues surrounding: 

• race 

• gender 

• culture 

• disability and special educational needs 

• English as an additional language 

• different perspectives of inclusion. 


Gender \ Race \ Culture \ English as an Additional Language \ Gypsy, Roma 

and Traveller Children \ Disability \ Special Educational Needs 

READERSHIP 

Students studying inclusion and diversity on early childhood or early years 

courses, and those seeking to promote good practice and enable all children 

to develop to their full potential 


Cloth (978-0-85702-850-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-851-8) • £21.99 

41

Special & Inclusive Education 

KEY ISSUES IN SPECIAL 


AND INCLUSION 

Alan Hodkinson Liverpool John Moores 

University and Philip Vickerman Head 

of Research for Physical Education, 

Sport, Dance and Outdoor Education, 

Liverpool John Moores University 

This book explores and critically examines the 

field, providing a detailed introduction to the topic for 

students - helping them to develop understanding, without assuming 

any prior knowledge. 


2009 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-380-4) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-381-1) • £21.99 

SPECIAL NEEDS AND 

EARLY YEARS 

A Practitioner guide 

Third Edition 

Kate Wall University of Chichester 

In the Third Edition of this respected 

and influential textbook, Kate Wall blends 

theory and practice with an informative and 

highly accessible writing style to provide a detailed 

analysis of provision for young children with additional needs. 

2010 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-132-2) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-133-9) • £24.99 

DIVERSITY IN SCHOOLS 

Edited by Frank Brown University of North Carolina at 

Chapel Hill , Richard C Hunter University of Illinois at Urbana- 

Champaign, Bahrain Teachers College, University of Bahrain, 

Kingdom of Bahrain and Saran N Donahoo Southern Illinois 

University Carbondale 

This volume in the Debating Issues in American Education reference 

series tackles the topic of diversity in schools. The chapters explore 

such varied issues as ability grouping, affirmative action, bilingual 

education, gender bias, illegal aliens in the classroom, mainstreaming 

and inclusion, and more. Each chapter opens with an introductory 

essay by the volume editor, followed by articles written and signed by 

invited experts and concludes with further readings and resources, 

thus providing readers with views on multiple sides of diversity 

issues in America's schools and pointing them toward more in-depth 

resources for further exploration. 

READERSHIP 

Academics and students in education, teaching and diversity studies 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8764-6) • £55.00 

SPECIAL 


A guide for Inclusive Practice 

Edited by Lindsay Peer and gavin Reid 

both at Educational Psychologist 

With a foreword from Baroness 

Mary Warnock, this book provides a 

comprehensive overview of the field of 

special educational needs (SEN). It contains 

chapters written by a range of experts on different 

aspects of SEN, and is full of practical suggestions for how to 

achieve effective, inclusive practice. Various research perspectives 

are considered, the value of labels is examined and the need 

to recognize the overlapping characteristics between different 

syndromes is highlighted. Chapters focus on translating theory into 

classroom practice and include case studies covering the birth to 

19 years age range. 

There is coverage of: 

• SEN and the state of research 

• SEN and legal issues 

• parents' perspectives 

• speech and language difficulties 

• dyspraxia and occupational therapy 

• dyslexia 

• dyscalculia 

• auditory processing disorder 

• behavioural optometry 

• attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) 

• Asperger syndrome and autistic spectrum disorder 

• Tourette syndrome. 


PART ONE: POLICY, PRACTICE AND PROVISION \ Introduction \ Special 

and Additional Support Needs in England and Scotland: Current Dilemmas 

and Solutions \ The State of the Research - Compromise, Consensus or 

Disarray? \ Inclusion and Special Educational Needs: A Dialogic Inquiry into 

Controversial Issues \ The Potential Impact and Influence of the Social Model 

of Disability \ PART TWO: PERSPECTIVES FROM PRACTICE \ Speech and 

Language \ Auditory Processing Disorder \ Developmental Co-ordination 

Disorder and Dyspraxia from an Occupational Therapist's Perspective \ Vision 

and Learning \ Good Practice in Training Specialist Teachers and Assessors of 

People with Dyslexia \ Literacy \ The Morphological Approach \ Mathematics 

Learning Difficulties and Dyscalculia \ PART THREE: SYNDROMES AND 

BARRIERS \ Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD or Hyperkinetic 

Disorder) \ Visual Impairment and Mainstream Education: Beyond Mere 

Awareness-Raising \ Students with Hearing Loss \ Autistic Spectrum Disorder: 

Challenges, Issues and Responses \ Understanding Tourette Syndrome 

\ PART FOUR: WORKING TOGETHER \ The Role and Perspectives of 

Practitioner Educational Psychologists \ The Assessment of Children and 

Young People - The Legal Issues \ Parents' Perspectives 

READERSHIP 

Those undertaking teacher education courses, as well as experienced 

teachers, therapists and policy makers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-162-5) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-163-2) • £23.99 


SPECIAL EDUCATION IN 

CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY 

An Introduction to Exceptionality 


Richard m gargiulo University of 

Alabama at Birmingham 

Special Education in Contemporary 

Society focuses on human exceptionalities 

across the lifespan. The text begins with four 

foundations chapters that introduce teachers to special education, 

followed by 10 'categorical' chapters each on a different 'disability'. 

Each chapter features sections on transition, cultural diversity, 

technology, instructional strategies and family considerations. 


PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS OF SPECIAL EDUCATION \ Special Education 

in Context: People, Concepts and Perspectives \ Policies, Practices and 

Programs \ Cultural and Linguistic Diversity and Exceptionality \ Parents, 

Families and Exceptionality \ PART TWO: A STUDY OF INDIVIDUALS 

WITH SPECIAL NEEDS \ Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities or Mental 

Retardation \ Individuals with Learning Disabilities \ Individuals with Attention 

Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder \ Individuals with Emotional or Behavioral 

Disorders \ Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders \ Individuals with 

Speech and Language Impairments \ Individuals with Hearing Impairments 

\ Individuals with Visual Impairments \ Individuals with Physical Disabilities, 

Health Disabilities and Related Low-Incidence Disabilities \ Individuals Who 

Are Gifted and Talented 

READERSHIP 

Pre-service and in-service teachers teaching those with special needs 

2011 • 728 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8893-3) • £68.00 

SPECIAL EDUCATION IN 

CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY 

Fourth Edition, media Update 

An Introduction to Exceptionality 

Richard m gargiulo University of 

Alabama at Birmingham 

This text provides a rare glimpse into 

the lives of people with exceptionalities. 

Focusing on human exceptionalities across the 

lifespan, the text employs a traditional organization beginning 

with four foundations chapters that introduce teachers to special 

education, followed by 10 'categorical' chapters each on a different 

'disability'. This media Update edition has been updated to 

include icons thoughout linking the book to the new accompanying 

interactive ebook version. 


Foundations of Special Education \ Special Education in Context: People, 

Concepts and Perspectives \ Policies, Practices and Programs \ Cultural and 

Linguistic Diversity and Exceptionality \ Parents, Families and Exceptionality 

\ A Study of Individuals With Special Needs \ Individuals with Intellectual 

Disabilities or Mental Retardation \ Individuals with Learning Disabilities \ 

Individuals with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder \ Individuals with 

Emotional or Behavioral Disorders \ Individuals with Autism Spectrum 

Disorders \ Individuals with Speech and Language Impairments \ Individuals 

with Hearing Impairments \ Individuals with Visual Impairments \ Individuals 

with Physical Disabilities, Health Disabilities and Related Low-Incidence 

Disabilities \ Individuals who Are Gifted and Talented 

READERSHIP 

Pre-service and in-service teachers who will teach students with special 

needs in the general classroom 


Paper (978-1-4129-9695-2) • £64.00 



SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL 

NEEDS 

Jonathan glazzard University of 

Huddersfield, Jane Stokoe, Alison 

Hughes University of Huddersfield, 

Annette Netherwood and Lesley Neve 

University of Huddersfield 

This comprehensive introduction begins 

by looking at inclusion policy and how barriers 

to achievement can be removed. The SEN Code of Conduct is 

explained and detailed guidance on Individual Education Plans 

(IEPs) is included. The book then goes on to give practical advice on 

the teaching of children with special educational needs in reading, 

speech and language, the autistic spectrum and behavioural, 

social and emotional difficulties. Finally, the book considers the 

wider context looking at partnerships with parents, carers and 

professionals in other agencies. 


PART ONE: UNDERSTANDING SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS / Inclusion: 

Policy Agenda and Legislation / The Special Educataional Needs Code 

of Practice / Learning and Cognition / PART TWO: TEACHING SPECIAL 

EDUCATIONAL NEEDS / Supporting Children with Reading Difficulties / 

Speech and Language / Supporting Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders 

/ Supporting Children with Behavioural, Emotional and Social Difficulties / 

PART THREE: THE WIDER CONTEXT / Developing Partnerships with Pupils 

and Parents / Developing Partnerships with Outside Agencies / Creating 

Learner-Friendly Environments 

READERSHIP 




2010 • 160 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-367-2) • £16.99 

THE STUDY SKILLS 

TOOLKIT FOR STUDENTS 

WITH DYSLEXIA 

monica gribben 


Packed with advice, checklists and 

templates, this book will help readers 

improve their study skills throughout 

their time at university. Written in a 

straightforward, no-nonsense style, the 

guidance given in this book can be broken down into 

manageable chunks allowing readers to work at their own pace. 


• procrastination 

• planning your assignment 

• understanding your assignment question 

• researching your assignment 

• managing your own well-being. 

Monica Gribben has made this book as accessible as possible for 

students with dyslexia, as they work through the challenges that 

studying at university presents. Downloadable resources are also 

available to increase the accessibility of the materials provided. 


Stepping out into University \ Procrastination \ Note-Taking \ Understanding 

Your Assignment \ Gathering Information \ Thinking Critically \ Writing 

Your Assignment \ Writing Your Dissertation \ Referencing \ Exams \ Oral 

Presentations \ Making the Most of Your Feedback 

READERSHIP 

Any student with dyslexia studying in higher education 


Cloth (978-0-85702-931-7) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-932-4) • £19.99 

43


AUTISM 

Educational and Therapeutic 

Approaches 

Efrosini Kalyva 

City College, Thessaloniki, Greece 

There are a number of different 

approaches and therapies available for 

children, young people and adults on 

the autistic spectrum, and the amount of 

information available on each one can be 

daunting for professionals and parents alike. This book 

offers concise and clear explanations of a variety of proposed 

interventions and their effectiveness, and will help the reader to 

decide on the most appropriate treatment for each individual. 

Efrosini Kalyva writes accessibly about recent scientific evidence 

and the latest research, and allows readers to consider the 

pros and cons of each approach. She focuses on the following 

areas: cognitive-behavioural approaches; developing social 

interaction; alternative communication strategies; developing 

playsensory-motor approaches; psychotherapeutic approaches; 

biochemical approaches. 


PART ONE: COGNITIVE-BEHAVIOURAL APPROACHES \ PART TWO: 

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING SOCIAL INTERACTION \ PART THREE: 

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION \ 

A PECS \ PART FOUR: APPROACHES BASED ON PLAY \ PART FIVE: 

SENSORIMOTOR APPROACHES \ PART SIX: BIOCHEMICAL APPROACHES 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners, student teachers, parents or anyone looking for a comparative 

examination of the variety of treatments on offer 

2011 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-488-6) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-489-3) • £23.99 

UNDERSTANDING CHILDREN WITH 

AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS 

Educators Partnering with Families 

michelle Haney Berry College 

Understanding Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders is 

an introductory core textbook for use by pre-service and inservice 

teachers in schools of Education. The text introduces, in an 

accessible manner, the significant body of research and theory in the 

field of autism within the larger context of understanding the unique 

socio-cultural dimensions of individuals with ASD and their families. 


Paper (978-1-4129-8246-7) • £28.99 

DIVERSITY, EQUALITY 

AND ACHIEVEMENT 

IN EDUCATION 

gianna Knowles and Vini Lander 

both at University of Chichester 

This book looks at real issues that affect 

teachers in the classroom and examines 

a variety of influences affecting child 

development. It provides the theoretical 

and practical information needed to ensure readers 

understands the complex factors that affect the children in their 

care, and encourages good, thoughtful teaching. Dealing with 

some of the less widely addressed aspects of diversity and 

inclusion, it considers: 

• children who are asylum seekers 

• the notion of 'pupil voice' 

• gender and achievement 

• disability 

• ethnicity and whiteness. 


Diversity, Equality and Educational Achievement \ Identity \ Diverse Familes, 

Diverse Childhoods \ Ethnicity, Whiteness and Identity \ Class, Equality and 

Achievement \ Boys, Girls, Gender Issues and Achievement \ Coming from 

a Traveller Background: Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Children - Living on the 

Margins \ Refugee and Asylum Seeker Children \ Looked-after Children 

- Children in Care \ Enabling Equality and Achievement for Children with 

Disability 

READERSHIP 

Teachers and education students 

EDUCATION 

2011 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-600-6) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-601-3) • £21.99 

Cheryl Hanley-maxwell University of 

Wisconsin, Madison and Lana Collet- 

Kingenberg University of Wisconsin, 

Whitewater 

This volume in the SAGE Reference Series 

on Disability explores education issues 

for people with disabilities and is one of 

eight volumes in the cross-disciplinary and 

issues-based series, which examines topics 

central to the lives of individuals with disabilities 

and their families. 

With a balance of history, theory, research and application, specialists 

set out the findings and implications of research and practice for 

others whose current or future work involves the care and/or study 

of those with disabilities, as well as for the disabled themselves. The 

concise and engaging presentational style emphasizes accessibility. 

Taken individually, each volume sets out the fundamentals of the 

topic it addresses, accompanied by compiled data and statistics, 

recommended further readings, a guide to organizations and 

associations, and other annotated resources, thus providing the 

ideal introductory platform and gateway for further study. Taken 

together, the series represents both a survey of major disability 

issues and a guide to new directions and trends and contemporary 

resources in the field as a whole. 

READERSHIP 

Students and researchers in the fields of medicine, physical and occupational 

therapy, human services, and the social and behavioural sciences 

SAgE REFERENCE SERIES ON DISABILITY 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8690-8) • £45.00 


ONE LITTLE FINGER 

malini Chib Freelance Writer Activist 

and Advocate 

One Little Finger is the autobiography of 

Malini Chib, a woman who defied all odds 

to emerge victorious in spite of a crippling 

disability and an indifferent society; who 

dragged herself out of the limits of her 

condition. This is the story of Malini's 

search for independence and identity and 

her zeal to live a full, meaningful life despite 

lifelong disability. Malini has Cerebral Palsy, a neurological 

condition similar to adult stroke, which makes body movement and 

speech extremely difficult. However, the cognitive functions of brain 

can often remain unimpaired, as in the case of Malini. 

She educates herself, learns to type with her little finger and speak 

through the Lightwriter. Finally, she works through unfavourable 

social systems and attitudes to become an event manager. Malini 

tells the story of her heroic battle against adversity, prejudice, 

stigmas, stereotypes, of her will to succeed and her search for an 

identity in a contrary world. 


ROOTS \ Proving the Doctors Wrong \ Birth of a Movement \ The End of 

the Beginning \ A Family with No Bounds? \ Boarding School Life-Ugh \ 

GROWING UP \ Why Do You Want to Do the BA? \ Introduction to Port Wine: 

Goa with Nicky \ Entre-vous to Adulthood \ Oxford: A Love Affair \ A SLICE OF 

FREEDOM \ Moving again to London \ A Bold French Holiday \ Empowerment 

in Academia \ Living on One's Own \ What? A Second Masters' - Unbelievable! 

\ I Get Employed! 

READERSHIP 

NGO, academics in special and inclusive education 

2011 • 228 pages 

Paper (978-8-13-210632-6) • £14.99 

KEY CONCEPTS IN 

FAMILY STUDIES 

Jane Ribbens mcCarthy The Open 

University and Rosalind Edwards 

University of Southampton 

A student-friendly introduction to 

this interdisciplinary field, explaining, 

contextualizing and cross-referencing all 

the key concepts in the broad subject of 

family studies. 


2010 • 256 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-2005-6) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-2006-3) • £19.99 


Special & Inclusive Education / Learning Support 

UNDERSTANDING 

FAMILIES 

A global Introduction 

Linda mcKie Glasgow Caledonian 

University and Samantha Callan 

Edinburgh University 

Written by experts in family studies and 

family policy, this clear, engaging book 

adopts a global perspective to usefully 

examine how modern families can be explored and 

understood in research, policy and practice. Packed with critical 

pedagogy, including case-studies, think points, key words and a 

glossary, it guides students through topics such as relationships, 

sexualities and paid and unpaid work, continually returning to its 

central themes of process and structure. 

The book also: 

• applies key social theories from classical sociological theory to 

contemporary theory 

• examines key studies on researching families and family life 

• explores the role of government policies and practices. 


PART ONE: INTRODUCING FAMILIES \ Families and Relationships \ 

Explaining Families PART TWO: RESEARCH AND POLICY \ Researching 

Families \ Politics, Policies and Practices \ PART THREE: FAMILIES IN 

ACTION \ Relationships and Sexualities \ Families and Work \ PART FOUR: 

CONCLUSIONS \ Families into the Future 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students of family studies, the sociology of the family, family 

policy, and social work and the family 

SUPPORTING 

EVERY CHILD 



Cloth (978-1-84787-931-8) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-932-5) • £23.99 

Edited by Anita Walton and gillian 

goddard both at Edge Hill University 

This course book is for all degree students 

who are support staff, particularly teaching 

assistants (TAs) working in educational 

settings. It focuses on professional, 

academic and vocational issues that are common 

to support workers across the school sectors, and provides relevant 

guidance that responds to workforce developments, equipping 

TAs to undertake these roles and manage change effectively. This 

Second Edition has been extensively revised to reflect recent 

changes in legislation, policy and the curriculum. It includes new 

or significantly amended chapters on the development of support 

staff, supporting pupils in crisis, learning in the early years, inclusion, 

SEN and phonics. 


Introduction: The Development of Support Staff in Education Practice \ 

Support Staff as Professionals \ Working with Other Professionals \ Supporting 

the Whole Child \ Inclusion and SEN \ Behaviour Management \ Teaching and 

Learning \ Managing Change \ Teaching Reading Using Synthetic Phonics \ 

Supporting Pupils Through Crisis \ Supporting Learning in the Early Years \ 

Education in the 21st Century 

READERSHIP 

Students on Foundation degrees in teaching and supporting learning 


WORKINg WITH CHILDREN, YOUNg PEOPLE AND FAmILIES Lm SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85725-878-6) • £60.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85725-821-2) • £18.99 

45

Learning Support / EAL / Behaviour 

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO 

BEHAVIOUR FOR 

TEACHING ASSISTANTS 

AND SUPPORT STAFF 

Chris Lee Former Head of the School of 

Continuing Professional Development at 

the University of Plymouth 

This book includes practical activities and 

case studies, making it a particularly useful resource 

for staff development work in schools...Teaching assistants 

enrolled on a foundation degree course, or working towards 

HTLA status (perhaps with a behaviour specialism) will also 

find it helpful as a resource that encourages the development 

of practical skills and professional reflection 

- SENCO Update 

Written specifically for teaching assistants and support staff, this 

book covers behaviour, motivation and discipline issues with their 

specific role and position in mind. Supported by the views and 

responses of current students on Foundation Degrees and those 

working towards HLTA status, the book reflects the difficulties, 

dilemmas and successes of this vital group of people working in 

today's classrooms. 

2010 • 136 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-583-9) • £62.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-584-6) • £18.99 

CHANGING BEHAVIOUR 

IN SCHOOLS 

Promoting Positive Relationships 

and Wellbeing 

Sue Roffey School of Education, 

University of Western Sydney 

This book will show you how to promote 

positive behaviour and wellbeing in 

your setting. 

Taking an holistic approach to working with students, the 

author provides examples of effective strategies for encouraging 

pro-social and collaborative behaviour in the classroom, the 

school and the wider community. Chapters look at the importance 

of the social and emotional aspects of learning, and ways to 

facilitate change. 


• developing a sense of belonging in the classroom 

• teaching approaches that maximise engagement and participation 

• how to respond effectively to challenging situations 

• ways to re-engage with students who have become marginalized. 

Each chapter has case studies from primary and secondary schools, 

activities, checklists and suggestions for further reading. 

READERSHIP 

Trainee teachers and newly qualified teachers 

2010 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-077-6) • £67.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-078-3) • £21.99 

TEACHING ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE LEARNERS 

Content and Language in 

middle and Secondary 

mainstream Classrooms 

michaela Colombo University of 

Massachusetts, Lowell and Dana 

Furbush Methuen Public Schools 

This text provides a reader-friendly guide to 

implementing and assessing high-level, content-area 

instruction for English language learners. 

2009 • 352 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-5965-0) • £35.99 

COMPREHENSIVE 

BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT 

School-wide, Classroom, and 

Individualized Approaches 


Ronald C martella Eastern Washington 

University , J Ron Nelson University of 

Nebraska-Lincoln , Nancy E marchandmartella 

Eastern Washington University 

and mark O'Reilly University of Texas 

Comprehensive Behavior management supports teachers 

in preventing management problems and responding to 

unwanted behaviour when it occurs in classrooms. The text 

offers a comprehensive presentation of three levels of behaviour 

management strategies: school-wide; classroom; and individual, 

all three of which contribute to a positive learning environment. 

A social learning emphasis, in which human behaviour is viewed 

within an ecological framework, is integrated throughout the text. 

Application of this information is supported by a range of devices 

such as vignettes, examples, strategies and activities to show 

teachers how to manage behaviour effectively. 


Behaviour Management Models \ The Foundations of Behaviour 

Management \ Individualized Behaviour Supports \ Pinpointing and 

Tracking a Behaviour Problem \ Functional Behaviour Assessments and 

Behaviour Support Plans \ Increasing Desirable Behaviours \ Decreasing 

Undesirable Behaviours \ Classroom Supports \ Preliminary Considerations 

\ Instructional Variables \ School-Wide Supports \ School Safety \ Positive 

Behaviour Intervention and Support \ Evidence-Based Interventions and 

Programs \ Response to Intervention (RTI) and School-Wide Positive 

Behaviour Intervention Supports (SWPBIS) Models 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and graduate students on teacher training courses 

2011 • 456 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8827-8) • £48.99 


BASIC COUNSELLING 

SKILLS 

A Helper's manual 

Third Edition 

Richard Nelson-Jones Fellow of the 

British Psychological Society and of 

the British Association for Counselling 

and Psychotherapy 

From leading skills expert Richard Nelson-Jones, 

this Third Edition remains the most accessible and practical 

introduction to the basic counselling skills essential for the helping 

professions. It provides a thorough, step-by-step guide to the 

subject, working through each stage of the helping process. 

The key skills covered include: 

• starting, structuring and summarizing the helping process 

• active listening 

• offering challenges and feedback 

• facilitating problem solving 

• improving clients' self-talk, rules and perceptions 

• coaching, demonstrating and rehearsing. 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate students in a range of different disciplines, from introductory 

courses through to certificate/diploma and up to BA counselling studies 

courses; also students on nursing and HNC social care courses as well as 

social work courses with a counselling communication skills component 


Cloth (978-0-85702-416-9) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-417-6) • £23.99 

COUNSELLING CHILDREN 

A Practical Introduction 

Third Edition 

Dr Kathryn geldard University of the 

Sunshine Coast and David geldard 

Private Practice Psychologist 

Delightfully crafted and up-to-date. It is 

difficult to think of a more comprehensive 

and essential text in this field' 

- Colin Feltham, Professor of Critical Counselling 

Studies, Sheffield Hallam University 

2007 • 328 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4833-3) • £78.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4834-0) • £25.99 


INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELLING SKILLS 

Text and Activities 


Richard Nelson-Jones Fellow of the British Psychological 

Society and of the British Association for Counselling 

and Psychotherapy 

This book is the ideal companion for any trainer or trainee wanting to 

acquire and develop the counselling skills key to effective therapeutic 

relationships. Using an easy to follow, three-stage model, this Fourth 

Edition provides the answers to those all important questions: 

• what are counselling skills and why are they important? 

• how can I become more skilled and put the skills I have learnt 

into practice? 

• what skills will help me manage crises and work effectively with 

diversity, ethical issues and dilemmas? 

• how can I help my client to develop their own self-helping skills and 

maintain change after the counselling relationship has terminated? 

This new edition is packed full of up-to-date case examples, more 

material on self-care and diversity, as well as a brand new chapter 

on 'Using Technology in Counselling'. 

READERSHIP 

Students on introductory courses in counselling skills, counselling and 

other professional areas including health care, management, education and 

social work 


Cloth (978-1-4462-1059-8) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-1060-4) • £26.99 

THERAPY WITH CHILDREN 

Children's Rights, Confidentiality 

and the Law 


Debbie Daniels UKCP Registered 

Psychotherapist and University of Kent 

and Peter Jenkins University of Salford 

This clearly written and thought-provoking 

book provides excellent summary and 

analysis of therapy with children and children's rights. 

ETHICS IN PRACTICE SERIES 

2010 • 208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-998-3) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-999-0) • £22.99 

Counselling 

47

Counselling 

COUNSELLING 

ADOLESCENTS 

The Proactive Approach for 

Young People 

Third Edition 

Dr Kathryn geldard University of the 

Sunshine Coast and David geldard 

Private Practice Psychologist 

This publication is a further invaluable resource to 

counsellors wanting to work with young people. It offers a 

'one stop shop' for any practitioner who wants to understand 

adolescent development and the need for a counselling 

approach that parallels this, with helpful strategies for 

enhancing the counselling conversation and the relationship 

between counsellor and the young person. 

- Barbara Rayment, Director of Youth Access, London 

2009 • 320 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-642-5) • £81.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-643-2) • £26.99 

BRIEF COUNSELLING 

IN SCHOOLS 

Working with Young People from 

11 to 18 

Third Edition 

Dennis Lines Shenley Academy 

Brief Counselling in Schools, Third 

Edition , is a highly practical and accessible 

guide to helping and supporting young people 

experiencing difficulties both at home and at school or college. 

Covering issues from low self-esteem and sexuality, to substance 

misuse and aggression, the author draws on a method of brief 

integrative counselling to illustrate how a time-limited therapy can 

work effectively in an often pressured and time-limited setting. 

This fully revised and updated edition: 

• includes a whole new chapter on self-harm 

• discusses the latest research findings 

• explores a teamwork approach to counselling 

• considers the harmful effects of cyber-bullying 

• is presented in an accessible format with reflective exercises on 

ethical issues. 


Brief Counselling \ Brief Counselling Approaches \ Counselling in School \ 

Legal and Ethical Codes in School Counselling \ Adolescence \ Low Self- 

Esteem: Depression, Anxiety and Reaction to Abuse \ Self-harm and Suicide 

Ideation \ School Bullying \ Anger, Aggression and Violence \ Loss and 

Bereavement \ Parental Separation and Step-Parent Conflict \ Smoking, 

Drugs and Alcohol Misuse \ Teenage Sexuality 

READERSHIP 

Youth counsellors, teachers or social workers based in school or 

college settings 


Cloth (978-0-85702-511-1) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-512-8) • £23.99 

INTRODUCTION TO 

SCHOOL COUNSELING 

Robert J Wright Widener University 

This comprehensive text prepares readers 

to handle the problems and responsibilities 

they will face as professional school 

counsellors, from pre-school through to 

high school. Packed with real-life examples 

and case descriptions, it provides strategies 

for preventing and responding to social and 

emotional problems, improving educational outcomes, 

and helping children score at optimum levels on high-stakes tests. 

READERSHIP 

Students on trainee counselling courses and practitioners wanting to gain a 

greater insight into school counselling techniques 

2011 • 664 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7871-2) • £48.99 

COUNSELING CHILDREN 

AND ADOLESCENTS 

IN SCHOOLS 

Robyn Hess University of Northern 

Colorado and Sandy magnuson 

University Schools, Greeley, CO 

Counseling Children and Adolescents 

in Schools is a text and workbook designed 

to help aspiring school practitioners gain 

the necessary theoretical background and skill set to 

work effectively with youth in schools. The text covers all the basic 

therapeutic models used in working with children, such as Alderian 

therapy, play therapy, group therapy, brief therapy and cognitivebehavioral 

therapy. It also contains chapters that outline the context 

in which these services are received and special chapters on ethical 

and legal issues in schools, accountability in service delivery, and 

working with family and school personnel. The workbook works 

in conjunction with the text, chapter by chapter, and provides fulllength 

cases, application of each model to the case, full session 

transcripts, tip boxes, critical thinking questions and more. 


What Is So Special About Counsellng in the Schools? \ Working Within 

Family, School and Community Systems \ Understanding the Developmental 

Worldview of Children and Adolescents \ Theory Integration and Case 

Conceptualization \ Adlerian Approaches to Counseling in Schools \ Cognitive- 

Behavioral Approaches to Counseling in Schools \ Solution-Focused Brief 

Therapy in Schools \ Choice Theory and Reality Therapy Approaches to 

Counseling in Schools \ Play and Art-Based Approaches to Counseling in 

Schools \ Working with Groups in Schools \ Crisis Response and Intervention 

in the Schools \ Legal and Ethical Issues in School Settings \ Accountability 

in School-Based Services \ Building Alliances through Consultation and 

Collaboration \ Creating a Continuum of Care 

READERSHIP 

Counselling practitioners in school settings 


Paper (978-1-4129-9087-5) • £38.99 


CBT WITH CHILDREN, YOUNG PEOPLE 

AND FAMILIES 

Peter Fuggle , Sandra Dunsmuir and Vicki Curry all at Anna 

Freud Centre, London 

With the recent expansion of increasing access to psychological 

therapies (IAPT) CBT is increasingly applied to work with children 

outside the traditional therapy clinic. This book provides accessible 

knowledge and practice skills for professional staff working with 

troubled children and young people in real-world settings. Frontline 

practitioners commonly face children with complex patterns 

of difficulties that do not fit clear diagnostic categories. Moreover, 

long waiting lists and fixed lengths of treatment don’t always fit the 

presenting needs. Correspondingly, the authors take a much-needed 

realistic approach to applying CBT to childhood problems. 


PART ONE: INTRODUCTION \ Getting Orientated \ Starting Points \ 

Developmental Aspects of CBT for Children \ Developmental Aspects of 

Childhood Distress \ Therapist Competencies in CBT \ PART TWO: CORE 

PRINCIPALS \ Connecting Thoughts, Feelings and Behaviour \ Open and 

Collaborative \ Goal Directed \ Noticing States of Mind \ Individual Formulation 

\ Teaching New Skills \ Involving Parents and Carers \ Outcomes Focussed \ 

Network Orientated \ Structured Sessions \ PART THREE: CORE PRACTICE \ 

Assessment and Formulation \ Evaluating Practice \ Setting the Right Context 

\ Therapeutic Alliance \ Collaboration \ Managing the Therapeutic Process 

\ Facilitating Psychological Understanding \ Facilitating Acceptance or 

Change \ Behavioural Techniques \ Working with Cognitions \ PART FOUR: 

THE ROLE OF SUPERVISION \ Barriers to Effective Practice \ The Role of 

Supervision \ What to Do When Cases Aren’t Working \ PART FIVE: PUTTING 

IT ALL TOGETHER \ Not as Easy as it Looks \ Being Real about Effectiveness 

\ Future Developments 

READERSHIP 

Specialist child trainees and practitioners, including new IAPT therapists, 

counsellors, nurses, teachers and social workers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-727-6) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-728-3) • £21.99 

COUNSELLING AND 

SUPPORTING CHILDREN 

AND YOUNG PEOPLE 

A Person-Centred Approach 

mark Prever Lead Professional, 

Every Child Matters, Yardleys School, 

Birmingham 

Both interesting and stimulating, this 

book would be an excellent aid for both student 

counsellors and a very valuable reminder to experienced 

practitioners of the core principles and values of the 

approach. 

- Carmel Mullan-Hartley, Person Centred Counsellor, 

Supervisor and Trainer, Open Door Youth Counselling 

2010 • 208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-934-9) • £63.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-935-6) • £20.99 


WORKING WITH BEREAVED 

CHILDREN AND 

YOUNG PEOPLE 

Brenda mallon Independent practitioner 

and author 

Brenda Mallon combines the latest 

bereavement theory with skills-based 

training to fill a gap in the market for a 

truly student-focused and multidisciplinary 

book that provides a useful framework for teaching 

and learning. 

CULTURALLY ALERT 

COUNSELING 

2010 • 168 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-370-8) • £63.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-371-5) • £20.99 

A Comprehensive Introduction 


garrett mcAuliffe and Associates 

Old Dominion University 

In this comprehensive, readable introduction 

to the cultural dimensions of counselling and 

psychotherapy, national leaders in each topic have 

been selected to provide an accessible, yet thorough, presentation 

of culturally alert counselling. The book broadens the discussion 

of culture from ethnicity and race to include class, religion, gender 

and sexual orientation and is inclusive of all people, including both 

those in dominant and non-dominant cultural groups. Culturally alert 

counselling skills are modelled in an accessible, vital demonstration 

video that accompanies the book. Readers will be ready to begin 

practice equipped with both a vision of the work and the practical 

skills in implementing it. 

READERSHIP 

Counselling practitioners and trainees 


Paper (978-1-4129-8135-4) • £61.00 

AN INTRODUCTION TO 

COACHING 

Janice Dexter Freelance Consultant , 

graham Dexter and Judy Irving 

As proven SAGE authors, Janice and 

Graham Dexter's distinct approach to 

blending theory and practice will make 

this book an essential read for getting to 

grips with the coaching field. 

2010 • 216 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-298-5) • £67.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-299-2) • £21.99 

Counselling 

49

Counselling 

THE SAGE HANDBOOK 

OF COUNSELLING 

AND PSYCHOTHERAPY 

Third Edition 

Edited by Colin Feltham Emeritus 

Professor of Counselling and 

Psychotherapy, Sheffield Hallam 

University and Ian Horton University of 

East London, Stratford 

The field of counselling and psychotherapy moves on but 

The SAgE Handbook of Counselling and Psychotherapy 

keeps up! 

- Professor Sue Wheeler, Director of the Doctoral 

Programme, Institute of Lifelong Learning, 

University of Leicester 

This long-awaited Third Edition brings together the fundamentals of 

counselling and psychotherapy theory, research, skills and practice. 

It addresses what every successful trainee or practitioner needs to 

know, do, think, feel, and use in a way that is entirely comprehensive, 

accessible and jargon-free. Including new material on interpersonal 

psychotherapy, cognitive analytic therapy, pluralistic therapy and 

mindfulness, as well as body psychotherapy, hypnotherapy, Asperger 

Syndrome, ADHD, and low self-esteem, this book continues to be 

essential reading for trainees or experienced practitioners alike. 


PART ONE: COUNSELLING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY IN CONTEXT \ PART 

TWO: SOCIO-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES \ PART THREE: THERAPEUTIC 

SKILLS AND CLINICAL PRACTICE \ PART FOUR: PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 

\ PART FIVE: THEORY AND APPROACHES \ Psychodynamic Approaches 

\ Cognitive-Behavioural Approaches \ Humanistic-Existential Approaches 

\ Integrative Approaches \ Constructive Approaches \ PART SIX: CLIENT 

PRESENTING PROBLEMS \ Specific Problems \ PART SEVEN: SPECIALISMS 

AND MODALITIES 

READERSHIP 

Counselling and psychotherapy trainees and practitioners 


Cloth (978-0-85702-325-4) • £110.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-326-1) • £36.99 

THE COMPLETE 

HANDBOOK OF COACHING 

Edited by Elaine Cox , Tatiana 

Bachkirova both at Oxford Brookes 

University and David Clutterbuck 

Clutterbuck Associates 

This is the first book to explore the 

differences between the theoretical 

perspectives of coaching and the links 

between these perspectives in relation to 

contexts, genres and media of coaching. 

2009 • 464 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-542-6) • £87.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-288-6) • £28.99 

MOTIVATIONAL 

CAREER COUNSELLING 

AND COACHING 

Cognitive and Behavioural 

Approaches 

Steve Sheward and Rhena Branch 

Goldsmiths, University of London 

This book is the first to combine the theory 

and practice of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) 

with careers counselling, presenting cognitive and behavioural 

approaches to help clients think and act more effectively in 

challenging situations in order to obtain their goals. Providing clear, 

practical strategies and a wealth of materials that can be used with 

clients in one-to-one or group settings, the book introduces: 

• the theory of cognitive and behavioural psychological approaches 

within the context of careers counselling 

• motivational techniques to help clients succeed at interview 

• how to help clients make effective vocational/educational choices 

and excel in the workplace 

• professional issues such as assessment tools, ethical issues 

and evaluation 

• self-management, using CBT techniques on yourself. 


Introduction to CBT Career Counselling Theory \ Enabling Clients to Succeed 

at Interview \ Supporting Clients in Decision-Making \ Cognitive Behavioural 

Approaches to Career Counselling in the Workplace \ Supporting Unemployed 

Clients \ Supporting Clients in Education \ Reflective Practice and Using 

Assessment and Self-Help Tools \ Ethical Issues \ Career Counselling and 

Coaching for Self-Care 

READERSHIP 

Trainees studying for a careers guidance qualification as well as CBT trainees 

who wish to use this approach in careers counselling 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0181-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0182-4) • £22.99 


ACHIEVING YOUR PTLLS AWARD 

A Practical guide to Successful Teaching in the 

Lifelong Learning Sector 


mary Francis Learning and Skills Council 

and Jim gould Farnborough College 

This highly accessible book comprehensively covers the new 

assessment requirements for the Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector (PTLLS) award. All new lecturers in the sector must 

gain the PTLLS qualification in their first year of teaching and this 

book aims to help them achieve this. 

The book focuses on the new learning outcomes of the PTLLS Award: 

• role and responsibilities 

• understanding and using inclusive learning and teaching approaches 

• facilitate learning and development for individuals and groups 

• understanding the principles and practice of assessment. 

READERSHIP 

New entrants and unqualified teachers, and trainers in the Lifelong Learning 

Sector who require the PTLLS qualification in order to gain their license to practice 

PASSING PTLLS 

ASSESSMENTS 


Ann gravells 

Bishop Burton College 


Cloth (978-1-4462-4979-6) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-4980-2) • £20.99 

PTLLS students often find 

it difficult to approach and 

complete their assessments. 

This accessible guide to 

the new four unit PTLLS 

begins with an overview 

of the award, detailing the 

requirements at levels 

3 and 4. It encourages 

students to assess their 

own competence, helping 

them to better understand 

how to prepare for their 

assessments. Detailed 

guidance on demonstrating 

and evidencing competence 

enables students to complete their 

assessments with confidence. The title is relevant 

to all PTLLS students and all awarding organisations. 

This Second Edition has been updated and details the new PTLLS 

assessment criteria. 

READERSHIP 

All PTLLS learners 


LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85725-870-0) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-789-5) • £14.99 

Further Education / Higher Education 

STUDY SKILLS FOR PTLLS 


Jacklyn Williams University of 

Plymouth and Ann gravells Bishop 

Burton College 

PTLLS students often find it challenging to 

approach their studies. Some are returning 

to study after a long break and others have 

no previous experience of study at this level. 

This text is an accessible guide to studying 

for the new PTLLS Award. It begins by looking at how 

to prepare for study and taught sessions, and goes on to cover selfstudy, 

including research skills referencing and reflective practice. 

Guidance on presenting work and tips for presentations are included. 

This Second Edition has been updated for the new Award and 

includes new information on reflection and e-portfolios. 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-1-44625-693-0) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-887-8) • £14.99 

ACHIEVING YOUR 

TAQA ASSESSOR AND 

INTERNAL QUALITY 

ASSURER AWARD 

Ann gravells Bishop Burton College 

This focused and comprehensive text 

is written specifically for TAQA trainee 

assessors and internal quality assurers. The 

content covers all six assessor and internal quality 

assurance units and all chapters are cross referenced to the 

standards. Easy-to-read and clearly structured, the text is accessible 

and includes activities and examples throughout to help trainees link 

theory with practice. TAQA trainees will find this text both an invaluable 

resource for their course and a useful handbook to take into practice. 


Principles and Practices of Assessment \ Assessing Occupational Competence 

in the Work Environment \ Assessing Vocational Skills, Knowledge and 

Understanding \ Principles and Practices of Internally Assuring the Quality of 

Assessment \ Internally Assuring the Quality of Assessment \ Plan, Allocate 

and Monitor Work 

READERSHIP 

All TAQA learners 




Cloth (978-0-85725-853-3) • £50.00 

Paper ( 978-0-85725-717-8) • £19.99 


51


PREPARING 

TO TEACH 

IN THE LIFELONG 

LEARNING SECTOR 

The New Award 

Fifth Edition 

Ann gravells Bishop 


This popular and accessible 

guide to the new PTLLS award is 

a comprehensive introduction to 

teaching in a variety of settings 

within the Lifelong Learning 

Sector, from colleges to work- 

based learning, offender learning and 

adult and community contexts. 

This Fifth Edition is written for the new award, is structured 

around the teaching and learning cycle and includes full coverage 

of the core and optional units. Features examples and activities 

including 'extension activities' targeting level 4 learners. Based on 

the PTLLS assessment criteria and linked to the QTLS standards, 

this is a key text for the new award. 

CONTENTS 

Teaching and Learning \ Identifying Needs \ Planning and Learning \ 

Facilitating Learning \ Assessing Learning \ Quality Assurance and Evaluation 

\ Micro-Teaching 

READERSHIP 





Cloth (978-0-85725-866-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-773-4) • £14.99 

INCLUSIVE PRACTICE IN 

THE LIFELONG LEARNING 

SECTOR 

Jonathan Tummons and Sharon 

Powell both at Teesside University 

Inclusive practice is a crucial component 

of professional practice in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector. This accessible text 

includes comprehensive coverage of key 

areas and explores what inclusive practice means for 

teachers and learners in the sector. 

The book begins by examining definitions of inclusion and goes on 

to cover specific educational needs. Chapters covering the learning 

environment, college-level planning and teaching and learning 

practices offer the reader practical advice on how to anticipate the 

diverse needs of their learners. Guidance on inclusive planning and 

assessment is given alongside detailed coverage of the legislation 

surrounding inclusion. 


Defining Inclusion \ Models of Disability \ Planning for Specific Learning 

Difficulties and/or Disabilities \ Managing the Learning Environment \ Planning 

for an Inclusive College \ Inclusive Learning and Teaching Practices \ An 

Inclusive Curriculum \ Inclusive Policies and Inclusive Practice 

READERSHIP 

All trainee teachers in the Lifelong Learning Sector 


ACHIEVINg QTLS SERIES 

2011 • 112 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-102-2) • £14.99 

PREPARING 

TO TEACH IN 

THE LIFELONG 

LEARNING 

SECTOR 


Ann gravells Bishop 


This popular and 

accessible guide to 

the PTLLS award is a 

comprehensive 

introduction to teaching 

in a variety of settings 

within the Lifelong Learning 

Sector from colleges to work-based learning, 

offender learning and adult and community contexts. 

This Fourth Edition is completely revised and updated and reflects 

current practice at levels 3 and 4. A new 'extension activity' feature 

targets those taking the award at level 4 and further theories of 

learning are incorporated throughout. Chapters are based around 

the learning cycle, are focused on the PTLLS assessment criteria 

and are linked to the LLUK Standards. 

CONTENTS 

Teaching and Learning \ Theories of Learning \ Identifying Needs \ Planning 

Learning \ Enabling Learning \ Assessing Learning \ Quality Assurance and 

Evaluation \ Micro-Teaching 

READERSHIP 




2011 • 144 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-053-7) • £14.99 

PLANNING AND 

ENABLING LEARNING 





and Susan Simpson North East 

Lincolnshire Council 

Planning and Enabling Learning is a core unit of the Lifelong Learning 

teaching qualifications. This book addresses all the required learning 

outcomes and content of that unit, specifically targeted at learners 

taking the Certificate or Diploma in Teaching in the Lifelong Learning 

Sector (CTLLS or DTLLS). 

This Second Edition includes a new feature for those aiming for level 

4 achievement and is updated throughout with the latest concepts 

and terminology. Easy to read with practical activities and examples, 

this text is also fully linked to the QTLS Standards and the Minimum 

Core, making it essential reading for this unit. 

READERSHIP 

All CTLLS and DTLLS learners 



2010 • 160 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-798-4) • £15.99 


QUALITY ASSURANCE 

AND EVALUATION IN 

THE LIFELONG 


John Dickinson and Jane Wood 

both at Edge Hill University 

All trainee teachers working towards ATLS 

or QTLS are accountable for the quality of 

their work, the delivery of their lessons and the 

success of their students. This book provides comprehensive 

coverage of the sector's challenging quality agenda and focuses 

on the reality of teaching and managing under pressure. It begins by 

asking what is meant by 'quality', and goes on to give guidance on 

delivering quality lessons and coping with inspections. Professional 

issues such as accountability and team working are covered in a 

practical, accessible way. Throughout, case studies provide insights 

into everyday challenges faced by trainee teachers. 


Concepts of Quality \ Delivering Quality in the Classroom \ External Inspection 

\ Internal Inspection \ Assessment: Moderation and Verification \ Listening to 

Learners and Evaluating the Learners' Experience \ Culture, Ethos and Values \ 

Professionalism and Accountability \ Working in Teams \ Putting It All together 

READERSHIP 

Trainee teachers undertaking PGCE, Cert Ed, CTLLS and DTLLS qualifications 



2011 • 144 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-836-3) • £16.99 

Explore the 

Methods Map 

to discover 

links between 

methods 

More than 120,000 

pages of book, 

journal and reference 

content to support 

your learning 


Based on a 

newly designed 

taxonomy with over 

1,400 qualitative, 

quantitative and mixed 

methods terms 

From basic 

explanations to 

advanced discussion, 

SAGE Research 

Methods will lead 

you to the content 

you need 

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 

OF ASSESSMENT IN 

THE LIFELONG 




This is a core text aimed at the mandatory 

CTLLS unit for levels 3 and 4 which all trainees 

working towards ATLS need to successfully complete. Structured 

around the content of the unit, all chapters are linked to the QTLS 

professional standards. This Second Edition has been fully revised 

and updated in line with changes to the TAQA assessor awards 

and includes a new 'extension activity' for those taking the unit at 

level 4. With helpful activities and case studies throughout, this is 

an accessible guide enabling trainees to understand how to use 

assessment effectively in their learning and teaching. 


Key Concepts and Principles of Assessment \ Planning for Assessment 

\ Methods of Assessment \ Recording Progress \ Quality Assurance of 

Assessment \ Evaluation and Continuing Professional Development \ Sample 

Documentation 

READERSHIP 




2011 • 144 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-260-9) • £15.99 

“I have never really 

seen anything like this 

product before and I think 

it is really valuable.” 

John Creswell, University 

of Nebraska-Lincoln 


The essential online tool for researchers from the 

world’s leading methods publisher 

Watch video 

interviews 

with leading 

methodologists 

More content 

and new 

features added 

for 2012! 

Discover 

SAGE Research 

Methods Lists 

– methods 

readings 

suggested by 

other users 

find out more at 

srmo.sagepub.com 

53


EQUALITY AND DIVERSITY 







All teachers working in further or adult 

education must achieve ATLS or QTLS. 'Equality 

and diversity' is an optional unit on the certificate and diploma 

in teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector (CTLLS/DTLLS) 

qualifications. Trainees undertaking this unit at levels 3 or 4, whatever 

their awarding organisation, will find this book invaluable. Likewise, 

existing teachers wishing to refresh their understanding as part of 

CPD will also find this book a useful guide. The content has been 

fully updated following the Equality Act 2010 and a new feature is 

included with targeted learning for those taking the unit at level 4. 

READERSHIP 

Specifically for those doing the 'equality and diversity' unit of the CTLLS. More 

widely to all trainee teachers in the Lifelong Learning Sector/FE 




Cloth (978-0-85725-849-6) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-697-3) • £14.99 

ASSESSING LEARNING 



Third Edition 

Jonathan Tummons Teesside University 

Assessment theory and practice forms 

an integral part of the knowledge and 

understanding required to achieve QTLS. 

This book is a practical guide and comprehensive 

introduction to this broad and complex subject area. The 

text includes chapters on the different types of assessment, 

feedback, recording, evaluation and inclusive practice and covers 

e-assessment. Interactive activities are included throughout to 

help trainees reflect on and develop their own views. This Third 

Edition includes coverage of new units of assessment for workplace 

assessors (TAQA). 


Thinking about Assessment \ Diagnostic Assessment, AP(E)L and Ipsative 

Assessment \ Formative and Summative Assessment \ Validity and Reliability 

\ Assessment Methods \ Feedback \ Recording and Tracking Assessment 

Information \ Evaluation \ Equality of Opportunity and Inclusive Practice \ ILT 

and E-Assessment 

READERSHIP 




2011 • 136 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-268-5) • £15.99 

TEACHING, TUTORING 

AND TRAINING IN 

THE LIFELONG 



Sue Wallace 

Nottingham Trent University 

This core text provides comprehensive support 

for pre-service and in-service trainee teachers in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector covering all they need to know to achieve QTLS 

status. Supporting trainees through all stages of their professional 

development, the text takes the reader through the theoretical 

background underpinning teaching and learning and offers 

practical guidance on day-to-day challenges. This Fourth Edition 

has been fully revised and updated and includes a new chapter on 

teaching practice with notes on observation and lesson planning. 


The Reflective Practitioner \ Communication, Tutoring and Teamwork \ 

Recognising Diversity and Supporting Equality \ Lifelong Learning: The 

Organisational, Local and National Context \ Professionalism and Scholarship 

Values and Ethics \ Professionalism and Scholarship Being a Subject 

Specialist \ Theories of Learning \ Planning for Learning Planning Your 

Lessons \ Planning for Learning Evaluation and Resources \ Learning and 

Teaching Methods and Styles of Teaching \ Learning and Teaching Extending 

Your Range \ Assessment for Learning Assessing Needs, Supporting Access 

and Progression \ Assessment for Learning Assessing Learner Achievement 

\ Managing Behaviour and Motivating Learners \ Learning and Teaching 

14-19 \ Professionalism and Scholarship Reading Critically and Reflectively 

\ Achieving Your Teaching Qualification in the Lifelong Learning Sector 

READERSHIP 




2011 • 240 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-062-9) • £19.99 

MAKING LEARNING 

HAPPEN 

A guide for Post-Compulsory 

Education 


Phil Race Leeds Metropolitan University 

Focusing on Phil Race's 'ripples on a 

pond' model of learning, this text explores 

successful teaching and learning in further and 

higher education. Including three new chapters covering 'designing 

the curriculum for learning', 'what can I do when?' and 'reflective 

observation', this book enables teachers and students to easily 

examine learning in post-compulsory education. 

2010 • 260 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-113-1) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-114-8) • £24.99 


WHAT IS TEACHING 


LEARNING SECTOR? 


What is Teaching in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector? is a handbook for all 

students approaching or beginning their 

teacher training in the Lifelong Learning 

Sector. It offers an essential introduction to 

the sector and to approaching teaching. It begins by 

considering the whole sector and the diversity of settings and 

learners. It goes on to ask what teaching means in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector and gives detailed guidance on training and 

qualifying. Written in an accessible style with interactive activities 

and case studies throughout, the text applies to all awarding 

organisations and all areas of the sector. 


What Is the Lifelong Learning Sector? \ Why Teach in the Lifelong Learning 

Sector? \ Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector \ Gaining Your Licence to 

Practise \ Maintaining Your Licence to Practise 

READERSHIP 




May 2012 • 80 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85725-856-4) • £40.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-729-1) • £10.99 

TEACHING 14-19 

LEARNERS IN 

THE LIFELONG 


Sheine Peart and Liz Atkins both at 

Nottingham Trent University (Clifton) 

More and more, teachers in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector are required to teach the 

14-19 age group. This book is a practical guide to 

delivering learning to 14-19s. It begins by looking at the background 

to teaching 14-19 in FE and covers current pathways for achievement. 

Coverage of effective delivery of the new diploma qualification is 

included, giving guidance on planning and assessment. It goes on 

to explore the challenges of behaviour, participation and re-engaging 

disaffected learners. Finally, it considers the wider context of building 

partnerships with schools and the needs of industry and employers. 


Historical Overview of 14-19 Qualifications in the UK \ Pathways to 

Achievement \ Teaching the 14-19 Diploma \ Managing the Behaviour of 

14-19 Year-Olds in Colleges \ Education Communities - the Wider Context 

READERSHIP 




2011 • 112 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-365-8) • £15.99 



CURRICULUM STUDIES 




Jonathan Tummons Teesside University 

This book provides an accessible 

overview of the key issues surrounding 

the curriculum for all those working towards 

QTLS. Curriculum shapes the programmes that are 

taught, dictates which students can have access to courses and 

lies at the heart of what teachers and trainers actually do. Examples 

and case studies throughout the book demonstrate these issues 

within working FE colleges, adult education centres and work-based 

learning contexts. It also offers succinct summaries of key theories 

and debates relating to the curriculum. This fully revised edition 

reflects the latest policies and thinking and now includes a glossary 

of useful terms. 


Defining the Curriculum \ Conceptualising the Curriculum \ Shaping 

the Curriculum \ Planning, Sequencing and Delivering the Curriculum \ 

Evaluating the Curriculum \ Curriculum, Learning and Knowledge \ A Universal 

Curriculum? Every Child Matters, and Education for Sustainable Development 

\ The Accessible Curriculum 

READERSHIP 

All those working towards QTLS, particularly those on DTLLS / PGCE courses 



LEARNING THEORY AND 

CLASSROOM PRACTICE 




Jim gould 

Farnborough College of Technology 


Cloth (978-1-44625-691-6) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-915-8) • £15.99 

This book is an invaluable resource for all trainee 

teachers in the Lifelong Learning Sector working towards QTLS 

who want to further their understanding of learning theories and 

how these can be applied to their teaching. Each learning theory is 

considered with the implications for planning, teaching, assessment 

and classroom management and readers are encouraged to think 

critically about learning theories and the implications for classroom 

practice. This new edition has been fully revised to include a wider 

range of learning theories as well as annotated further reading and 

a glossary of useful terms. 


Behaviourism \ Implications of Behaviourism for Practice \ Cognitive 

Approaches \ Implications of Cognitive Approaches for Practice \ Humanistic 

Approaches \ Andragogy \ Attention, Perception and Learning \ Memory 

and Learning 

READERSHIP 

All those working towards QTLS, particularly those on DTLLS / PGCE courses 




Cloth (978-0-85725-877-9) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-817-5) • £17.99 

55


PASSING CTLLS 

ASSESSMENTS 




This is an essential text for all CTLLS 

candidates, whatever their awarding 

organisation. It is specifically written 

around the Lifelong Learning UK mandatory 

units for the CTLLS qualification and provides 

a comprehensive guide to the assessment requirements 

at levels 3 and 4. 

Self assessment activities measure progress towards the 'planning 

and enabling learning' and 'principles and practice of assessment' 

mandatory units, and there are links to the PTLLS mandatory unit 

and the optional units. Detailed guidance on how to demonstrate 

and evidence competence allows candidates to prepare for and 

complete their formal assessments with confidence. 


Preparing for Your Assessments \ Self-Assessment Activities and Guidance 

for Evidencing Competence \ Planning and Enabling Learning Unit \ Ways 

to Negotiate Appropriate Individual Goals with Learners \ How to Plan for 

Inclusive Learning \ How to Use Teaching and Learning Strategies and 

Resources Inclusively to meet Curriculum Requirements \ How to Use a Range 

of Communication Skills and Methods to Communicate Effectively \ The 

Minimum Core in Own Practice \ How Reflection, Evaluation and Feedback 

Can be Used to Develop Own Practice \ Principles and Practice of Assessment 

Unit \ Key Concepts and Principles of Assessment \ Different Types of 

Assessment \ The Strengths and Limitations of a Range of Assessment 

Methods \ The Role of Feedback and Questioning in the Assessment of 

Learning \ How to Monitor, Assess, Record and Report Learner Progress 

and Achievement \ How to Evaluate the Effectiveness of Own Practice \ The 

CTLLS Qualification \ PTLLS Unit \ CTLLS Mandatory and Optional Units \ 

Minimum Core \ Teaching Practice \ Observed Practice 

READERSHIP 

All CTLLS learners 



2011 • 160 pages 

Paper (978-0-85725-369-9) • £15.99 





+44 (0)20 7324 8500 

DISTANCE EDUCATION 

TECHNOLOGIES IN ASIA 

Jon Baggaley Athabasca University 

and Tian Belawati Universitas Terbuka 

This unique collation of the results of 

studies of educational technologies across 

an extensive network of Asian countries. 

provides a useful snapshot of distance 

education's development in Asia in the early 

years of the 21st century. 

2010 • 308 pages 

Cloth (978-8-13-210561-9) • £37.50 

POLICY AND PRACTICE IN 

ASIAN DISTANCE 

EDUCATION 

Tian Belawati Universitas Terbuka and 

Jon Baggaley Athabasca University 

This book is designed for the orientation 

and training of specialists in open and 

distance learning methods in Asia. 

2010 • 284 pages 

Cloth (978-8-13-210562-6) • £37.50 


THE PRINCIPLES 

OF EDUCATIONAL 

LEADERSHIP & 

MANAGEMENT 


Edited by Tony Bush University 

of Warwick , Les Bell University of 

Leicester and David middlewood 

University of Warwick 

T his core text covers all the essential topics and includes case 

studies, reflective questions and brand new chapters. 

2010 • 320 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-209-0) • £78.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-210-6) • £25.99 

THEORIES OF EDUCATIONAL 


MANAGEMENT 


Tony Bush University of Warwick 

This text has been thoroughly revised and 

updated with the latest research findings, 

new case studies and examples from around 

the world. 

2010 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-190-1) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-191-8) • £22.99 

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 

Context, Strategy and 

Collaboration 

Edited by margaret Preedy , Nigel 

Bennett and Christine Wise all at The 


Drawing together current thinking and 

research by leading writers in the field, this 

book will help the reader to understand 

and critically analyze key strategic aspects of 

educational leadership including: leadership perspectives 

and values; external and internal contexts; autonomy and accountability; 

partnership and collaboration; and leading strategy and change. 

The book explores major challenges for educational leaders in 

managing the increasingly permeable boundary between educational 

organizations and their external contexts and reconciling environmental 

expectations and internal priorities. 


PART ONE: LEADERSHIP THEORIES AND VALUES \ PART TWO: STRATEGIC 

LEADERSHIP AND MANAGING CHANGE \ PART THREE: LEADERSHIP IN 

CONTEXT \ PART FOUR: PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATION \ PART 

FIVE: LOOKING TO THE FUTURE 

READERSHIP 

Providers and students of postgraduate-level courses in educational 

leadership and management, those undertaking professional development 

programmes and those occupying or aspiring towards leadership roles in 

schools, colleges and other educational organizations 

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE OPEN UNIVERSITY 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0163-3) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0164-0) • £24.99 


LEADING PROFESSIONAL 

PRACTICE IN EDUCATION 

Christine Wise, Pete Bradshaw and marion Cartwright 

all at The Open University 

Written by leading academics, this volume provides an overview of 

key contemporary themes in educational leadership. It focuses on 

developing professional capacity, organisational improvement and 

the implementation of change, looking at theoretical frameworks and 

concepts, recent research studies and case examples of effective 

practice. Divided into three parts, the book covers: 

• leading learning and learner leadership, including the relationship 

between leadership and student learning, international research 

and notions of student voice 

• change processes, considering distributed leadership, resources 

to support learning, and the links between accountability and 

organisational improvement 

• leading professional development for educational contexts 

including: concepts of professional identities; formal, informal 

and alternative forms of professional learning and development; 

and professional communities of practice. 

READERSHIP 

Students on postgraduate and professional development courses 

in educational leadership; as well as practitioners 


Cloth (978-1-4462-5333-5) £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-5334-2) £24.99 


LEARNING 

Edited by Jan Robertson New Zealand 

Coaching and Mentoring Centre and 

Helen Timperley University of Auckland 

Leadership for what?" ask the editors 

of this important new book - finally 

acknowledging that leadership's most 

important attribute is knowing where 

you are heading. Beginning to question the 

bedevilling assumption that school success is all about 

exams, this book is a significant step on the road from 19th 

to 21st century education 

- Professor Guy Claxton, 

author of What's the Point of School? 

Bringing together internationally recognized scholars, this book 

focuses on the relationship between leadership and learning for the 

education community. It draws together a wealth of knowledge and 

research in the field across a variety of contexts, such as system 

leadership, professional learning communities and leading different 

cultures. Themes covered include: exploring models for leadership 

and improvement; challenges in developing learning-focused 

leadership; broadening ideas of learning and knowledge work. 


PART ONE: EXPLORING MODELS FOR LEADERSHIP AND IMPROVEMENT 

\ PART TWO: CHALLENGES IN DEVELOPING LEARNING-FOCUSED 

LEADERSHIP \ PART THREE: BROADENING IDEAS OF LEARNING AND 

KNOWLEDGE DEVELOPMENT 

READERSHIP 

Postgraduate students in educational leadership 

Leadership & Management 

2011 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-173-5) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-174-2) • £22.99 

57


LEADING AND 

MANAGING SCHOOLS 

Edited by Helen O'Sullivan University of 

Dublin Trinity College 

and John West-Burnham 

A key resource for school leaders in their 

personal and professional study, this 

book critically appraises issues in leading 

and managing schools. The editors bring 

together an array of renowned scholars to 

inform and stimulate the debate on the future of leadership 

development in Irish schools. 

The book includes in-depth discussions on a broad spectrum of 

issues encountered by practitioners, such as: 

• justice and equality as cornerstones of any educational system 

and the challenges they pose for those in leadership positions 

• principles of good governance 

• the key positions of accountability and leadership of change. 


PART ONE: THE BIG PICTURE \ Adaptive Challenges for School Leadership \ 

Leading System-Level Change \ Governance Matters \ PART TWO: THE IRISH 

PICTURE \ Leading and Managing Irish Schools: An Historical Perspective \ 

Autonomy and Accountability \ Leadership and the Curriculum: A Question 

of Trust \ Leadership and Teacher Education \ Leadership and Managing 

Professional Learning in Schools \ School Leadership for Special Educational 

Needs \ New Schools for a New Century \ PART THREE: THE DEVELOPING 

PICTURE \ Rethinking Educational Leadership 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners, scholars and students of educational leadership and 

management; also policy makers in Ireland 

2011 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-395-7) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-396-4) • £24.99 

Strategies for Development and 

Implementation 

Third Edition 

Allan A glatthorn , Floyd Boschee 

The University of South Dakota, Bruce 

m Whitehead University of Montana 

and Bonni F Boschee Northern 

State University 

Curriculum Leadership is a one-of-a-kind resource written for 

educational leaders, administrators and teachers who want to 

successfully restructure and enhance school curriculum. This book 

provides innovative and successful curriculum ideas, including 

reflective case studies, 'keys to leadership' sections, curriculum 

tips, and 'challenge' sections with key issues and questions in every 

chapter. Also interspersed throughout the book are tried and trusted 

strategies that provide administrators with innovative ideas on 

meeting state and national standards. This is a much needed, highly 

informative, and easy-to-read account of curriculum development 

and change for curriculum leaders, those teaching curriculum 

courses, and those aspiring to become curriculum decision-makers. 


PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS OF CURRICULUM \ PART TWO: CURRICULUM 

PROCESSES \ PART THREE: CURRICULUM MANAGEMENT \ PART FOUR: 

CURRENT TRENDS IN THE CURRICULUM 

READERSHIP 

Educational leaders, administrators and teachers 


Cloth (978-1-4129-9219-0) • £71.00 

LEADING SCHOOLS TO 

SUCCESS 

Constructing and Sustaining High 

Performing Learning Cultures 

James W guthrie and Patrick 

Schuermann Vanderbilt University 

Taking a practice-based approach that is 

grounded in research and theory, Leading 

Schools to Success offers current and future 

educational leaders operational knowledge they can 

employ to construct and sustain a highly effective school culture 

focused on enhanced student performance. 


School Culture Checklist \ Case Study One: Buchanan School: Can School 

Culture Get Better Than This? \ Defining and Specifying the Significance 

of School Culture \ Case Study Two: Possible Reform at Washington High 

School: How Far Can a Productive Culture Stretch? \ Components of a High 

Performing School Culture \ Cast Study Three: Walton Charter Prepares to 

Select a Head: What Kind of Leader Might Create a Productive Culture? \ 

Leadership and Effective School Culture \ Case Study Four: Warren County 

School Board Performance Pay Cram Down: Can a Productive Culture 

Withstand an Unexpected External Pressure? \ Personnel and School Culture 

\ Case Study Five: The Challenge of an (Almost) Brand New School: Can the 

Past Be Blended with the New to Form a Productive Culture? \ Resource 

Deployment and School Culture \ Case Study Six: Data, Data Everywhere but 

Hardly a Drop of Useful Information \ Data-Driven Decision-Making and School 

Culture \ Case Study Seven: 'My Way' Ray and the 'New' Accountability \ 

Assessments, Accountability, Awards, and School Culture \ Case Study 

Eight: A Principal Opening at the Grant School: Can a Dysfunctional Culture 

Be Undone? \ Contextual Challenges to Formation of a Learning Culture 

READERSHIP 

Current and future educational leaders 

2011 • 304 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7901-6) • £27.99 

CURRICULUM MANAGING EFFECTIVE 

LEADERSHIP 

RELATIONSHIPS IN 

EDUCATION 

Carol Cardno 

Combining a theoretical and a practical 

approach, this book provides a guide to 

educational administration, management 

and leadership across sectors. The 

author focuses on two particular topics: 

organizational learning and dilemma management. More 

specifically, the author looks at how to bring about productive 

relationships in order to solve complex problems. 

By drawing attention to particular sets of theory and practice, Carol 

Cardno presents seminal and recent research that can be applied to 

practice in an original way. She demonstrates that effectiveness is 

enhanced when complex problems are resolved collaboratively and 

trustingly. Productive relationships are shown to rely on openness 

and dialogue. 


Concepts of Educational Administration, Management and Leadership \ 

The Leadership of Teaching and Learning \ Organisational Learning in a 

Learning Organisation \ Managing Dilemmas through Productive Dialogue \ 

Managing and Developing Professional Performance \ Managing Decision- 

Making Collaboratively \ Productive Teamwork \ Strategic Leadership and 

Management 

READERSHIP 

Students, practitioners and researchers in the early childhood, school and 

tertiary sectors 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0303-3) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0304-0) • £23.99 


USING RESEARCH TO 

LEAD SCHOOL 

IMPROVEMENT 

Turning Evidence Into Action 

Scott Bauer and S David Brazer 

both at George Mason University 

This one-of-a-kind book takes readers 

beyond thinking about school improvement 

to leading the process of creating excellent learning 

environments. Beginning with fundamental principles of wholeschool 

leadership, the book demonstrates how action research 

and published studies can work hand-in-hand to explain the nature 

of student achievement gaps and the reasons that underlie them. 

Using examples from education leadership, classrooms, research 

and practice, the authors bring to life the processes of problem 

identification and diagnosis, developing solutions, and project 

implementation and evaluation. 


PART ONE: RESEARCH AND LEADERSHIP \ A Structured Approach to 

Leading School Improvement \ Research, Leaders, and Improving Student 

Performance \ Involving Others, Forming a Team \ PART TWO: PROBLEM 

ARTICULATION \ Assessing the Local Situation \ Communicating a Message 

with Data \ PART THREE: BUILDING A DEEP UNDERSTANDING OF THE 

PROBLEM \ Getting to the Root of the Problem \ Finding Supportive Literature 

\ Understanding Research Design and Analysis \ PART FOUR: TURNING 

IDEAS INTO ACTIONS \ Identifying Solutions and Action Planning for School 

Improvement \ Considering Implementation and Evaluation 

READERSHIP 

School leaders 

2011 • 336 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7405-9) • £28.99 


A VERY SHORT, FAIRLY 

INTERESTING AND 

REASONABLY CHEAP 

BOOK ABOUT STUDYING 

LEADERSHIP 


Brad Jackson University of Auckland and 

Ken Parry Bond University 

RESEARCH METHODS INTRODUCTION TO 

IN EDUCATIONAL 

LEADERSHIP 


Concepts and Practice 

MANAGEMENT 


Third Edition 

Edited by Ann R J Briggs University 

of Newcastle Upon Tyne , marianne 

Coleman Institute of Education, University 

of London and marlene morrison Oxford 

Brookes University 

This classic guide continues to be the leading research methods text 

that specifically deals with educational leadership and management. 

The collection boasts an array of high-profile international expert 

contributors, covering a wide range of specialisms and emphasizing 

the importance of the critically engaged practitioner. 

Accessible and user-friendly, this edition has been fully revised and 

updated to take full account of online research. It features several 

new authors, more case studies and examples, and brand new 

chapters on: research design; grounded research; ethnography; 

discourse analysis; narrative / life history; and student voice. 


PART ONE: THE CONCEPT OF RESEARCH \ PART TWO: APPROACHES TO 

RESEARCH \ PART THREE: RESEARCH TOOLS \ PART FOUR: ANALYSING 

AND PRESENTING DATA 

READERSHIP 

Students on masters-level and professional doctorate courses in educational 

leadership and management 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0043-8) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0044-5) • £26.99 

The previous edition of this popular and acclaimed book quickly 

became a favourite among students for the pithy and easy way in 

which it guided them through the din of competing perspectives 

and models on leadership. The Second Edition continues to take 

readers out of their comfort zones, with expanded discussion of 

hot topics like follower perspectives, gender and the financial crisis. 

In teaching you how to critically appraise leadership theories rather 

than faithfully accept them, this book will not merely make you a 

better student of leadership, but a better leader too. 


Should You Buy This Book? \ Introduction: Why Studying Leadership 

Matters \ Leader-Centered Perspectives on Leadership \ Follower-Centered 

Perspectives on Leadership \ Cultural Perspectives on Leadership \ Critical 

and Distributed Perspectives on Leadership \ Leadership with a Higher 

Purpose 

READERSHIP 

Researchers, students and practitioners of leadership across disciplines 

VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTINg & CHEAP BOOKS 

2011 • 208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-738-6) • £55.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-739-3) • £13.99 

Peter g Northouse 

Western Michigan University 


Offering a straightforward introduction 

to the basic principles of leadership, this 

Second Edition focuses on providing readers 

with practical strategies for becoming better leaders. Key features 

of the Second Edition include: 

• examples and case studies to illustrate each fundamental aspect 

of leadership 

• readers are encouraged to complete a self-assessment 

questionnaire before reading each chapter to explore their own 

leadership styles and preferences 

• guides readers in examining behaviours of leaders from their own 

lives through each chapter's observational exercise 

• includes reflection and action worksheets that encourage readers 

to reflect upon their own leadership styles and identify an action 

plan for improving their leadership skills. 


Being a Leader \ Recognizing Your Traits \ Recognizing Your Philosophy 

and Style of Leadership \ Attending to Tasks and Relationships \ Developing 

Leadership Skills \ Creating a Vision \ Setting the Tone \ Listening to Out- 

Group Members \ Handling Conflict \ Overcoming Obstacles \ Addressing 

Ethics in Leadership 

READERSHIP 

Students on undergraduate leadership courses in business and management, 

and education departments, as well as practising managers 

2011 • 304 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8952-7) • £31.99 

59


THEORY AND PRACTICE OF 

LEADERSHIP 


Roger gill Durham Business School, 

Durham University 

For students and leaders looking for a more 

holistic and critical take on the field, this text 

offers an exploration of leadership from the 

head to the toe of an organization - whether 

that leadership is traditional or virtual, and whether 

the organization is corporate or non-profit. The previous edition 

has been refined to capture and delineate the essential theories in 

the study of leadership more clearly, with broader coverage taking 

in the latest developments in areas such as: followership; diversity; 

national culture; globalization; change; politics; and ethics. All of 

which is explored with abundant examples, illustrations and links 

to what it all means in practice. 

A critical take is maintained throughout, with evaluations of the 

strengths and weaknesses of current thinking and how it shapes 

our understanding of leadership, theory and practice. 


Introduction: The Nature and Importance of Leadership \ Sectoral Similarities 

and Differences in Leadership \ Leadership Theory: A Critical Review, 

Synthesis and Redefinition \ Leadership and Vision \ Leadership and 

Purpose \ Leadership and Values \ Leadership and Strategy \ Leadership 

and Empowerment \ Leadership and Engagement \ Multiple Intelligences of 

Leadership \ The Assessment and Development of Leadership \ Leadership 

Brand: Sustaining Leadership Excellence 

READERSHIP 

Students and leaders across disciplines 

LEADERSHIP 


Sixth Edition 

Peter g Northouse 

Western Michigan University 


Cloth (978-1-84920-023-3) • £90.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-024-0) • £34.99 

Now with a new chapter on servant 

leadership, Peter G Northouse's Sixth 

Edition combines an academically robust 

account of major theories, approaches, 

models and themes of leadership with an accessible 

style and numerous practical exercises. This allows students to apply 

what they learn about leadership both to themselves as individuals 

and to specific organizational contexts and situations. The text is 

accompanied by: 

• an enhanced Instructor's teaching site offering a computerized 

test-bank, PowerPoint slides, printable questionnaires from the 

text, a list of video resources, study and discussion questions, 

new cases and access to numerous SAGE journal articles that 

tie to the chapters 

• an open-access study site featuring additional topics, exercises, 

projects, cases, chapter summaries, video clips and social 

networking tools to encourage active participation and learning 

among groups inside and outside the classroom. 


Trait Approach \ Skills Approach \ Style Approach \ Situational Approach \ 

Contingency Theory \ Path-Goal Theory \ Leader-Member Exchange Theory 

\ Transformational Leadership \ Servant Leadership \ Authentic Leadership 

\ Team Leadership \ Psychodynamic Approach \ Women and Leadership \ 

Culture and Leadership \ Leadership Ethics 

READERSHIP 

Students of leadership across disciplines 


Paper (978-1-4522-0340-9) • £38.99 

CREATIVE LEADERSHIP 

Skills That Drive Change 


gerard J Puccio , mary C murdock and 

marie mance all at Buffalo State, State 

University of New York 

Creative Leadership demonstrates how 

creative thinking is an essential element of 

leadership, especially when bringing about 

change. Key features of the book include: 

• it intimately connects leadership and creativity: leadership is now 

characterized as the catalyst for change, while creative thinking 

is the process that leads to change 

• it utilizes the creative problem solving process and is the first to 

offer a philosophical position that is then followed up with specific 

principles and procedures that leaders can employ to deliberately 

enhance their effectiveness in creating and managing change 

• the authors' rich experience encourages students to take a 

proactive approach toward the production of novel and useful 

ideas that address a predicament or opportunity. 


Change, Leadership and Creativity \ Creative Problem-Solving \ Creative 

Leadership \ Creative Leadership \ Transforming Your Thinking \ Assessing 

the Situation \ Exploring the Vision \ Formulating Challenges \ Exploring 

Ideas \ Formulating Solutions \ Exploring Acceptance \ Formulating a Plan \ 

Psychological Diversity \ Building a Climate for Creativity 

READERSHIP 

Students on advanced undergraduate and graduate courses such 

as leadership, creativity management, and change management in the 

departments of business and management 

2011 • 376 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7757-9) • £33.99 

CREATING 

EFFECTIVE TEAMS 

A guide for members and Leaders 


Susan A Wheelan G.D.Q Associates, Inc. 

Creating Effective Teams is a practical 

guide for building and sustaining top 

performing teams. Based on the author's many 

years of consulting experience with teams in the 

public and private sector, the Fourth Edition describes why teams 

are important, how they function and what makes them productive. 

August 2012 • 144 pages 

Paper (978-1-4522-1707-9) • £25.99 

THE PRINCIPAL 

Leadership for a global Society 

Floyd Boschee The University of South Dakota, Bruce m 

Whitehead University of Montana and Robert H Decker 

University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls 

This core textbook for use by aspiring and practicing K-12 school 

principals will prepare school leaders to successfully face the real 

life issues that principals deal with on a day-to-day basis. 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8710-3) • £63.00 


ORGANIZATION CHANGE 


Third Edition 

W Warner Burke Teachers 

College, Columbia University and 

Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP 

The Third Edition of this bestselling text 

continues to make clear how effective 

organization change is grounded in sound 

knowledge about human behaviour in the workplace. 

W Warner Burke reviews various models and cases to demonstrate 

how to diagnose change issues in organizations. Greater emphasis 

is placed on planned, revolutionary change over the gradual, 

evolutionary change typically experienced by organizations. The 

book combines and integrates theory and research with application 

for insight into all aspects of organization change. 


Sources for Understanding Organization Change \ Rethinking Organization 

Change \ A Brief History of Organization Change \ Theoretical Foundations of 

Organizations and Organization Change \ The Nature of Organization Change \ 

Levels of Organization Change \ Organization Change \ Conceptual Models for 

Understanding Organization Change \ Integrated Models for Understanding 

Organizations and for Leading and Managing Change \ The Burke-Litwin 

Causal Model of Organization Performance and Change \ Organizational 

Culture Change \ Transformational Leadership \ Leading Organization Change 

\ Organization Change 

READERSHIP 

Change management and organization studies students 

2011 • 384 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7886-6) • £38.99 

MEETING THE ETHICAL 

CHALLENGES OF 

LEADERSHIP 

Casting Light or Shadow 


Craig E Johnson George Fox University 

Promoting ethical decision-making 

and action through skill development, selfassessment 

and application exercises, the Fourth Edition features: 

• a new chapter on ethical crisis leadership 

• three cases per chapter offering real-world examples for analysis 

and reflection 

• a lengthy reference section at the end of the book serving as a 

starting point for further research and exploration 

• instructor's resources including teaching strategies, a test-bank, 

sample syllabi, assignment descriptions and more. 


PART ONE: THE SHADOW SIDE OF LEADERSHIP \ The Leader's Light or 

Shadow \ Stepping Out of the Shadows \ PART TWO: LOOKING INWARD \ The 

Leader's Character \ Combating Evil \ PART THREE: ETHICAL STANDARDS 

AND STRATEGIES \ General Ethical Perspectives \ Normative Leadership 

Theories \ Ethical Decision Making and Behavior \ PART FOUR: SHAPING 

ETHICAL CONTEXTS \ Building an Effective, Ethical Small Group \ Creating 

an Ethical Organizational Climate \ Meeting the Ethical Challenges of Diversity 

\ Ethical Crisis Leadership 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students on courses in leadership and ethics 

in business and management, communication, psychology and education 

2011 • 536 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8222-1) • £42.99 


A VERY SHORT, FAIRLY 

INTERESTING AND 

REASONABLY CHEAP 

BOOK ABOUT COACHING 

AND MENTORING 

Bob garvey York St John University 

Written to challenge, stimulate and inform, 

this book takes a critical look at the rapidly growing 

field of coaching and mentoring. Focusing on all types of organization 

- public, private, large, small and not-for-profit - Bob Garvey inspires 

and provokes readers by asking questions such as: Are coaching 

and mentoring the same? Are we obsessed with skills? 'What is 

performance?' He also delves into contemporary debates such 

as concerns about standards, competencies and codes of ethics, 

interspersed with views on power, control and politics. 


What Is Mentoring and What Is Coaching? \ Are Coaching and Mentoring the 

Same? The Definition Debate \ What Are the Discourses and What Are We 

Not Hearing in Coaching and Mentoring? \ Are We Obsessed with Skills and 

Competences in Coaching and Mentoring? \ What Is Performance in Coaching 

and Mentoring? \ The Psychological Influences on Coaching and Mentoring 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate, postgraduate and MBA students interested on embarking on 

a coaching or mentoring course 

VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTINg & CHEAP BOOKS 


Cloth (978-1-84920-782-9) • £55.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-783-6) • £13.99 

COACHING AND 

MENTORING 

A Critical Text 

Simon Western Lancaster University 

Bringing a fresh and critical perspective 

to coaching and mentoring, this text 

challenges assumptions and narratives 

and proposes an ethical and emancipatory 

approach that goes beyond instrumentalism 

and individualism. 

The book: 

• accounts for how coaching has emerged and what discourses 

and normative practices underpin and influence contemporary 

coaching practice 

• develops a meta-theory of coaching that acts as a baseline for 

future developments 

• offers frames of thinking to support and guide coaching and 

mentoring practitioners and educators. 


A Critical Framework for Coaching and Mentoring \ Scoping the Field \ 

From Friendship to Coaching \ The Dominant Discourses of Coaching and 

Mentoring \ Locating Ourselves \ Coaching as a Micro-Change Technology \ 

Coaching as a Macro-Change Technology \ A Meta-Theory of Coaching and 

Mentoring \ Educating Coaches and Mentors 

READERSHIP 

Coaches, mentors and coaching educators, also students and academics 

studying management, organizational behaviour and human resource 

management at both upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate levels 


Cloth (978-1-84860-163-5) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-164-2) • £27.99 


61

Study Skills 

THE LITERATURE REVIEW 

A Step-by-Step guide for 

Students 


Diana Ridley Sheffield University 

The Second Edition of Diana Ridley's 

bestselling guide to the literature 

review provides a step-by-step guide to 

conducting a literature search and literature 

review, and guides the reader in how to write up a 

literature review as part of a research project, masters dissertation 

or doctoral thesis. 

New to this edition are: examples drawn from a wide range of 

disciplines; a chapter on conducting a systematic review; increased 

coverage of issues on evaluating quality; conducting reviews using 

online sources and online literature; and enhanced guidance in 

dealing with copyright and permissions issues. The book is supported 

by a companion website containing examples of successful literature 

reviews from a wide range of academic disciplines. 

CONTENTS 

The Multiple Purposes of a Literature Review \ Sources of Information and 

Conducting Searches \ Reading and Note-Taking Strategies \ Reference 

Management: Keeping Records and Organizing Information \ Structuring 

the Literature Review \ In-Text Citations \ Being Critical \ Foregrounding 

Writer Voice in Your Writing \ The Continuing Process \ Writing a Systematic 

Literature Review 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students across the social sciences 

SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0142-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0143-5) • £19.99 

ACHIEVING SUCCESS 

WITH YOUR LEADERSHIP 

PROJECT 

David middlewood and Ian Abbott 

both at University of Warwick 

This book gives a complete guide to 

carrying out and completing a project 

or dissertation which has a leadership or 

management focus. It is written in accessible, 

jargon-free language and provides practical advice in 

all the relevant areas of research and its reporting. The authors 

provide case examples of students' work from a range of contexts. 

They give guidance on what pitfalls to avoid and show clearly how 

to structure the project, write a literature review, present personal 

research findings, as well as how to understand different kinds of 

research, assessment and maximizing tutorial support. 

The book gives a clear step-by-step approach to doing the fieldwork 

and writing up the outcomes, including how to make conclusions and 

recommendations. It provides a comprehensive resource to ensure 

success in leadership and management projects and dissertations. 


Setting the Scene \ Choosing your Topic and Designing the Research \ The 

Literature Review \ Research Methodology \ Applying Research Methods \ 

Practitioner Research \ Presenting and Analysing Data \ Making the Most 

of Available Support \ Writing up \ Understanding Assessment \ Next Steps 

READERSHIP 

Masters' students and their tutors 


Cloth (978-0-85702-366-7) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-367-4) • £24.99 

HOW TO DO YOUR 

RESEARCH PROJECT 

A guide for Students in Education 

and Applied Social Sciences 

gary Thomas University of Birmingham 

This book takes the student through the 

different phases of a research project, 

explaining what should happen in each phase, 

what the main research design frames and methods are, and includes 

practical examples of how the project should be done and written up. 

HOW TO DO 

YOUR CASE STUDY 

A guide for Students and 

Researchers 

2009 • 272 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-442-9) • £64.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-443-6) • £19.99 

gary Thomas University of Birmingham 

In this lucid, accessible and often witty new 

text, Gary Thomas introduces students 

and researchers to the basics of case 

study research. 

2010 • 248 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-562-3) • £72.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-563-0) • £23.99 

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE 

Writing and Professional 

Development 

Third Edition 

gillie Bolton Freelance Consultant 

This much loved text is already widely 

used and the new edition updates and 

refreshes Gillie Bolton's work, bringing in 

new examples from around the world and 

including more exercises and activities. 

2010 • 304 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-211-3) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-212-0) • £23.99 

CRITICAL THINKING 

SKILLS FOR EDUCATION 

STUDENTS 

Brenda Judge Manchester Metropolitan 

University Elen mcCreery Senior 

Lecturer and Patrick Jones Manchester 


This book outlines the skills needed 

to examine and challenge data and 

encourages an appreciation of how this 

way of thinking can enrich the personal and 

professional development of students. 


STUDY SKILLS IN EDUCATION SERIES 

2009 • 64 pages 

Paper (978-1-84445-270-5) • £9.99 


PASSING OXBRIDGE 

ADMISSIONS TESTS 


Rosalie Hutton and glenn Hutton 

If you are applying to Oxford or Cambridge 

Universities you may have to take one of 

the Oxbridge-specific admission tests. 

This text provides the essential information 

you need to understand the format and 

structure of the tests along with vital practice in the 

sort of questions you will face. 

The book covers in detail the Thinking Skills Assessment (TSA) for 

both institutions, focusing on critical thinking and problem solving 

skills. It includes a practice test with answers and explanations 

and also guidance on the Writing Task undertaken by applicants to 

Oxford. The STEP and other subject-specific tests are also examined. 


Introduction: About This Book and Applying to Oxford and Cambridge \ Multiple 

Choice Questions \ Thinking Skills Assessment \ Thinking Skills Assessment 

Practice Test \ TSA Writing Task \ Other Oxbridge Admissions Tests 

READERSHIP 

All those considering applying to Oxford or Cambridge Universities 


STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85725-872-4) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-797-0) • £16.99 

SUCCESS WITH YOUR 

EDUCATION RESEARCH 

PROJECT 


John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste 

University College 

Research projects are carried out in 

schools and non-school settings by virtually 

all undergraduates in the areas of teacher training, 

education studies and other educational disciplines. This text, 

written for this specific target audience, makes clear references to 

these courses and contexts throughout. Hot topics such as using the 

net and plagiarism are covered with up-to-date information, while key 

content on literature searches, critical thinking and the development 

of argument provide clear guidance and ensure academic rigour. This 

new edition has been updated throughout to provide greater depth 

on many topics, FAQs and a glossary of key terms. 


Lets Get Acquainted \ Finding a Focus and Formulating a Plan \ Looking at 

Literature \ Approaching it in Style \ Discovering Things: Questionnaires \ 

Conversations with a Purpose: Research Interviews \ Seeing is Believing: 

Observation \ From the Past to the Here and Now: Documents and 

Documentary Research \ Making Sense of Data: Analysing Numbers and 

Words \ Writing Up 

READERSHIP 

All those taking degrees or foundation degrees in education-related 

subject disciplines 


STUDY SKILLS IN EDUCATION SERIES 


Cloth (978-1-44625-675-6) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-947-9) • £16.99 


PASSING THE UKCAT 

AND BMAT 2012 

Seventh Edition 

Rosalie Hutton , glenn Hutton and 

Felicity Taylor King's College London 

This revised and updated 2012 edition is 

the most comprehensive guide available 

to the UKCAT and BMAT. You will find all 

you need to face the tests with confidence, 

fulfil your potential and succeed in your application - 

whichever universities you are applying to. New questions have been 

added to the extensive practice sections for both the UKCAT and 

BMAT. In addition this essential text takes you through everything you 

need to know from writing your personal statement and preparing for 

interviews to time management and test-taking strategies. 

CONTENTS 

PART ONE: INTRODUCTION \ Introduction to the Tests \ So Just Why Do You 

Want to Be a Doctor? \ Your Application to Read Medicine: Step by Step \ 

Preparing to Apply to Medical School \ Required Reading and Other Tips for 

Success \ How to Write the Perfect Personal Statement \ Interviews \ PART 

TWO: PREPARING FOR THE UK CLINICAL APTITUDE TEST (UKCAT) \ The 

Verbal Reasoning Subtest (Including Practice Subtest and Answers) \ The 

Quantitative Reasoning Subtest (Including Practice Subtest and Answers) \ 

The Abstract Reasoning Subtest (Including Practice Subtest and Answers) 

\ The Decision Analysis Subtest (Including Practice Subtest and Answers) \ 

The Non-Cognitive Analysis Subtest (Including Practice Subtest and Answers) 

\ PART THREE: PREPARING FOR THE BIOMEDICAL ADMISSIONS TEST 

(BMAT) \ Section 1: Aptitude and Skills (Including Practice Test, Answers and 

Explanations) \ Section 2: Scientific Knowledge and Applications (Including 

Practice Test, Answers and Explanations) \ Section 3: Writing Task (Including 

Advice and a Practice Test) \ After the BMAT 

READERSHIP 

All those intending to apply for UK medical and dental courses at university 


STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85725-867-0) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-777-2) • £15.99 

PRACTICE TESTS, 

QUESTIONS AND 

ANSWERS FOR THE UKCAT 


Rosalie Hutton and glenn Hutton 

Study Skills 

Updated with a range of new questions 

across all the sub-tests, this text provides 

essential practice to prepare for the UKCAT, 

with over 500 questions in the equivalent of two 

full practice tests, plus a unique section on tackling non-cognitive 

analysis / personality tests. 


PART ONE: PRACTICE TEST ONE \ Verbal Reasoning Practice Subtest One \ 

Quantitative Reasoning Practice Subtest One \ Abstract Reasoning Practice 

Subtest One \ Decision Analysis Practice Subtest One \ PART TWO: PRACTICE 

TEST TWO \ Verbal Reasoning Practice Subtest Two \ Quantitative Reasoning 

Practice Subtest Two \ Abstract Reasoning Practice Subtest Two \ Decision 

Analysis Practice Subtest Two \ PART THREE: NON-COGNITIVE ANALYSIS 

PRACTICE TEST \ Non-Cognitive Analysis Practice Test \ PART FOUR: 

ANSWERS AND RATIONALE \ Answers to Practice Subtests One \ Answers 

to Practice Subtests Two \ Answers to Non-Cognitive Analysis Subtest 

READERSHIP 

Pre-university students applying for medical or dental degree courses 


SERIES: STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE 


Cloth (978-0-85725-869-4) • £50.00 

Paper (978-0-85725-785-7) • £15.99 

63

Help your students 

achieve success! 

ESSENTIAL STUDY SKILLS 

The Complete guide to Success 

at University 

Third Edition 

Tom Burns London Metropolitan 

University and Sandra Sinfield 

Coordinator for Learning Development 

Essential Study Skills is a proven guide for 

every student wanting to achieve success at 

university. Packed with study tips and handy activities, 

Burns this study & Sinfi skills eld • handbook (978-1-4462-0325-5) shows students step-by-step how to study 

Craswell effectively & Poore and make • (978-0-85702-928-7) 

the best of their time - whatever level they're at. 

Hargreaves Whether they • (978-1-4462-0287-6) 

are going to university straight from school, a mature 

Chong student, Ho or Shon an overseas • (978-1-4462-0932-5) student studying in the UK for the first time, 

every student will find out how to: 

• Sail through those tricky first weeks 

• Get the most out of lectures by understanding how they learn 

• Learn techniques for academic writing and research 

• Pass exams with flying colours 

• Stay cool and cope with stress. 

Practical and interactive, this edition features three brand new 

chapters to arm students with even more essential skills including 

how to produce a dissertation, planning their career and focussing 

on building relationships with lecturers and other students to help 

them get ahead. 

READERSHIP 

All university students and lecturers, student support staff and study 

skills coordinators. 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0324-8) • £56.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0325-5) • £14.99 

WRITING FOR 

ACADEMIC SUCCESS 


gail Craswell Australian National 

University, Canberra and megan Poore 

Writing for Academic Success is a 

vital practical guide for any postgraduate 

student. If you seek to manage your writing 

effectively, reduce stress, and improve your 

confidence and efficiency, this book is for you. The 

authors show you how to acquire communicative rigor in research 

essays, reports, book and article reviews, exam papers, research 

proposals, and literature reviews, through to thesis writing, posters 

and papers for presentation and publication. This second edition has 

been fully revised to reflect the online learning explosion. The authors 

provide insightful new material about how to work productively in 

different online contexts such as with blogs and wikis, setting up an 

e-portfolio, and raising an online profile. They also set out a focused 

guide to issues unique to digital communication, and working with 

and across different media and technologies. 

READERSHIP 

Essential reading for undergraduate and graduate students seeking the best 

advice on successful academic writing. 



Cloth (978-0-85702-927-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-928-7) • £22.99 

HOW TO READ JOURNAL 

ARTICLES IN THE SOCIAL 

SCIENCES 

A Very Practical guide 

for Students 

Phillip Chong Ho Shon University of 

Ontario Institute of Technology 

In this book, Phillip C. Shon teaches advanced 

undergraduates and graduate students how to read 

social science journal articles, and organize the information gathered 

from them as part of the writing process. By showing how social 

science texts are structurally organized, he teaches students how 

to do the "critical reading" that their professors have told them to 

do but never explicitly taught. 

Using a unique reading code-published in full in the introduction - 

this book teaches students how to approach social and behavioural 

science journal articles as texts that can be deciphered structurally, 

mechanically and grammatically. The reading code sheet and 

strategies will allow students and researchers to systematise the 

reading, note-taking, and organizing of voluminous amounts of 

information in an easily identifiable and retrievable format. 

READERSHIP 

Social and behavioural science students and researchers who want to 

sharpen their critical evaluative skills for better academic writing purposes. 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0931-8) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0932-5) • £16.99 

SAGE Study Skills are essential study guides for students of all levels. From how to write great 

essays and succeeding at university, to writing your undergraduate dissertation and doing 

postgraduate research, SAGE Study Skills help you get the best from your time at university. 

Visit www.sagepub.co.uk/studyskills.sp for free downloads, special offers and more!

THE GOOD WRITING 

GUIDE FOR EDUCATION 

STUDENTS 

Third Edition 

Dominic Wyse, Institute of 

Education,University of London 

This accessible guide to writing 

academically is based on the author’s many 

years of experience helping students to improve 

their writing and get better marks in assignments. The advice works 

because it uses real examples of students’ work to explain what 

tutors look for, and shows you how to get there. 

New to this third edition: 

• increased coverage of plagiarism (and how to avoid it) 

• how to show critical reflection and judgement 

• turning useful notes from lectures and readings into powerful 

written argument 

• updated material on citations and references 

• new examples of students’ work 

• developing an academic ‘voice’ 

The book is packed with practical advice on how to read widely, 

search for reading materials, structure your writing and use language 

effectively. With plenty of dos and don’ts, this is a perfect guide for 

students studying at all levels. 

CONTENTS 

Reading Widely \ Searching for Reading Materials \ Planning for Writing 

\ Small-Scale Research Projects \ Referencing \ Structuring Your Writing 

\ Grammar and Punctuation \ Spelling \ Presentation and Proofreading \ 

Assessment and Learning from Feedback 

READERSHIP 

Education students studying at all levels 


May 2012 • 192 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-0709-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0710-9) • £16.99 

CRITICAL READING 

AND WRITING FOR 

POSTGRADUATES 


mike Wallace University of Cardiff and 

Alison Wray Cardiff University 

In this new edition the authors show 

students how to read critically and how to 

write using critical techniques. This book is a ‘musthave’ 

resource for postgraduate students and early-career academics. 

It has been expanded and updated to include: 

• A range of examples encompassing disciplinary areas including 

linguistics, education, business and management 

• Commentaries on using e-resources and features of e-research 

• New and additional material available online including access to 

journal articles. 

STUDY SKILLS FOR 

STUDENTS WITH 

DYSLEXIA 


Edited by Sandra Hargreaves London 


Full of advice on topics such as note taking, 

reading strategies and exam technique, this 

fully revised and updated new edition will motivate, 

inspire and guide you through your studies. The advice and tools 

provided will help you plan your work, improve your skills and boost 

your confidence. The new edition has: 

• a new chapter on writing your dissertation 

• more on spelling 

• more on using statistics 

• more on planning and timetabling techniques 

• more on using technology to help you 

• expanded advice on preparing and giving presentations 

• included with the book is a CD Rom that supplies: 

• an electronic copy of the book 

• editable planners and other resources 

• internet links to further information, templates and additional help. 

This is an essential read for all dyslexic students in further and 

higher education. 

CONTENTS 

Managing Your Workload \ Understanding Your preferred Learning 

Style \ Note-Taking and Note-Making \ Reading Strategies / Speed 

Reading \ Answering Essay Questions \ Structuring Different Writing 

Genres \ The Dissertation \ Improving your Grammar, Spelling and 

Punctuation \ Improving Mathematics Skills and Using Statistics \ 

Examination Techniques \ Collaborative Learning 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0286-9) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0287-6) • £20.99 

CONTENTS 

PART ONE: BECOMING A CRITICAL READER AND SELF-CRITICAL WRITER 

\ What It Means to Be Critical \ Making a Critical Choice \ Getting Started 

on Critical Reading \ Getting Started on Self-Critical Writing \ Creating a 

Comparative Critical Summary \ PART TWO: DEVELOPING AN IN-DEPTH 

ANALYSIS \ The Key to a Mental Map for Exploring the Literature \ The Argument 

Component of Your Mental Map \ More Components: Knowledge, Literature, 

Intellectual Projects \ Developing a Critical Analysis of a Text \ A Worked 

Example of a Critical Analysis \ Developing Your Argument in Writing a Critical 

Review of a Text \ PART THREE: PUTTING YOUR CRITICAL REVIEWS TO 

WORK \ Focusing and Building up your Critical Literature Review \ Integrating 

Critical Literature Reviews into Your Dissertation \ Tools for Structuring a 

Dissertation \ Using the Literature in Research Papers and Oral Presentations 

\ Appendices: Abridged article: ‘One word or two?’ Abridged article: ‘Sharing 

leadership of schools through teamwork’ Blank form for the Critical Analysis of 

a text Logic Checklist: developing a logical overall argument in a dissertation 



Cloth (978-1-84920-561-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-562-7) • £22.99

Research 

RESEARCH METHODS 

AND METHODOLOGIES 

IN EDUCATION 

Edited by James Arthur Birmingham 

University , michael Waring University of 

Loughborough , Robert Coe University 

of Durham and Larry V Hedges 

Northwestern University 

Using a variety of methodological 

approaches and research techniques in education, this 

book provides students with the theoretical understandings, practical 

knowledge and skills they need to carry out independent research. 

The editors bring together an array of international contributors, all 

of whom identify key research methodologies, data collection tools 

and analysis methods, and focus on the direct comparisons between 

them. Written in an accessible and jargon-free style, each chapter 

sets out the strengths and weaknesses of a key research method by: 

• identifying specific research designs 

• presenting a series of relevant data collection tools 

• highlighting the various analytical methods which can be used. 


PART ONE: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODS AND METHOLODIES 

IN EDUCATION \ The Nature of Educational Research - Exploring the Different 

Understandings of Educational Research \ PART TWO: BASIC PRINCIPLES 

AND PRACTICE IN CONDUCTING RESEARCH \ Where Do You Stand as 

a Researcher? \ Design of Empirical Research \ Planning Your Research \ 

Conducting Your Research \ Research Impact and Dissemination \ PART 

THREE: KEY METHODS \ Dimension 1 - Research Designs \ Action Research \ 

Naturalistic Research \ Ethnographic and Representational Styles \ Grounded 

Theory \ Visual Methodologies \ Case Study Research \ Issues of Truth and 

Justice \ Surveys and Longitudinal Research \ Statistical and Correlational 

Techniques \ Secondary Data \ Impact Evaluation \ Interventions: Experiments 

\ A Systematic Review \ Combining Methodologies: Mixed Methods \ 

Philosophical Research: Lessons from the Nuffield Review \ Dimension 2 - 

Data Collection Tools \ Observation-Based Research \ In-Depth Interviews \ 

Techniques to Assist with Interviewing \ Focus Groups and Group Interviews 

\ Internet Based Methods \ Doing Blog Research: The Computational Turn \ 

Documentary Methods \ Systematic Reviews 

READERSHIP 

Postgraduate students on education and educational research 

methods courses 

CONDUCTING 

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH 

guide to Completing 

a major Project 

Daniel Boudah University of 

East Carolina 


Cloth (978-0-85702-038-3) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-039-0) • £26.99 

This book walks readers through each step 

of a research project or thesis, including 

developing a research question, performing 

a literature search, developing a research plan, 

collecting and analyzing data, drawing conclusions, and sharing 

the conclusions with others. 

2010 • 336 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7902-3) • £28.99 



IN EDUCATION 

Keith F Punch University of 

Western Australia 

This book offers a highly accessible, clear 

and engaging introduction to research in 

education, which has been carefully and 

extensively developed to fully meet the needs 

of those studying in education and related fields. 


Theory and Method in Education Research \ The Context of Ethics in 

Education Research \ Research Questions \ From Research Questions to 

Data \ Literature Searching and Reviewing \ Qualitative Research Design \ 

Collecting Qualitative Data \ The Analysis of Qualitative Data \ Quantitative 

Research Design \ Collecting Quantitative Data \ The Analysis of Quantitative 

Data \ Mixed Methods Research \ Evaluation \ Research Writing 

READERSHIP 

Education students at both undergraduate and postgraduate level 

2009 • 398 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-017-9) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-018-6) • £24.99 


IN EDUCATION 

Joseph Check University of 

Massachusetts Boston and Russell K 

Schutt University of Massachusetts 

Research methods in Education 

is an innovative new text for teaching 

introductory research methods that 

addresses emerging instructional needs. 

It weaves actual research stories into the 

presentation of research topics, and emphasizes validity, 

authenticity and practical significance as overarching research goals. 

This tripartite conceptual framework honours traditional quantitative 

approaches while reflecting the growing popularity of qualitative 

studies, mixed-method designs and school-based techniques. 


Foundations of Research \ Science, Schooling and Educational Research \ 

The Process and Problems of Educational Research \ Ethics in Research \ 

Conceptualization and Measurement \ Sampling \ Research Design and Data 

Collection \ Causation and Research Design \ Evaluation Research \ Survey 

Research \ Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening \ Single- 

Subject Design \ Mixed Methods \ Teacher Research and Action Research \ 

Analyzing and Reporting Data \ Quantitative Data Analysis \ Qualitative Data 

Analysis \ Proposing and Reporting Research 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and graduate students of education 


Paper (978-1-4129-4009-2) • £54.00 




A Critical Thinking Approach 


W Newton Suter University of Arkansas, 

Little Rock 

Introduction to Educational Research is 

an engaging and informative core text that 

enables students to think clearly and critically 

about the scientific process of research. In acheiving its goal to make 

research accessible to all educators and equip them with the skills 

to understand and evaluate published research, the text examines 

how educational research is conducted across the major traditions 

of quantitative, qualitative, mixed-methods and action research. The 

text is oriented toward consumers of educational research and uses 

a thinking-skills approach to its coverage of major ideas. 


Foundations \ Educators as Critical Thinkers \ Thinking about Research \ 

Diversity of Educational Research \ Research as Process \ The Research 

Problem \ Research Language \ Theory and Practice \ Data Collection \ 

Research Bias and Control \ Sampling in Research \ Measurement in Research 

\ Design and Analysis \ Common Experimental Research Designs \ Common 

Non-Intervention Research Designs \ Qualitative Data, Analysis and Design 

\ Statistical Data Analysis \ Consumer to Producer \ Research Analysis and 

Critique \ Writing Research Proposals 

READERSHIP 

Research methods students at advanced undergraduate level 


Paper (978-1-4129-9573-3) • £59.00 


Quantitative, Qualitative, and 

mixed Approaches 


Burke Johnson and Larry Christensen 

both at University of South Alabama 

Educational Research is a graduated text 

that introduces readers to the fundamental 

logic of empirical research and the sources of 

research ideas. Detailed descriptions guide students 

through the design and implementation of actual research studies 

with a balanced examination of quantitative, qualitative and mixed 

research. Definitions of key terms are provided in the margins 

for easy reference and to help students understand the multiple 

research methods and strategies used in education. 


PART ONE: INTRODUCTION \ Introduction to Educational Research \ 

Quantitative, Qualitative and Mixed Research \ PART TWO: PLANNING THE 

RESEARCH STUDY \ How to Review the Literature and Develop Research 

Questions \ How to Write a Research Proposal \ Research Ethics \ PART 

THREE: FOUNDATIONS OF RESEARCH \ Standardized Measurement and 

Assessment \ How to Construct a Questionnaire \ Methods of Data Collection 

\ Sampling \ Validity of Research Results in Quantitative, Qualitative and 

Mixed Research \ PART FOUR: SELECTING A RESEARCH METHOD \ 

Experimental Research \ Quasi-Experimental and Single-Case Research \ 

Non-Experimental Quantitative Research \ Qualitative Research \ Historical 

Research \ Mixed Research \ PART FIVE: ANALYZING THE DATA \ Descriptive 

Statistics \ Inferential Statistics \ Data Analysis in Qualitative and Mixed 

Research \ PART SIX: WRITING THE RESEARCH REPORT \ How to Prepare 

a Research Report and Use APA Style Guidelines 

READERSHIP 

Graduate education students 

2011 • 648 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-7828-6) • £64.00 


RESEARCH AND 

EVALUATION IN 

EDUCATION AND 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Integrating Diversity with 

Quantitative, Qualitative, and 

mixed methods 

Third Edition 

Donna m mertens Gallaudet University 

Covering all methodological paradigms, this text combines theory 

with practical advice on how to do research and evaluation while 

integrating issues of social justice and cultural diversity into the full 

spectrum of research methods. 

2009 • 552 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7190-4) • £47.99 

DOING RESEARCH 

WITH CHILDREN 

Third Edition 

Anne D greig University of Strathclyde , 

Jayne Taylor West Hertfordshire 

Primary Care Trust and Tommy macKay 

Psychology Consultancy Services and 

University of Strathclyde 

This Third Edition is a practical 

introduction to the process of designing, doing and 

writing-up research with children and young people. At the centre is 

a commitment to engaging with children and young people as active 

research participants rather than as passive subjects. In this new 

edition, you will find up-to-date information on the fast-changing 

political and ethical debates around research with children and 

young people as well as guidance on how to carry out research 

yourself. Divided into three sections, the new edition covers: 

• the main theories and approaches in doing research with children 

• expanded guidance on research ethics 

• techniques for conducting both qualitative and quantitative research 

• more on analyzing your research 

• a brand new chapter on communicating your research findings. 


PART ONE: THE SPECIAL NATURE OF CHILDREN IN RESEARCH: THEORIES 

AND APPROACHES \ Theory for Research and Practice with Children and 

Young People \ Theoretical Frameworks \ PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH 

WITH CHILDREN: REVIEWING, DESIGNING AND CONDUCTING RESEARCH 

WITH CHILDREN \ Evaluating Research with Children and Young People \ The 

Importance of Questions \ Designing and Doing Quantitative Research with 

Children and Young People \ Designing and Doing Qualitative Research with 

Children and Young People \ PART THREE: SPECIAL ISSUES \ Consultation 

and Participation with Children and Young People in Research \ Ethics for 

Doing Research with Children and Young People \ Communicating Research 

\ Themes and Perspectives 

READERSHIP 

Students and practitioners who are engaged in research with children and 

young people 


Cloth (978-0-85702-885-3) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-886-0) • £24.99 

Research 

67

Research 

THE ETHICS OF RESEARCH 

WITH CHILDREN AND 

YOUNG PEOPLE 

A Practical Handbook 

Priscilla Alderson Institute of Education 

and Virginia morrow University 

of Oxford 

Ethical questions are at the centre 

of research with children and young people. 

This clear and practical text informs students and researchers about 

the relevant laws and guidelines and current debates in research 

ethics. Priscilla Alderson and Virginia Morrow cover ethics at every 

stage of research, and with all kinds of young research participants, 

particularly those who are vulnerable or neglected. They break 

down the process of research into ten stages, each with its own 

set of related questions and problems, and show how these need 

to be addressed. 


Research Ethics \ The Purpose of This Book \ Researchers as Insiders or 

Outsiders \ PART ONE: THE PLANNING STAGES \ Planning the Research: 

Purpose and Methods \ Assessing Harms and Benefits \ Respect for Rights: 

Privacy and Confidentiality \ Designing Research: Selection and Participation 

\ Money Matters: Contracts, Funding Research and Paying Participants \ 

Reviewing Aims and Methods: Ethics Guidance and Committees \ PART 

TWO: THE DATA COLLECTING STAGE \ Information \ Consent \ PART THREE: 

THE WRITING, REPORTING AND FOLLOW-UP STAGES \ Disseminating and 

Implementing the Findings \ The Impact on Children 

READERSHIP 

Students and researchers in education, social work and nursing; also 

practitioners involved in carrying out research with children and young people 

2011 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-136-6) • £70.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-137-3) • £24.99 

A BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO 

DOING YOUR EDUCATION 

RESEACH PROJECT 

mike Lambert Wolverhampton University 

Based on the author's many years of 

experience working with undergraduate 

and postgraduate students, this book is a 

basic guide to doing a research project in 

education. Step-by-step advice is presented 

in a clear way and chapters take the reader through 

the entire process, from planning and doing research, to writing it 

up. Each stage is covered with detailed help on: choosing a topic; 

drawing up research questions; doing the literature review; choosing 

and designing research methods; the ethics of doing research; 

analyzing data; and collating and presenting findings. Features in 

the text include: explanations of key research terms; key learning 

points; activities (with answers); progress sheets; and case studies 

of students' investigations. 


PART ONE: LEARNING ABOUT RESEARCH \ Research, Paradigms and Ethics 

\ The Process of Doing Research \ Learning from Other Research \ PART 

TWO: DOING RESEARCH \ Choosing Your Ropic \ Research Questions \ 

Literature Review \ Choosing Your Methods \ Designing Research Instruments 

\ Validity, Reliability and Ethical Approval \ Carrying out Your Investigation \ 

PART THREE: ANALYZING AND WRITING UP \ Analyzing Data and Producing 

Your Findings \ Writing up Your Project 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate education students, as well as 

education practitioners 


Cloth (978-0-85702-980-5) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-981-2) • £18.99 

RESEARCH IN 


Andrea Nolan University of Melbourne , 

Kym macfarlane and Jennifer Cartmel 

both at Griffith University 

In this innovative guide to research in 

early childhood, the research process 

is presented as a journey and this book 

is the road map. The authors take the 

reader step-by-step through the practical considerations 

and complexities of undertaking research with young children and 

feature the real-world research journeys of two student researchers. 

The book gives guidance on all aspects of the research process 

including: selecting a topic; ethical considerations; collecting the 

data; analyzing the data; and disseminating the findings. 


Why Become Involved in Research in Early Childhood? \ Orientation: 'It's Like 

Another Language' \ Exploring and Theorizing Paradigms and Perspectives 

\ Beginning the Research Journey: Determining Your Point of Departure 

\ Knowing What Has Gone before: Reviewing the Literature \ Guiding 

the Research Journey: Ethical Considerations \ Moving along Well-Worn 

Methodological Pathways \ Venturing into New Territories \ Checking Your 

Bearings: Issues of Validity, Reliability and Robustness \ Collecting, Managing 

and Analyzing Data: 'I'm Drowning in a Sea of Data' \ The Personal Journey \ 

Drawing the Journey to a Close: Dissemination of the Findings \ Spotting the 

Next Opportunity: Research Pathways from Here 

READERSHIP 

Students of early childhood and early years completing a research project or 

writing a thesis or dissertation 


Cloth (978-0-85702-253-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-254-7) • £21.99 

SCHOOL-BASED 

RESEARCH 

A guide for Education Students 


Edited by Elaine Wilson University 

of Cambridge 

Focused on the needs of the new 

classroom researcher School-Based 

Research is a thorough and thoughtful guide to 

the research process. This Second Edition has been updated to 

provide further coverage on the best ways to approach, construct and 

carry out educational research within the classroom. It contextualizes 

methodological issues alongside key ideas which teachers are likely 

to be concerned with, such as ability grouping, pupil voice, pupil 

behaviour, teaching approaches and pupil motivation. 


PART ONE: USING EXISTING RESEARCH TO UNDERSTAND AND PLAN 

YOUR OWN CLASSROOM-BASED RESEARCH / Becoming a Reflexive 

Teacher / Refining the Focus for Research and Formulating a Research 

Question / Using and Reviewing Literature / Research with Younger Children: 

Issues and Approaches / PART TWO: CARRYING OUT AND REPORTING ON 

CLASSROOM-BASED RESEARCH / Research Design / Doing Things Right 

and Doing the Right Thing: Ethics in School-Based Research / Collecting 

Data / Reducing, Synthesising and Handling Data / Reliability and Validity in 

Qualitative Research by Teacher Researchers / Analysing Qualitative Data / 

Taking a Quantitative Approach / Analysing Quantitative Data / Writing about 

Your Research / PART THREE: METHODOLOGIES / What Is Action Research? 

/ Doing Action Research / The Case Study / Building Theory from Data: 

Grounded Theory / PART FOUR: PARADIGMS / Beyond Positivism: ‘Scientific’ 

Research into Education / Interpretivism: Meeting Our Selves in Research 

READERSHIP 

Students on education degree programmes featuring a research methods 

component, including PGCE, MEd and professional development courses 


Cloth (978-1-4462-4748-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-4749-5) • £20.99 


DOING YOUR EARLY YEARS 

RESEARCH PROJECT 

A Step by Step guide 


guy Roberts-Holmes University of London 

Praise for the First Edition : 

'This is an excellent resource for all those undertaking research in the 

field of early childhood education and care. Guy Roberts-Holmes has 

succeeded in writing a book which, in addition to offering valuable 

practical advice, is rigorous, supportive and encouraging to all those 

undertaking research with young children and their families' - Lesley 

Abbott OBE, Manchester Metropolitan University 

This new edition of a much-loved book guides the reader through 

an early years research project from start to finish and draws on the 

work of early years practitioners to illustrate concepts and methods, 

bringing the entire process to life. 

Packed with research summaries, key points, checklists and discussion 

topics, the author shows how to organize and structure a project, write 

a literature review, interpret findings and present/write up the project. 

This Second Edition has been fully fully updated and revised to to include 

up-to-date references, a focus on reflective practice and coverage of 

the Early Years Foundation Stage, as well as: 

• coverage of action research, including examples 

• increased material on using, presenting and analyzing data, 

including using software 

• more reflective and detailed study aids including case studies, 

surveys, questions and activities. 

CONTENTS 

You Can Do Research! \ Your Research Story, Methodology and Research 

Questions \ Ethical Issues in Early Childhood Research \ Designing Your 

Research \ Organising and Writing up Your Research Project \ Observation: 

Looking and Listening \ Creative Listening to Young Children \ Interviewing 

Children and Adults \ Writing and Using Questionnaires \ Analysing Your Data 

A GUIDE TO PRACTITIONER 

RESEARCH IN EDUCATION 

Ian menter , Dely Elliot , moira Hulme , 

Jon Lewin and Kevin Lowden all at 

University of Glasgow 

This book is a guide to research methods 

for practitioner research. Written in friendly 

and accessible language, it includes 

numerous practical examples based on 

the authors' own experiences in the field to 

support readers. 

The authors provide information and guidance on developing 

research skills such as gathering and analyzing information and 

data, reporting findings and research design. They offer critical 

perspectives to help users reflect on research approaches and to 

scrutinize key issues in devising research questions. 


PART ONE: WHAT IS RESEARCH AND WHY DO IT? \ What Is Research? 

\ Why Do Practitioner Research? \ PART TWO: WHAT DO WE WANT TO 

KNOW? \ What Is a Research Question? \ Getting It Right! Values and the 

Ethical Dimensions of Practitioner Research \ PART THREE: WHAT DO WE 

KNOW ALREADY AND WHERE DO WE FIND IT? \ What Do We Know Already? 

\ How Do I Do a Literature Review? \ PART FOUR: HOW WILL WE FIND 

OUT? \ Questionnaires and Questionnaire Design \ Interviews \ Using Focus 

Groups \ Observation \ Other Methods \ PART FIVE: WHAT DOES IT MEAN? \ 

Quantitative Data Analysis \ Qualitative Data Analysis \ PART SIX: HOW WILL 

WE TELL EVERYONE? \ How Do I Write up My Research? 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students, teachers and practitioners in 

practitioner research development and leadership programmes 

2011 • 280 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-184-1) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-185-8) • £19.99 


READERSHIP 

Students on early childhood courses 

2011 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-519-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-520-7) (978-1-84920-520-7) • £22.99 

CLASSROOM-BASED 

RESEARCH AND 

EVIDENCE-BASED 

PRACTICE 

A guide for Teachers 


Keith Taber University of Cambridge 

Drawing on a variety of relevant examples, this book demonstrates 

each stage of the research process - including formulating research 

questions, selecting data collection techniques and deciding on 

approaches to data analysis - and usefully integrates each stage. 

The new edition includes: 

• an expanded treatment of data analysis 

• new discrete chapters looking at ethical issues and at how 

teachers can research their own classrooms through the use of 

case studies 

• discussion of research carried out by trainee teachers. 


PART ONE: LEARNING ABOUT EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH \ PART TWO: 

LEARNING FROM EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH \ PART THREE: LEARNING 

THROUGH EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH 

READERSHIP 

Students, researchers, teachers and trainee teachers interested in doing 

research in the classroom 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0921-9) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0922-6) • £23.99 

69

Research 

Bera/SaGe reSearCH MeTHoDS IN eDUCaTIoN 

Each book in this series maps the territory of a key research approach or topic in order to help readers progress from beginner to advanced 

researcher. Each book aims to provide a definitive, market-leading overview and to present a blend of theory and practice with a critical 

edge. All titles in the series are written for the international M-level market and are intended to be useful to the many diverse constituencies 

interested in research on education and related areas. 

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH 

IN EDUCATION 

Liz Atkins University of Huddersfield 

and Sue Wallace Nottingham 

Trent University 

Looking at the interdependence of 

teaching and research, the authors show 

that a critical and analytical exploration of 

policies and practices is a necessary part 

of what we mean by being a 'professional' in 

education. Drawing on the authors' substantial experience 

of teaching research skills at postgraduate level, as well as on their 

own experiences as active researchers, the book will guide readers 

through: discourse analysis; visual methods; textual research; and 

data collection and analysis. 


Research in Education \ Ethical Research in Education \ Insider Research \ Case 

Study \ Interviewing in Education Research \ Action Research \ Ethnographic 

Research \ Discourse Analysis \ Text and Image in Qualitative Research 

\ Analysing and Reporting Qualitative Data \ Writing a Literature Review \ 

Disseminating the Research 

READERSHIP 

Postgraduate researchers in education 

BERA/SAgE RESEARCH mETHODS IN EDUCATION 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0806-9) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0807-6) • £21.99 

ACTION RESEARCH 

IN EDUCATION 

mary mcAteer Edge Hill University 

Action research is very much a narrative 

process, building on stories of practice 

and making meaning of that practice. For 

this reason, this book uses Illustrative 

case studies throughout to demonstrate 

and explore the potential for change in 

real social situations. The book maps the 

territory of both theory and practice, providing theoretical 

perspectives and practical examples for practitioners of action 

research in education contexts. 


PART ONE \ What Is This Thing Called Action Research? \ Getting to Grips with 

Models and Perspectives \ PART TWO \ Getting Started on an Action Research 

Project \ Collecting, Collating and Conversing with Data \ Dealing with the 

Literature \ Using Data: Making Sense and Making Claims \ Writing up an Action 

Research Project \ Conclusion: Ways of Sharing and Promoting Action Research 

READERSHIP 

M-level students in education 



Cloth (978-1-4462-4105-9) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-4106-6) • £18.99 

ETHNOGRAPHY IN 

EDUCATION 

David mills University of Oxford and 

missy morton University of Canterbury 

Ethnography in Education is an 

accessible guidebook to the different 

approaches taken by ethnographers 

studying education. The book introduces 

the reader to ethnographic 'classics', the 

best existing textbooks, and debates about 

new approaches and innovations. The authors aim to help 

readers cultivate an 'ethnographic imagination' in their own research 

and writing. 


Introduction: Schooling the Imagination \ Reading Ethnography, Writing 

Ethnography \ Ethnography by Design, Ethnography by Accident \ Into the 

field? Relationships, Reciprocities and Responsibilities \ Being, Seeing or 

Writing? The Role of Fieldnotes \ New Times, New Ethnographies \ What Do 

I Do Now? Making Ethnographic Meaning \ The Last Goodbye? Leaving the 

Field \ Writing Again: Communicating Ethnographic Insights \ Ethnography for 

Everyday \ Conclusion: Unlearning and Relearning 

READERSHIP 

Postgraduate students in education 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0326-2) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0327-9) • £19.99 

USING CASE STUDY IN 


Lorna Hamilton and 

Connie Corbett-Whittier 

This book provides an accessible 

introduction to using case studies. It 

makes sense of literature in this area and 

shows how to generate collaborations and 

communicate findings. The authors bring 

together the practical and the theoretical, 

enabling readers to build expertise on the principles and 

practice of case study research, as well as engaging with possible 

theoretical frameworks. 


The Case Study Approach to Educational Research \ Developing Use of Case 

Study in Education \ Ideas as the Foundation for Case Study \ Choosing the 

Case Study Route \ Key Purposes \ Key Decisions \ Ethics and Issues \ Doing a 

Case Study \ Carrying Out Your Study \ A Practitioner Perspective \ Approaches 

to Data Analysis \ Using Technology to Manage and Analyse Your Data \ 

Disseminating and Defending Case Study Approaches \ Finding Your Voice \ 

Quality and Communication \ Community and Networking \ Virtual Environments 

and Collaborations \ Community-Building 

READERSHIP 

M-level students, teacher educators and emerging practitioner researchers 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0816-8) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0817-5) • £18.99 


SAGE HANDBOOK OF RESEARCH 

ON CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT 

Edited by James H mcmillan Virginia Commonwealth University 

The SAgE Handbook of Classroom Assessment provides a 

comprehensive source of research on all aspects of K-12 classroom 

assessment. The emphasis is on theory, conceptual frameworks 

and all types of research (quantitative, qualitative, mixed method) 

to provide an in-depth understanding of the knowledge base in 

each area of classroom assessment and how to conduct inquiry 

in the area. It includes a particular emphasis on how classroom 

assessment practices affect student achievement and teacher 

behaviour. 

READERSHIP 

Scholars, professors, graduate students, and other researchers and 

policy makers 


Cloth (978-1-4129-9587-0) • £95.00 

ACTION RESEARCH IN 

THE CLASSROOM 


Vivienne Baumfield Glasgow University , 

Elaine Hall and Kate Wall both at 

University of Newcastle Upon Tyne 

This exciting new edition of the popular text 

is an essential resource for any education 

professional interested in investigating 

learning and teaching. Building on the success of the 

previous edition, the authors have revised, updated and extended 

this book to include examples from further and higher education. 

This book will help teachers to: 

• enhance their problem-solving skills 

• locate their own activity in a wider context 

• maximize opportunities to develop practice 

• evaluate the needs of their learners. 


Introducing Practitioner Enquiry \ Ways to Be a Practitioner Enquirer: Beliefs, 

Ethics and Practice \ How to Do a Practitioner Enquiry: Finding and Refining 

a Question \ How to Do a Practitioner Enquiry: Deciding on an Approach and 

Complementary Methods \ Taking Account of Learner Perspectives in Your 

Enquiry \ Exploring Your Own and Your Colleagues' Professional Knowledge 

\ Engaging with the Views of Families and the Wider Community \ Making 

Sense of It, Making Connections and Bringing It Together \ Sharing Your 

Findings, Finding New Questions 

READERSHIP 

All teachers and students of education 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0719-2) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0720-8) • £22.99 



Teachers as Researchers in the 

Classroom 

Third Edition 

Craig A mertler Bowling Green 


With new features including: video clips; 

interviews; further information on literature 

reviews; and new examples of action research 

reports, this Third Edition continues to provide 

readers with practical guidance on doing action research in the 

classroom. 


PART ONE: WHAT IS ACTION RESEARCH? \ Introduction to Action Research 

\ Overview of the Action Research Process \ PART TWO: HOW DO I BEGIN 

MY ACTION RESEARCH STUDY? \ Planning for Action Research \ Developing 

a Research Plan \ PART THREE: WHAT DO I DO WITH ALL THIS DATA? \ 

Collecting Data \ Analyzing Data \ PART FOUR: I'VE GOT RESULTS!... NOW 

WHAT? \ Developing an Action Plan \ Sharing and Reflecting \ Writing Up 

Action Research 

READERSHIP 

All practising teachers 

2011 • 328 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8889-6) • £28.99 


IN EDUCATION 

Three-Volume Set 

Edited by Anne Campbell Leeds 

Metropolitan University and Susan 

groundwater-Smith University 

of Sydney 

Action Research in Education 

considers the multifarious concepts of 

classroom research in order to trace its 

development with a constructive range 

historical perspective. 

FUNDAmENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH 

2010 • 1240 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-683-8) • £450.00 

DOING ACTION RESEARCH 

IN YOUR OWN 

ORGANIZATION 

Third Edition 

David Coghlan Trinity College Dublin 

and Teresa Brannick University 

College Dublin 

This Third Edition contains an expanded 

discussion on the politics and ethics of 

insider action research; an expanded chapter 

on writing an action research dissertation; and 

more case examples and reflective exercises. 

2009 • 184 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-215-1) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-216-8) • £24.99 

Research 

71

Research 

LEARNING IN THE FIELD 

An Introduction to Qualitative 

Research 

Third Edition 

gretchen B Rossman and 

Sharon F Rallis both at University 

of Massachusetts 

The popular text that helped readers 

better understand and practice qualitative 

research has been completely updated and revised. 

To help readers better visualize and grasp the concepts, issues 

and complexities of qualitative inquiry, the authors introduce each 

chapter with discussions among three 'characters' - students whose 

research projects demonstrate the challenges and excitement of 

qualitative research. Woven into the chapters and the characters' 

stories are three themes that make up the tapestry of qualitative 

research: first, research is a learning process; second, research 

can and should be useful; finally, a researcher needs to have a clear 

vision of the audience and purpose of a study. 


Qualitative Research as Learning \ The Researcher as Learner \ The 

Researcher as Competent and Ethical \ Major Qualitative Research Genres \ 

Conceptualizing and Designing the Research \ Entering the Field \ Gathering 

Data in the Field \ Our Characters' Data \ Issues that Arise in the Field \ 

Analyzing and Interpreting Data \ Our Characters' Analyses \ Presenting the 

Learnings 

READERSHIP 

Students new to qualitative research 

2011 • 392 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8048-7) • £40.99 

A STUDENT'S GUIDE 

TO METHODOLOGY 

Third Edition 

Peter Clough Liverpool Hope University 

and Cathy Nutbrown University 

of Sheffield 

The Third Edition of this hugely popular 

text provides students with straightforward 

principles and frameworks for understanding 

methodology. The authors are adept at making 

methodology meaningful for beginners and more advanced readers 

alike. The book clearly demonstrates how methodology impacts 

upon every stage of the research process and gives readers all of 

the tools that they need to understand it. New to this edition are: 

• new boxes and guidance on research ethics in every chapter 

• more international examples and perspectives 

• up-to-date coverage of online research methods 

• a new companion website featuring PowerPoint slides for lecturers. 


PART ONE: RESEARCH IS METHODOLOGY \ What Is Research? \ What Is 

Methodology? \ PART TWO: THE PERVASIVE NATURE OF METHODOLOGY 

\ Looking: Seeing beyond the Known \ Listening: Issues of Voice \ Reading: 

Purpose and Positionality \ Questioning: The Focus of Research \ PART 

THREE: MAKING RESEARCH PUBLIC \ Research Design: Shaping the Study 

\ Reporting Research: Telling the Story \ Research Action: Next Steps 

READERSHIP 

Students doing a dissertation or taking a research methods module in 

education, the social sciences, business and health 

February 2012 • 272 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-0861-8) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0862-5) • £24.99 

DOING VISUAL RESEARCH 

Claudia mitchell McGill University 

Doing Visual Research offers an 

innovative introduction to the use of 

photography, collaborative video, drawing, 

objects, multi-media production and 

installation in research. Claudia Mitchell 

explains how visual methods can be used 

as modes of inquiry as well as modes of 

representation for social research. The book 

looks at conceptual and practical approaches 

to a range of tools and methods, whilst also highlighting the 

interpretive and ethical issues that arise when engaging in visual 

research. Claudia Mitchell draws on her own work in the field of visual 

research throughout to offer extensive examples from a variety of 

settings and with a variety of populations. Topics covered include: 

photographs and memory work studies; drawing as a participatory 

visual methodology; working with images/writing about images; can 

visual methods make a difference? From practice to policy. 


PART ONE: INTRODUCTION \ On a Pedagogy of Ethics in Visual Research 

\ PART TWO: VISUAL METHODS FOR SOCIAL CHANGE: TOOLS AND 

TECHNIQUES \ Not Just an Object \ Seeing for Ourselves \ Community-Based 

Video-Making \ PART THREE: ON INTERPRETING AND USING IMAGES \ 

Working with Photo Images \ Data Collections and Building a Democratic 

Archive \ Look and See \ What Can a Visual Researcher Do with a Camera? 

\ Changing the Picture 

READERSHIP 

Students and researchers across the social sciences 

CONSTRUCTING 

GROUNDED THEORY 


Kathy Charmaz Sonoma 


2011 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4582-0) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4583-7) • £22.99 

The Second Edition of Kathy Charmaz's 

groundbreaking text on grounded theory 

retains the accessible and engaging style 

of the first edition to present for readers 

a benchmark introduction to doing grounded theory 

from a constructivist perspective. This expanded Second Edition: 

• addresses how to focus data collection and to think about it for 

theorizing 

• provides strategies for using grounded theory in social 

justice inquiry 

• considers recent epistemological debates about the place of 

priortheory and the legacy of Anselm Strauss for grounded theory. 


An Invitation to Grounded Theory \ Gathering Rich Data \ Conducting 

Interviews for Grounded Theory Studies \ Coding in Grounded Theory 

Practice \ Memo-Writing \ Theoretical Sampling, Saturation and Sorting \ 

Reconstructing Theory in Grounded Theory Studies \ Constructing Grounded 

Theory through Symbolic Interactionism \ Writing the Draft \ Reflecting on 

the Research Process 

READERSHIP 

Students and researchers across the social sciences 

INTRODUCINg QUALITATIVE mETHODS SERIES 


Cloth (978-0-85702-913-3) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-914-0) • £24.99 


APPLIED REGRESSION 

ANALYSIS AND 

GENERALIZED 

LINEAR MODELS 


John Fox McMaster University 

The Second Edition extends coverage to 

regression models such as: generalized linear 

models; limited-dependent-variable-models; mixed models and Cox 

regression among others. 

2008 • 688 pages 

Cloth (978-0-7619-3042-6) • £71.00 

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO 

USING THE WEB FOR 

RESEARCH 

Nigel Ford Sheffield University 

In recent years, the Internet has provided 

students and researchers with fantastic 

opportunities to conduct research using 

little more than their own computer. 

However, Internet research also poses a 

distinct set of challenges and can give rise to sloppy 

research when conducted without care. 

The Essential guide to Using the Web for Research explains the 

skills needed to navigate the Web and use it effectively, emphasizing 

independent learning and the ability to critically assess information 

and transform it into effective evidence. In connecting these 

online skills to the research process, Nigel Ford helps students to 

understand and answer research questions, construct an argument 

and present their evidence. 


Learning and Critical Thinking: The Essentials \ Clarifying What Is Required 

of You \ Finding High-Quality Information \ How to Do a Literature Review 

\ Information Sources and Search Tools \ Mapping Search Approaches 

and Techniques to Information Needs \ Scholarly Search Tools in Detail 

\ Transforming Information into Evidence-Based Arguments \ Presenting 

Your Evidence Effectively \ Keeping up to Date \ Organizing and Sharing 

Your Information 

READERSHIP 

Students and researchers using the Internet for their research projects 


Cloth (978-0-85702-364-3) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-365-0) • £19.99 


E-LEARNING THEORY AND 

PRACTICE 

Caroline Haythornthwaite University 

of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and 

Richard Andrews Institute of Education 

University of London 

In E-Learning Theory and Practice, the 

authors set out different perspectives on 

e-learning, looking at the social implications 

of e-learning, its transformative effects, and 

the social and technical interplay that supports and directs 

e-learning. The book: 

• explores the way teaching and learning are changing with the 

presence of the Internet and participatory media 

• provides a theoretical grounding in new learning practices from 

education, communication and information science 

• addresses e-learning in terms of existing learning theories, 

emerging online learning theories, new literacies, social networks, 

social worlds, and community and virtual communities 

• emphasizes the impact of everyday electronic practices on 

learning, literacy and the classroom, locally and globally. 


Introduction: New Learning Practices \ The New Media \ Theories of Learning 

\ Theorizing Online Learning \ New Literacies, New Discourses in E-learning \ 

Participatory Cultures \ Learning Communities \ Sociotechnical Perspectives \ 

E-learning Ecologies \ Ubiquitous Learning, Ubiquitous Learners \ E-inclusion 

and Exclusion \ Cross-Cultural Issues \ Researching E-Learning 

READERSHIP 

Graduate students and researchers wanting to gain an insight into the 

direction of research in e-learning and education and the Internet 

2011 • 272 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-470-5) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-471-2) • £23.99 

ARTS BASED RESEARCH 

Tom Barone Arizona State University 

and Elliot W Eisner Stanford University 

This text provides a framework for 

broadening the domain of qualitative inquiry 

in the social sciences by incorporating the 

arts as a means of better understanding 

- and rethinking - important social issues. 


What Is and What Is Not Arts-Based Research? \ Why 

Do Arts-Based Research? \ Arts-Based Research Example 

I: 'Notes from a Marine Biologist's Daughter' \ Yes, But Is It Research? \ 

Who Can Do Arts-Based Research? \ Who Can Be the Audience for Arts- 

Based Research? \ Arts-Based Research Example II: 'Broken and Buried in 

Arkansas' \ Can Arts-Based Research Be Fictive? \ How Might Arts-Based 

Research Be Both Political and Ethical? \ Arts-Based Research Example III: 

'Ways of Being at Risk' \ What Are Some Criteria for Assessing Arts-Based 

Research? \ Is There a Place for Theory in Arts-Based Research? \ What Are 

Some Fundamental Ideas from Arts-Based Research? 

READERSHIP 

Social science researchers and practitioners 

2011 • 208 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8247-4) • £28.99 

Research 

73

Research 

USING MIXED METHODS 

Frameworks for an Integrated 

methodology 

David Plowright University of Hull 

Providing an opportunity to develop an 

understanding of how to use an integrated 

methodology, this book clearly helps readers 

understand how to approach research. 

2010 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-107-9) • £79.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-108-6) • £25.99 


OF MIXED METHODS IN 

SOCIAL & BEHAVIORAL 

RESEARCH 


Edited by Abbas Tashakkori University 

of North Texas and Charles Teddlie 

Louisiana State University 

Surveying the differing viewpoints and 

disciplinary approaches to using mixed 

methods, this volume helps the reader explore 

the answers to a wide range of key questions in the field. 

2010 • 912 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-7266-6) • £95.00 

QUALITATIVE 

RESEARCHING 


Jennifer mason University 

of Manchester 

Bridging the gap between 'cookbook' 

approaches to qualitative research and theory, 

this edition includes expanded coverage 

of observation, documents, visual data, 

CAQDAS and writing up qualitative research. 

2002 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-0-7619-7427-7) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-7619-7428-4) • £25.99 

QUALITATIVE 

RESEARCH PRACTICE 

A guide for Social Science 

Students and Researchers 

Edited by Jane Ritchie and Jane 

Lewis both at National Centre for Social 

Research, London 

In this excellent introduction to the 

theoretical, methodological and practical 

issues of qualitative research, the 

authors deal with issues at all stages in 

qualitative research 

2003 • 336 pages 

Cloth (978-0-7619-7109-2) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-7619-7110-8) • £26.99 


IN EDUCATION 

A User's guide 

Third Edition 

marilyn Lichtman Virginia Tech 

Qualitative Research in Education 

is a core textbook for graduate courses 

in educational research. As with previous 

editions, the Third Edition provides readers with a 

blend of practical and theoretical information. The use of real-world 

examples and illustrations helps users grasp abstract ideas and 

apply them to their research. 

New to the Third Edition: 

• a new chapter on the use of social media for data collection, 

analysis, retrieval and collaboration 

• expanded chapter on data analysis to include an emphasis on 

thematic analysis and narrative approaches 

• 'Did You Know' sections have been updated to reflect 

current trends 

• updated references in each chapter target the most recent key 

writing and examples. 


PART ONE: TRADITIONS AND INFLUENCES \ Introduction and Overview 

of the Field \ Learning How to Be a Qualitative Researcher \ Ethical Issues 

in Qualitative Research \ Designing Your Research: Five Popular Research 

Approaches \ Designing Your Research: Additional Research Approaches \ 

PART TWO: GATHERING, ORGANIZING AND ANALYZING \ Social Media, the 

Internet and Technology \ Embarking on Qualitative Research \ Reflexivity and 

Subjectivity \ The Role and Function of a Literature Review \ Learning about 

Others Through Interviewing \ Learning about Others Through Observations 

and Other Techniques \ PART THREE: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER \ Making 

Meaning from Your Data \ Communicating Your Ideas \ Judging and Evaluating 

\ Thinking about the Future 

READERSHIP 

Graduate researchers in education 


Paper (978-1-4129-9532-0) • £31.99 

DESIGNING 

QUALITATIVE 

RESEARCH 

Fifth Edition 

Catherine marshall University of North 

Carolina and gretchen B Rossman 

University of Massachusetts 

The Fifth Edition addresses the advances 

and challenges presented by developments and 

applications and provides pragmatic guidance for developing and 

successfully defending proposals for qualitative inquiry. 

2010 • 344 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7044-0) • £35.99 


QUALITATIVE INQUIRY 

AND RESEARCH DESIGN 

Choosing Among Five 

Approaches 

Third Edition 

John W Creswell University of 

Nebraska, Lincoln 

Like the bestselling previous editions, 

this Third Edition of Qualitative Inquiry and 

Research Design explores the philosophical underpinnings, history 

and key elements of each of the five qualitative inquiry traditions: 

• narrative research 

• phenomenology 

• grounded theory 

• ethnography 

• case study. 


Philosophical Assumptions and Interpretive Frameworks \ Designing a 

Qualitative Study \ Five Qualitative Approaches to Inquiry \ Five Different 

Qualitative Studies \ Introducing and Focusing the Study \ Data Collection \ 

Data Analysis and Representation \ Writing a Qualitative Study \ Standards of 

Validation and Reliability in Qualitative Research \ 'Turning the Story' 

READERSHIP 

Advanced undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in 

introductory qualitative research methods across the social, behavioural 

and health sciences 

May 2012 • 464 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-9531-3) • £62.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-9530-6) • £39.99 


AND THEORY 

DEVELOPMENT 

mystery as method 

mats Alvesson Lund University 

and Dan Karreman Copenhagen 

Business School 

Empirical data is one of the cornerstones 

of knowledge in the social sciences and yet the 

researcher often takes it for granted, reserving his or her imaginative 

faculties for finding a theory that 'fits the data'. This revealing account 

of the theory-data relationship calls this faith in data into question 

and establishes a reflexive framework and vocabulary to explore the 

creative, political and philosophical elements of data production. 


The Use of Empirical Material for Theory Development \ The Role of 

Constructions and Language in Empirical Research \ Key Methodological 

Principles for Detecting Mysteries \ A Methodology of Sorts for Theorizing 

from Empirical Material \ Illustrating the Development and Resolution of 

Mysteries \ Fieldwork Techniques and Mystery Creation \ Research Guided 

or Assisted by Mystery? 

READERSHIP 

Social science students and researchers 

2011 • 144 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-323-0) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-324-7) • £24.99 


TEACHING 

QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

getting the Basics Right 

Edited by geoff Payne Newcastle 

University and malcolm Williams 

University of Cardiff 

This exciting collection clearly lays out 

the problems, strategies and resources 

associated with the teaching of quantitative 

methods in modern universities. Addressing the 

perceived 'crisis of number' in a practical and fresh way, it sets out 

dynamic new approaches to teaching quantitative methods. Experts 

from across the social sciences provide a wide range of authoritative 

insights and useful illustrations of strategies and resources designed 

to help overcome this 'crisis of number'. Each chapter reflects the 

diversity of approaches within the social sciences, making this an 

interdisciplinary addition to the subject. 


Introduction: The 'Crisis of Number' \ Mapping the Academic Landscape 

of Quantitative Methods \ Best Practices in Quantitative Methods Teaching 

\ The Place of Quantification in the Professional Training of Sociologists 

\ Challenges and Opportunities for Developing Teaching in Quantitative 

Methods \ How to Teach the Reluctant and Terrified to Love Statistics \ 

Improving the Teaching of Quantitative Methods to Undergraduate Social 

Scientists \ Increasing Secondary Analysis in Undergraduate Dissertations \ 

Mathematics for Economics \ Jorum \ The Problem, Strategies and Resources 

in Teaching Quantitative Methods 

READERSHIP 

Lecturers and social science students involved with teaching and studying 

quantitative research methods 

2011 • 200 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-000-3) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-001-0) • £23.99 

DOING QUANTITATIVE 

RESEARCH IN EDUCATION 

WITH SPSS 


Daniel muijs University of Southampton 

A concise, easy to read and authoritative 

overview of all the key quantitative techniques 

with a bias towards education research. 

2010 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-323-4) • £78.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-324-1) • £25.99 

STATISTICS FOR PEOPLE 

WHO (THINK THEY) 

HATE STATISTICS 


Neil J Salkind University of Kansas 

This bestseller continues to help instructors 

teach an often intimidating and difficult 

subject in a way that is informative, 

personable, and clear. 

2010 • 472 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7959-7) • £38.99 

Research 

75

Research 

USING NARRATIVE 

IN RESEARCH 

Christine Bold Liverpool 

Hope University 

Using Narrative in Research provides 

an accessible, easy-to-understand guide 

to the theory and practice of the use of 

narrative in research. Written with those 

new to narrative in mind, this book will 

enable readers to understand the origins of 

narrative traditions and to plan and carry out a narrative 

study of their own. The book examines: 

• how we design research projects with a narrative approach 

• ethics 

• narrative thinking 

• collecting narrative data 

• analyzing narrative data 

• representation in narrative analysis 

• reporting and writing up narrative research. 


Narrative Beginnings \ What Is Narrative? \ Designing Research Projects with 

a Narrative Approach \ Ethics and a Narrative Approach \ Narrative Thinking 

\ Collecting Narrative Data \ Analyzing Narrative Data \ Representative 

Constructions in Narrative Analysis \ Reporting Narrative Research 

READERSHIP 

Students, researchers and professionals wishing to use narrative methods 

in their research 


Cloth (978-1-84860-718-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-719-4) • £22.99 

USING STATISTICS 

TO MAKE EDUCATIONAL 

DECISIONS 

David Tanner California State 

University, Fresno 

This book is an accessible introduction to 

statistics written specifically for education 

students in the changing educational 

landscape. It presents a diverse array of 

education-specific examples and coverage to illuminate 

the ways in which educators can use statistics for effective decisionmaking. 

The integration of measurement concepts makes this text 

relevant in an age of standardized testing and offers students a 

preview of more advanced statistical topics. 


PART ONE: DEVELOPING A CONTEXT FOR STATISTICAL ANALYSIS \ A 

Context for Solving Quantitative Problems \ Describing Data \ PART TWO: 

PRESENTING DATA \ Data Distributions: Picturing Data \ Working with 

the Normal Curve: z Scores \ PART THREE: EXAMINING DIFFERENCES 

\ Probability and the Normal Distribution \ t for One, or Two \ Analysis of 

Variance \ ANOVA with More Than One Independent Variable: Factorial ANOVA 

\ Dependent Groups Tests for Interval Data \ PART FOUR: ASSOCIATION 

AND PREDICTION \ Correlation \ Regression with One Predictor \ Regression 

with More Than One Predictor \ PART FIVE: TESTS FOR NOMINAL AND 

ORDINAL DATA \ Some of the Chi-Square Tests \ Working with Ordinal, 

More or Less-Than Data \ PART SIX: TESTS, MEASUREMENT ISSUES AND 

SELECTED ADVANCED TOPICS \ Testing Issues \ A Brief Introduction to 

Selected Advanced Topics 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and graduate students in quantitative/statistical research and 

educational research courses 


Paper (978-1-4129-6977-2) • £52.00 

STATISTICS FOR THE 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 

gregory J Privitera 

St Bonaventure University 

This engaging introduction to statistics 

provides readers with a tool for learning 

about behaviour without requiring a strong 

background in research methods. 

The comprehensive, yet conversational text 

includes 'making sense' sections to help relate 

and explain material that is often difficult for students to comprehend. 

The book provides instructions for using SPSS statistical software 

in each chapter, with helpful examples and over 100 screen shots. 

Gregory J Privitera takes a user-friendly approach while balancing 

statistical theory, computation and application with the technical 

instruction needed for students to succeed in the modern era of 

data collection, analysis and statistical interpretation. 


SPSS Prefix \ Introduction to Statistics \ Why Summarize Data? \ Summarizing 

Data \ Summarizing Data \ Probability \ Probability and Normal Distributions 

\ Probability and Sampling Distributions \ Introduction to Hypothesis Testing 

\ Testing Means \ Testing Means \ Estimation and Confidence Intervals \ 

Analysis of Variance \ Analysis of Variance \ Analysis of Variance \ Correlation 

\ Linear Regression \ Nonparametric Tests \ Nonparametric Tests 

READERSHIP 

Students and researchers in psychology and the behavioural sciences 


Cloth (978-1-4129-6931-4) • £38.99 

RESEARCHING SOCIETY 

AND CULTURE 

Third Edition 

Edited by Clive Seale University 

of London 

This book is the perfect guide to the main 

social research methods in use today. The 

much anticipated Third Edition expands 

its coverage to provide an authoritative 

introduction to all of the social research methods used 

to analyze qualitative and quantitative data. Written by internationally 

renowned experts, every chapter is packed with real-world examples, 

student-friendly learning aids and helpful practical tips. Highlights 

of this edition include: 

• new chapters covering: research design; sampling; structured 

data collection; preparing data for statistical analysis; coding 

and analyzing qualitative data; narrative analysis and interpretive 

phenomenological analysis (IPA); giving oral presentations; writing 

a research report and content; and comparative keyword analysis 

• a much-expanded glossary now boasting more than 500 definitions 

• a remodelled and expanded website containing lecturer 

PowerPoint slides, extra chapters not included in the book and 

downloadable journal articles. 


PART ONE: STARTING OUT \ PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH \ PART THREE: 

WRITING, PRESENTING, REFLECTING 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students across the social sciences 


Cloth (978-1-84920-798-0) • £85.99 

Paper (978-1-84920-799-7) • £27.99 


THEORY AND METHODS IN 

SOCIAL RESEARCH 


Edited by Bridget Somekh Manchester 

Metropolitan University and University 

of Canterbury, New Zealand and 

Cathy Lewin 

Praise for the First Edition: 

This work affords a concise overview of 

qualitative and quantitative methodologies in the social 

science.... Highly recommended 


- R V Labaree, University of 

Southern California, CHOICE 

This new edition provides a scholarly and readable introduction to 

all the key qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and 

methods, enabling postgraduate and masters-level students as well 

as new researchers to reflect on which ones suit their needs. 

With chapters written by experienced research practitioners, this 

Second Edition has been extensively expanded and updated. There 

are seven completely new chapters, as well as: 

• new material on literature reviews 

• a new introduction to quantitative methods 

• an expanded glossary 

• free access to a wide range of peer-reviewed journal articles 

• an annotated bibliography with conversational notes from authors 

in each chapter. 


PART ONE: READING, REVIEWING AND REFLECTING \ PART TWO: 

LISTENING, EXPLORING THE CASE AND THEORIZING \ PART THREE: 

ADDRESSING ISSUES OF POWER AND RESEARCHING FOR IMPACT \ PART 

FOUR: OBSERVING, QUERYING, INTERPRETING \ PART FIVE: IDENTITY, 

COMMUNITY AND REPRESENTATION \ PART SIX: QUANTITATIVE METHODS: 

THEORIES AND PERSPECTIVES \ PART SEVEN: QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

IN ACTION \ PART EIGHT: RESEARCHING IN POSTMODERN CONTEXTS 

READERSHIP 

Postgraduate and masters-level students and researchers across the 

social sciences 

2011 • 368 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-014-1) • £75.00 

DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE 

RESEARCH PROPOSALS 


Keith F Punch University of 

Western Australia 

Keith F Punch's update of his indispensable 

guide includes: expanded sections 

covering research strategy, research 

planning and academic writing; examples 

of successful research proposals from 

across the social science disciplines; and 

a more comprehensive discussion of ethics. 

2006 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-2125-1) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-2126-8) • £23.99 

Four-Volume Set 

ETHNOGRAPHIC 

METHODS IN 

EDUCATION 

Edited by Sara Delamont 

Cardiff University 

This collection demonstrates the long 

and fascinating history of the use of 

ethnographic research methods to study educational 

settings and issues. It maps the strengths and weaknesses of 

ethnography in contemporary educational research and explores 

the major controversies surrounding educational ethnography. 

The theoretical roots of and key figures in ethnographic research 

done by anthropologists, sociologists and others, are central to 

the volumes, which brings together often isolated and disparate 

research traditions so that readers can compare and contrast their 

strengths and weaknesses. 

Volume One: Contexts and Theories 

Volume Two: Educational Settings 

Volume Three: Educational Contents - Knowledge and Power 

Volume Four: Participants in Education - Pupils, Students, 

Teachers, Lecturers 

SAgE BENCHmARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH mETHODS 


Cloth (978-1-84920-732-4) • £600.00 


QUALITATIVE 

RESEARCH 

METHODS IN 

EDUCATION 

Edited by Harry Torrance Manchester 


This collection of seminal articles is a major resource 

in the developing field of qualitative research and illustrates how these 

methods contribute in the comprehension of educational issues. 


2010 • 1680 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-207-6) • £600.00 

QUANTITATIVE 

RESEARCH IN 

EDUCATION 


Edited by Stephen gorard University 

of Birmingham 

This major work captures cutting-edge 

and seminal practice from around the 

world in quantitative research in education. 

It encompasses innovations in survey and 

experimental research and showcases the 

methodological side of such innovations alongside 

substantive issues in education itself. 


2008 • 1208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-327-9) • £450.00 

Research / Reference 

77

Reference 


OF ACTION RESEARCH 

Participative Inquiry and Practice 


Edited by Peter Reason University of 

Bath and Hilary Bradbury University of 

Southern California College 

The SAgE Handbook of Action Research 

has been completely updated to bring chapters in 

line with the latest research approaches in this field of social inquiry. 

2007 • 752 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-2029-2) • £95.00 


FOR RESEARCH 

IN EDUCATION 

Pursuing Ideas as the Keystone 

of Exemplary Inquiry 


Edited by Clifton Conrad and Ronald 

C Serlin both at University of Wisconsin, 

Madison 

The SAgE Handbook for Research in Education draws on diverse 

perspectives - traditional, contemporary and emerging - that promote 

the engagement of meaningful ideas and problems, as well as the 

enrichment of inquiry in the field of education. The text incorporates 

the voices of scholars representing not only diverse fields within and 

outside of education, but also quantitative, qualitative and mixed 

method approaches. 

New to the Second Edition: 

• the Handbook has been re-conceptualized into three parts: 

exploring ideas; pursuing and sharing ideas; and engaging ideas 

• part two has been completely revised to include new chapters 

focused on formulating meaningful problems 

• eleven new chapters have been added on topics including: 

developing and framing meaningful problems; reviewing literature 

and formulating problems; research design in qualitative/ 

quantitative/mixed methods; integrating education inquiry 

across research traditions; writing, voicing and disseminating 

research; using historical methods; appropriate scaffolds for new 

researchers; conducting research on leadership and change in 

education; and the arc of research 

• chapters by the following scholars have been added: Laura 

Dunek, Marybeth Gasman, Michael R Harwell, Erica Rosenfield 

Halverson, Richard Halverson, Elfrieda H Hiebert, Carolyn Kelly, 

Karen Seashore Louis, Ronald C Serlin, and William G Tierney. 


PART ONE: EXPLORING IDEAS: EMBRACING INQUIRY AND THE CRAFT 

OF FRAMING MEANINGFUL PROBLEMS \ PART TWO: PURSUING AND 

SHARING IDEAS: THE DESIGN AND CONDUCT OF INQUIRY AND THE 

COMMUNICATION OF RESULTS \ PART THREE: ENGAGING IDEAS: 

REFLECTIONS OF SCHOLARS 

READERSHIP 

Educational researchers 

2011 • 528 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-8000-5) • £94.00 


OF VISUAL RESEARCH 

METHODS 

Edited by Eric margolis Arizona State 

University and Luc Pauwels University 

of Antwerp 

This book captures the state of the art 

in visual research. Eric Margolis and Luc 

Pauwels have brought together, in one volume, 

a unique survey of the field of visual research that will 

be essential reading for scholars and students across the social 

sciences, arts and humanities. The SAgE Handbook of Visual 

Research methods encompasses the breadth and depth of the 

field, and points the way to future research possibilities. It illustrates 

cutting-edge as well as long-standing and recognized practices. 

This book is not only 'about' research, it is also an example of the 

way that the visual can be incorporated into data collection and the 

presentation of research findings. Chapters describe a methodology 

or analytical framework, its strengths and limitations, possible fields 

of application and practical guidelines on how to apply the method 

or technique. 


PART ONE: FRAMING THE FIELD OF VISUAL RESEARCH \ PART TWO: 

PRODUCING VISUAL DATA AND INSIGHT \ PART THREE: PARTICIPATORY 

AND SUBJECT-CENTERED APPROACHES \ PART FOUR: ANALYTICAL 

FRAMEWORKS AND APPROACHES \ PART FIVE: VISUALIZATION 

TECHNOLOGIES AND PRACTICES \ PART SIX: MOVING BEYOND 

THE VISUAL \ PART SEVEN: OPTIONS AND ISSUES FOR USING AND 

PRESENTING VISUAL RESEARCH 

READERSHIP 

Academics, researchers and graduate students across the social sciences 

and humanities 

2011 • 776 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-556-3) • £95.00 

RESEARCHING 

YOUNG PEOPLE 


Edited by Amanda Coffey and Tom Hall 

both at University of Cardiff 

This collection brings together key 

contributions to the social scientific study 

of young people's lives and experiences. It 

addresses the methodological and empirical 

challenges of undertaking research with and about 

young people and provides opportunities to compare the data, 

analyses and theoretical contribution of different methodological 

approaches. The overarching theme of the collection is 

methodological - exemplifying the different ways of engaging with 

young people as a field of study. 

Some of the topics covered include: education, training and labour 

markets; geographies, space and place; family, health and wellbeing; 

and democracy, participation and engagement. 

Volume One: Journeys 

Volume Two: Engagements 

Volume Three: Identities 


2011 • 1224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-774-3) • £450.00 


SAGE HANDBOOK OF 

DIGITAL DISSERTATIONS 

AND THESES 

Edited by Richard Andrews Institute 

of Education University of London , Erik 

Borg Coventry University , Stephen 

Boyd Davis Royal College of Art , myrrh 

Domingo New York University and Jude 

England British Library 

This Handbook sets out the processes and products of 

'digital' research. It is a theoretical and practical guide on how to 

undertake and navigate advanced research in the arts, humanities 

and social sciences. 

Topics covered include: 

• how to make research more accessible 

• the use of search engines and other sources to determine the 

scope of work 

• research training for students 

• what will theses, dissertations and research reports look like in 

ten years' time? 

• the storing and archiving of such research 

• ethics and methodologies in the field 

• intercultural issues. 

The editors focus on advances in arts and practice-based 

doctorates, and their application in other fields and disciplines. 

The contributions chart new territory for universities, research 

project directors, supervisors and research students regarding the 

nature and format of masters and doctoral work, as well as research 

projects. 


Institutional Perspectives \ Student Perspectives \ Ethical and Intercultural 

Issues \ Multimodality, Including the Representation and Presentations 

of Theses/Dissertations and Research Projects \ Archiving, Storage and 

Accessibility in the Digital Age \ Research Methods 




LITERACY 

Edited by Kate Pahl University of 

Sheffield and Jennifer Rowsell Brock 

University, Canada 

Featuring key discussions and debates 

about the application of particular methods 

within the field, this collection draws on 

multiple methodological approaches and diverse 

theoretical perspectives. 

Volume One: Early Literacy in the Home 

Volume Two: Early Literacy and Interventions 

Volume Three: Early Literacy and the Socio-Cultural Turn 

Volume Four: New Directions in Early Literacy Policy 

and Practice 

The various studies represented under these headings have been 

carefully chosen for their historical influence and their representation 

of the diversity of perspectives that constitutes the discipline. They 

illustrate the origins of the field and include key methods for early 

literacy research. 

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL THOUgHT & PRACTICE 


Cloth (978-0-85702-977-5) • £600.00 

READERSHIP 

Researchers, supervisors and administrators 

May 2012 • 542 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-739-9) • £95.00 EARLY CHILDHOOD 


LITERACY 

TEACHING AND 

EDUCATION 

Edited by Dominic Wyse Institute of 

Education, University of London 

Dominic Wyse, a leading scholar in literacy, 

curriculum and pedagogy, has distilled the 

significant body of knowledge in this vital area of 

research, policy and practice into a four-volume collection. A feature 

that unifies this major work is the idea of contextualized teaching 

shown by research to be most effective. 

Volume One: The Foundations of Language and Literacy 

Volume Two: Reading 

Volume Three: Writing 

Volume Four: Teaching English: Implications for Policy 



Cloth (978-0-85702-507-4) • £600.00 


EDUCATION 

Edited by Iram Siraj-Blatchford and 

Aziza mayo both at University of London 

Early years and early childhood is a vibrant 

area of educational practice. The field is 

continually developing and is faced with 

contemporary advances, challenges and 

debates in terms of theories, research and practice. 

This collection, compiled by Iram Siraj-Blatchford, one of the most 

influential researchers in early years education, and Aziza Mayo, 

an emerging expert, provides an authoritative overview of early 

years education. 

Volume One: Foundational and Contemporary Thought on 

Young Children, Home and Society 

Volume Two: Implications for Early Childhood Curriculum and 

Pedagogy 

Volume Three: Early Childhood Programmes, Social mobility 

and Social Justice 

Volume Four: Current Debates in Early Childhood Education 

Research 



Cloth (978-1-84920-737-9) • £600.00 

Reference 

79

Reference 

DEBATING ISSUES IN AMERICAN EDUCATION 

A SAgE Reference Set 

Edited by Charles J Russo University of Dayton 

This issues-based reference set on education in the United States, from the editor of Encyclopedia of Law and Higher Education and 

Encyclopedia of Education Law, tackles broad, contentious topics that have prompted debate and discussion within the education 

community. The volumes focus on pre-school through secondary education and explores prominent and perennially important debates. 

This set is an essential reference resource for undergraduate students within schools of education and related fields, including educational 

administration, educational psychology, school psychology, human development and more. 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8978-7) • £550.00 

TECHNOLOGY IN SCHOOLS 

Edited by Kevin P Brady North Carolina 



Cloth (978-1-4129-8759-2) • £55.00 

CURRICULUM AND 

INSTRUCTION 

Edited by A Jonathan Eakle The John 

Hopkins University 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8808-7) • £55.00 

SCHOOL DISCIPLINE 

AND SAFETY 

Edited by Suzanne E Eckes Indiana 

University, Bloomington and Charles J 

Russo University of Dayton 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8756-1) • £55.00 

SCHOOL GOVERNANCE 

Edited by Richard C Hunter University of 

Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and Bahrain 

Teachers College, University of Bahrain, 

Kingdom of Bahrain , Frank Brown 

University of North Carolina at Chapel 

Hill and Saran N Donahoo Southern 

Illinois University Carbondale 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8765-3) • £55.00 

STANDARDS AND 

ACCOUNTABILITY 

IN SCHOOLS 

Edited by Thomas J Lasley University 

of Dayton 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8766-0) • £55.00 

ALTERNATIVE SCHOOLING 

AND SCHOOL CHOICE 

Edited by Allan g Osborne Jr Snug 

Harbor Community School (Retired), 

Quincy, Massachusetts , Charles J Russo 

University of Dayton and gerald m Cattaro 

Fordham University 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8795-0) • £45.00 

RELIGION IN 

SCHOOLS 

Edited by Charles J Russo University 

of Dayton 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8775-2) • £55.00 

SCHOOL LAW 

Edited by Charles J Russo University 

of Dayton 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8758-5) • £55.00 

SCHOOL FINANCE 

Edited by William E Thro Christopher 

Newport University 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8757-8) • £55.00 


ENCYCLOPEDIA 

OF CURRICULUM 

STUDIES 

Two-Volume Set 

Edited by Craig Kridel University of 

Southern Carolina 

The Encyclopedia of Curriculum Studies 

provides an introduction to the academic 

field of curriculum studies for the scholar, student, 

teacher and administrator. It informs and introduces terms, events, 

documents, biographies and concepts to assist the reader in 

understanding aspects of this rapidly changing field of study. 

2010 • 1064 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-5883-7) • £195.00 

GREEN EDUCATION 

An A-to-Z guide 

Edited by Julie Newman Yale University 

This seventh volume in the SAGE 

Series on Green Society explores the 

environmental movement's proliferation 

in the field of education, from elementary 

school classroom efforts to the university 

curriculum to building sustainable 

campuses. Focusing on the critical role 

of education in building a sustainable 

future, approximately 150 signed entries, 

written by scholars and experts in a variety 

of disciplines, examine school and college courses 

in green education, the structures of educational institutions, the 

challenges of reducing their ecological footprint, administrative 

policies, green campus organizations, and student and faculty 

participation. Pedagogical elements in the front and back-matter 

include a reader's guide, a glossary of relevant terms, a resource 

guide to further readings, an appendix of primary documents and a 

thorough index, all of which comprise an outstanding reference for 

academic and public libraries presented in both print and electronic 

formats to enhance accessibility. 

THE SAgE REFERENCE SERIES ON gREEN SOCIETY 

2011 • 544 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-9686-0) • £70.00 


INCLUSION AND 

DIVERSITY IN 

EDUCATION 

Edited by Peter P Hick Manchester 

Metropolitan University and gary 

Thomas University of Birmingham 

This four-volume set brings together 

seminal articles and key writings on 

the theme of inclusion and diversity in 

education. The collection takes disability and 

special educational needs as a starting point from 

which to develop a broader focus on a range of themes relating to 

learners who may be marginalized from educational opportunities. 


2008 • 1770 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4709-1) • £600.00 


Five-Volume Set 

SAGE DIRECTIONS 

IN EDUCATIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Edited by Neil J Salkind University 

of Kansas 

Drawing extensively on high-quality content 

published in SAGE journals, Neil Salkind has 

pulled together a collection of almost 100 articles to 

be the definitive research resource on education psychology. 


2010 • 2064 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-178-6) • £750.00 


EDUCATIONAL 


ADMINISTRATION 

Edited by Fenwick W English University 

of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 

This book makes a real contribution to 

focusing scholars' attention of this key field 

on its relevant past and possible future, 

and is drawn from the broad perspectives 

of behaviourism, structuralism, critical theory 

and postmodernism. 


2009 • 1768 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-564-8) • £600.00 

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF 

INTERNATIONAL HIGHER 

EDUCATION 

Edited by Darla K Deardorff , Hans de 

Wit , Tony Adams and John Heyl 

The SAgE Handbook of International 

Higher Education examines the 

internationalization of higher education 

from a marginal to a core dimension of higher 

education worldwide. 


Contextual, Conceptual and Historical Frameworks \ Strategic Dimensions 

in International Higher Education \ Internationalization at Home \ 

Internationalization Abroad \ The Future of International Higher Education 

READERSHIP 

Education researchers and scholars 


Cloth (978-1-4129-9921-2) • £95.00 

Reference 

81

Reference 


OF DEVELOPMENTAL 

DISORDERS 

Edited by Patricia Howlin Institute of 

Psychiatry, King's College, London , Tony 

Charman Institute of Education, London 

and mohammad ghaziuddin University 

of Michigan, Ann Arbor 

Reflecting the enormous changes that have 

taken place in our knowledge and understanding of 

developmental disorders, this groundbreaking, international volume 

brings this vast and complex field together for the first time. The 

editors have collected together the world's leading academic 

scholars and clinicians to explore how current research across a 

range of different disciplines can inform clinical practice and help 

to improve the lives of individuals and their families. 


PART ONE: OVERVIEW \ PART TWO: DISORDERS WITH A KNOWN 

GENETIC CAUSE \ \ PART THREE: DISORDERS WITH COMPLEX OR AS 

YET UNKNOWN CAUSES \ PART FOUR: ENVIRONMENTALLY INDUCED 

DISORDERS 

READERSHIP 

Academics, researchers, clinicians and advanced students involved in the 

study of developmental disorders, includng those in clinical psychology, 

child psychiatry, child mental health, child genetics and pediatrics, speech 

language pathology, developmental disabilities and special education 

2011 • 592 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4486-1) • £95.00 


OF EDUCATIONAL 

LEADERSHIP 

Advances in Theory, Research 

and Practice 


Edited by Fenwick W English University 

of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 

This fully updated Second Edition of 

The SAgE Handbook of Educational 

Leadership offers an unflinching and 

comprehensive overview of the full range of both practical and 

theoretical issues facing educational leadership today. 

Fenwick W English and 30 renowned authors boldly address the 

most fundamental and contested issues in the field including: 

culturally relevant and distributed leadership; critical policy and 

practice issues; predicting the new century's conflict; the paradox 

of changes; and the promises, paradoxes, and pitfalls of standards 

for educational leaders. 


PART ONE: MULTIPLE LENSES OF DEMOCRATIC LEADERSHIP \ 

PART TWO: MANAGEMENT, ORGANIZATION AND LAW \ PART THREE: 

EDUCATIONAL POLITICS AND POLICY: CREATING EFFECTIVE, EQUITABLE 

AND DEMOCRATIC SCHOOLS \ PART FOUR: THEORIES OF LEADERSHIP: 

RESEARCH PROBLEMS AND PRACTICES \ PART FIVE: THE MICROPOLITICS 

OF SCHOOL LEADERSHIP 

READERSHIP 

Those studying and researching educational leadership 

2011 • 472 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-8002-9) • £95.00 

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF 

DIVERSITY IN EDUCATION 


Edited by James A Banks University 

of Washington 

With 695 signed entries with crossreferences 

and recommended readings, 

the Encyclopedia of Diversity in 

Education , in both print and electronic 

formats, presents research and statistics, case studies 

and best practices, policies and programmes at pre- and postsecondary 

levels. Diversity is a worldwide phenomenon, and while 

most of the entries in the Encyclopedia focus on the United States, 

diversity issues and developments in nations around the world, 

including the United States, are intricately connected. 

Key themes include: 

• concepts, theories and definitions of diversity 

• demographics and the changing American landscape 

• racial and ethnic diversity 

• gender and sexual orientation 

• socioeconomic status 

• language, culture and linguistic diversity 

• exceptionality 

• religion in society and schools 

• immigration, migration and national identity. 

READERSHIP 

Academics and students interested in diversity and the sociology of education 

July 2012 • 2584 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-8152-1) • £385.00 

Special Introductory Offer: £325.00 

HANDBOOK OF 

YOUTH MENTORING 


Edited by David L Dubois University of 

Illinois, Chicago and michael J Karcher 

University of Texas at San Antonio 

The definitive Handbook of Youth 

mentoring is a state-of-the art compilation 

of the research, practice and application of 

best practices in the field of youth mentoring. The First 

Edition won the award by the SRA for the best edited book, and the 

new Second Edition increases its focus on practical application 

and implementation of best practices. This edition includes several 

new chapters on emerging areas of research and practice, such as: 

• developmental issues in mentoring 

• social class 

• electronic mentoring and media 

• mental-health problems and special needs 

• mentoring immigrant youth. 


PART ONE: FRAMEWORKS AND FOUNDATIONS \ PART TWO: MENTORING 

RELATIONSHIPS \ PART THREE: CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES \ PART FOUR: 

PROGRAMS AND CONTEXTS \ PART FIVE: SPECIAL POPULATIONS \ PART 

SIX: PRACTICE AND PROGRAMMATIC CONSIDERATIONS 

READERSHIP 

Researchers and practitioners in the field of adolescent development 

and mentoring 

THE SAgE PROgRAm ON APPLIED DEVELOPmENTAL SCIENCE 


Cloth (978-1-4129-8013-5) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-8014-2) • £58.00 


SAGE HANDBOOK OF 

MENTORING AND 

COACHING IN EDUCATION 

Edited by Sarah Fletcher Independent 

Consultant and Carol A mullen 

University of North Carolina 

at Greensboro 

This Handbook is a leading source of 

ideas and information. It covers national and 

international research on schools, higher education and 

disciplines within and beyond education. Unique in its coverage, 

it features comprehensive coverage of coaching and mentoring 

in educational settings from a range of international contributors. 


PART ONE: THEORIES OF MENTORING AND COACHING \ PART TWO: 

SKILLS, VALUES AND UNDERSTANDINGS \ PART THREE: CULTURALLY 

BASED CONCEPTS \ PART FOUR: SCHOOL CONTEXTS \ PART FIVE: ADULT 

AND HIGHER EDUCATION CONTEXTS \ PART SIX: INCLUSION \ PART 

SEVEN: RESEARCH ISSUES 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners, researchers, educators and policy makers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-753-5) • £95.00 

THE HANDBOOK FOR 

TEACHING LEADERSHIP 

Knowing, Doing and Being 

Edited by Scott Snook , Nitin 

Nohria and Rakesh Khurana all at 

Harvard University 

Bringing together leading international 

scholars from across disciplines for 

the dual purpose of chronicling the 

current state of leadership education 

and establishing a solid foundation upon 

which to grow the field, this text explores 

approaches to teaching leadership, the conceptual, 

theoretical and disciplinary roots upon which these approaches are 

based, and the inherent strengths and weaknesses of each approach. 

READERSHIP 

Leadership instructors from across the social sciences 


Cloth (978-1-4129-9094-3) • £78.00 

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF 

WORKPLACE LEARNING 

Edited by margaret malloch Victoria 

University , Len Cairns Monash 

University , Karen Evans University 

of London and Bridget N O'Connor 

University of New York 

Through the analysis of theory, research 

and practice, the Handbook provides 

the reader with a clear, global picture of 

workplace learning. 

2010 • 504 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-589-1) • £95.00 



OF LEADERSHIP 

Edited by Alan Bryman University of 

Leicester , David Collinson Lancaster 

University , Keith grint University of 

Warwick , Brad Jackson University of 

Auckland and mary Uhl-Bien University 

of Nebraska, Lincoln 

From the history of leadership studies, 

to the newest, emerging perspectives, the 

breadth and depth of this collection is truly astounding. This 

handbook should be on every leadership scholar's bookshelf. 

- Ronald E Riggio, Henry R Kravis Professor of 

Leadership and Organizational Psychology, Kravis 

Leadership Institute, Claremont MzcKenna College 

Apart from being vast, the leadership literature is varied, 

fragmented and sometimes conflictual. The delight of this 

collection is that such diversity - of disciplinary perspectives, 

of research designs, of empirical findings and prognosis - 

has been retained, and yet it is all in one book! 

- Chris Mabey, Director of the Centre for Leadership at 

the University of Birmingham 

Leadership pervades every aspect of organizational and social 

life, and its study has never been more diverse, nor more fertile. 

With contributions from those who have defined the territory, this 

volume is not only a key point of reference for researchers, students 

and practitioners, but also an agenda-setting prospective and 

retrospective look at the state of leadership in the twenty-first century 


PART ONE: OVERVIEW PERSPECTIVES \ PART TWO: MACRO AND 

SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES \ PART THREE: POLITICAL AND 

PHILOSOPHICAL PERSPECTIVES \ PART FOUR: PSYCHOLOGICAL 

PERSPECTIVES \ PART FIVE: EMERGING PERSPECTIVES 

READERSHIP 

Researchers, students and practitioners of leadership across disciplines 

2011 • 592 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-146-8) • £95.00 


FUNDAMENTALS 

OF HUMAN 

RESOURCE 

DEVELOPMENT 

Edited by David mcguire Texas A & M 

University , Thomas garavan University of 

Limerick and Larry m Dooley 

Well-renowned editors reflect the multidisciplinary focus of human 

resource development (HRD) by structuring this four-volume set around 

the role of HRD on the individual, group, organization and society. 

Part One: The Nature of HRD 

Part Two: Learning 

Part Three: Training and Development 

Part Four: Career Development 

Part Five: Organization Development 

Part Six: Identity and Diversity 

Part Seven: HRD in the global Context 

Part Eight: Researching HRD 

Part Nine: Conclusion 

SAgE LIBRARY IN BUSINESS AND mANAgEmENT 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0156-5) • £600.00 

Reference 

83

Reference 

ONLINE LEARNING 


Edited by michael Thomas University of 

Central Lancashire 

This publication provides among 

the best theorizing, research and 

implementation on online learning. 

Those who are new to technology in 

learning will find it a wonderful starting 

point. Those with extensive experience in 

online learning will find it to be an excellent foundation 

to revisit 

- George Siemens, Athabasca University, Canada 

Online Learning examines the influence of new technologies on 

online pedagogy and provides an authoritative synthesis of existing 

research in the field. It also investigates the direction of e-learning 

in the digital age. 

Part One: Professional Development and Training 

Part Two: Digital Pedagogies 

Part Three: Digital Literacies 

Part Four: New and Emerging Technologies 

Part Five: Online Assessment 


2011 • 1680 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-765-8) • £600.00 

THEORIES OF LEARNING 


Edited by David Scott University of London 

In recent years, research into theories of learning has been gaining 

momentum as a majorly significant academic pursuit, sending 

ripples of influence over the realm of the social sciences. Bringing 

together a wide-ranging selection of articles, written by elite of 

internationally-renowned scholars, this four-volume collection aims 

to provide an overview of the many theories of learning, from Aristotle 

to the present day. 

Editor David Scott presents a comprehensive exploration of the 

subject, ranging from theories to models of learning, and from 

relations with curriculum to resulting themes and issues. The work is 

carefully organized and structured with reference to Jerome Bruner’s 

model of learning; particularly in relation to Bruner’s distinction 

between symbol-processing and socio-cultural views of learning. 

Volume One: Philosophical, Sociological and Psychological 

Theories of Learning 

Volume Two: models of Learning 

Volume Three: Relations with Curriculum, 

Pedagogy and Assessment 

Volume Four: Themes and Issues 

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL THOUgHT AND PRACTICE 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0907-3) • £600.00 


SOCIAL THEORY AND 


mark murphy King's College London 

This exciting new major work turns the spotlight on social theory 

and education research, taking a look at key thinkers and setting out 

the relevance of their ideas to education. Mark Murphy provides a 

keen-eyed overview of the theories of Derrida, Bourdieu, Foucault 

and Habermas, in relation to four key education issues: 

• inequality, inclusion and education 

• identities: notions of educational selves and subjectivities 

• teaching and learning: Curricular and pedagogical practice 

• governance and management: performativity, audit cultures 

and accountability. 

While the influence of these thinkers has grown considerably over the 

last number of years, both their original work and its application to 

education can prove challenging to the educational practitioner. The 

main purpose of this collection, via an introductory contextualising 

chapter, is to provide a work that is both advanced and accessible, 

which will offer the education practitioner or researcher a suitable 

guide to assist their acquisition and application of social theory, and 

to develop the capacity of post-graduate student teachers to engage 

with these debates at an advanced level. 

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL THOUgHT AND PRACTICE 


Cloth (978-1-4462-5312-0) • £600.00 





Action Research 

http://arj.sagepub.com 

Active Learning in 

Higher Education 

http://alh.sagepub.com 

Adult Education Quarterly 

http://aeq.sagepub.com 

American Educational 

Research Journal 

http://aer.sagepub.com 

The Annals of the American 

Academy of Political 

and Social Science 

http://theannals.sagepub.com 

Arts and Humanities 

in Higher Education 

http://ahh.sagepub.com 

Assessment for Effective 

Intervention 

http://aei.sagepub.com 

Autism 

http://aut.sagepub.com 

British Journal of 

Visual Impairment 

http://jvi.sagepub.com 

Canadian Journal of 

School Psychology 

http://cjs.sagepub.com 

Career Development for 

Exceptional Individuals* 

http://cde.sagepub.com 


Child Language Teaching 

and Therapy 

http://clt.sagepub.com 

Communication 

Disorders Quarterly 

http://cdq.sagepub.com 

Community College Review 

http://crw.sagepub.com 

Contemporary 

Education Dialogue 

http://ced.sagepub.com 

Diogenes 

http://dio.sagepub.com 

Education and Urban Society 

http://eus.sagepub.com 

Education, Citizenship 

and Social Justice 

http://esj.sagepub.com 

Educational Administration 

Abstracts 

http://eaa.sagepub.com 

Educational Administration 

Quarterly 

http://eaq.sagepub.com 

Educational and 

Psychological Measurement 

http://epm.sagepub.com 

Educational Evaluation 

and Policy Analysis 

http://epa.sagepub.com 

*to be renamed ‘Career Development in Transition for Exceptional Individuals’ from May 2012 

Education 

Journals 2012 

Educational Management 

Administration & Leadership 

http://emal.sagepub.com 

Educational Policy 

http://epx.sagepub.com 

Educational Researcher 

http://edr.sagepub.com 

Ethnicities 

http://etn.sagepub.com 

European Physical 

Education Review 

http://epe.sagepub.com 

First Language 

http://fl a.sagepub.com 

Focus on Autism and Other 

Developmental Disabilities 

http://foa.sagepub.com 

Games and Culture 

http://games.sagepub.com 

General Music Today 

http://gmt.sagepub.com 

Gifted Child Quarterly 

http://gcq.sagepub.com 

Gifted Education International 

http://gei.sagepub.com 

Global Social Policy 

http://gsp.sagepub.com 

Improving Schools 

http://imp.sagepub.com 

International Journal 

of Bilingualism 

http://ijb.sagepub.com 

International Journal 

of Music Education 

http://ijme.sagepub.com 

Intervention in 

School and Clinic 

http://isc.sagepub.com 

Journal of Career 

Development 

http://jcd.sagepub.com 

Journal of Cases in 

Educational Leadership 

http://jcel.sagepub.com 

Journal of Disability 

Policy Studies 

http://dps.sagepub.com 

Journal of Early 

Childhood Literacy 

http://ecl.sagepub.com 

Journal of Early 

Childhood Research 

http://ecr.sagepub.com 

Journal of Early Intervention 

http://jei.sagepub.com 

Journal of Education for 

Sustainable Development 

http://jsd.sagepub.com 

Journal of Educational and 

Behavioral Statistics 

http://jeb.sagepub.com

Journals 

Journal of Emotional and 

Behavioral Disorders 

http://ebx.sagepub.com 

Journal of Hispanic 

Higher Education 

http://jhhe.sagepub.com 

Journal of Intellectual 

Disabilities 

http://jid.sagepub.com 

Journal of Learning 

Disabilities 

http://ldx.sagepub.com 

Journal of Literary Research 

http://jlr.sagepub.com 

Journal of Management 

Education 

http://jme.sagepub.com 

Journal of Music 

Teacher Education 

http://jmt.sagepub.com 

Journal of Planning 

Education and Research 

http://jper.sagepub.com 

Journal of Positive 

Behavior Interventions 

http://pbi.sagepub.com 

Journal of Psychoeducational 

Assessment 

http://jpa.sagepub.com 

Journal of Research in 

International Education 

http://jri.sagepub.com 

Journal of Research 

in Music Education 

http://jrm.sagepub.com 

Journal of Special Education 

http://sed.sagepub.com 

Journal of Studies in 

International Education 

http://jsie.sagepub.com 

Journal of Teacher Education 

http://jte.sagepub.com 

Journal of Transformative 

Education 

http://jted.sagepub.com 

Language Teaching Research 

http://ltr.sagepub.com 

Language Testing 

http://ltj.sagepub.com 

Management in Education 

http://mie.sagepub.com 

Management Learning 

http://mlq.sagepub.com 

Music Educators Journal 

http://mej.sagepub.com 

Musicae Scientiae 

http://msx.sagepub.com 

Journal of Research in Leadership Education 

http://jrle.sagepub.com 

Editors: gail Furman and michele Acker-Hocevar, Washington 


Gifted Education International 

http://gei.sagepub.com 

Editor: Belle Wallace, Director, TASC International, UK 

Adult Learning 

Editor: mary V. Alfred, Texas A&M University 

NASSP Bulletin 

http://bulletin.sagepub.com 

Psychology of Music 

http://pom.sagepub.com 

Public Understanding 

of Science 

http://pus.sagepub.com 

Qualitative Research 

http://qrj.sagepub.com 

Rehabilitation 

Counseling Bulletin 

http://rcb.sagepub.com 

RELC Journal 

http://rel.sagepub.com 

Remedial and Special 

Education 

http://rse.sagepub.com 

Research Studies in 

Music Education 

http://rsm.sagepub.com 

Review of Educational 

Research 

http://rer.sagepub.com 

Review of Research 

in Education 

http://rre.sagepub.com 

School Psychology 

International 

http://spi.sagepub.com 

Simulation & Gaming 

http://sag.sagepub.com 

Sociology 

http://soc.sagepub.com 

Teacher Education and 

Special Education 

http://tese.sagepub.com 

Teaching of Psychology 

http://top.sagepub.com 

Theory and Research 

in Education 

http://tre.sagepub.com 

Topics in Early Childhood 

Special Education 

http://tec.sagepub.com 

UPDATE: Applications of 

Research in Music Education 

http://upd.sagepub.com 

Urban Education 

http://urbaned.sagepub.com 

Visual Communication 

http://vcj.sagepub.com 

Word of Mouth 

http://wom.sagepub.com 

Young Exceptional Children 

http://yec.sagepub.com 

Learning Disability Quarterly 

Editors: Diane P. Bryant and Brian Bryant, The University of 

Texas at Austin 

Gifted Child Today 

Editor: Susan K. Johnsen, Baylor University 

Journal of Advanced Academics 

Editors: michael S. matthews, University of North Carolina at 

Charlotte, and matthew mcBee, East Tennessee State University 

Journal for the Education of the Gifted 

Editor: Tracy Cross, The College of William and Mary

SAGE Journals 

SAGE Journals, SAGE’s online journal delivery platform is supported by HighWire Press’ H2O 

technology. Search and browse more than 600 journals by discipline— including journals in business, 

humanities, social sciences, and science, technology, and medicine. 

SAGE Journals includes: 

• Journal and society branding – journal homepages 

include greater prominence of journal titles and 

association logos and names. 

• Browse, advanced search and alerting features 

– expanded discipline functionality across 40+ 

disciplines. 

• Abstract preview – mouse-over entries on table of 

contents and search results to view instant pop-up 

abstracts, without leaving the page. 

• Tag-along navigation – content feature options 

follow alongside as you scroll down the article page. 

http://online.sagepub.com 

Get started today! 

• Feature hideaway – author affiliations, related links, 

and other optional article functions can be expanded 

or hidden. Article enhancement preferences are 

remembered throughout the session. 

• Popular – articles list – list of the Most Viewed and 

Most Cited articles are readily available from all 

journal-site pages. 

• XML-based sites – provides a more agile, robust 

content architecture, hosted in industry-standard, 

NLM metadata format. 

• Portal home page that provides user-specific 

options for various types of visitors and a 

prominent search placement. 

Journals

Journals 

SAGE Premier 

Online access to 600+ SAGE journals in business, humanities, 

social sciences, and science, technology, and medicine… 

The SAGE Premier package includes leading international peer-reviewed titles, including high-impact 

research journals published on behalf of over 245 scholarly and professional societies. Our journals 

cover a wide range of subject areas, including business, humanities, social sciences, and science, 

technology, and medicine, allowing libraries to support the varied teaching and research needs of 

their students and faculty. 

SAGE Premier includes the following: 

• Access to 600+ SAGE journal titles, comprising over 300,000+ full-text articles 

• Access via SAGE Journals, SAGE’s online journal delivery platform, powered by HighWire Press, 

previous winner of the PSP Award for Excellence for Best Platform 

• Access to the backfile of each journal, dating back to 1999, while subscription is maintained 

For more information please visit www.sagepub.co.uk/sagepremier 

or contact librarysales@sagepub.co.uk 

http://online.sagepub.com

Overseas Offices and Distributors 

USA, Canada, Central and South America and 

The Caribbean 

SAGE Publications Inc 

2455 Teller Road, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320, USA 

T: +1 (0) 805 499 0721 F: +1 (0) 805 499 0871 

E: info@sagepub.com 

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka 

SAGE Publications India Private Ltd 

B 1 / I 1 Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area 

Mathura Road, New Delhi 110 044, India 

T: (91) 11 4053 9222 F: + (91) 11 4053 9234 

E: info@sagepub.in 

Overseas Representatives and Agents 

UNITED KINgDOm & IRELAND 

London, South East England, & East Anglia 

matthew Waters 

matthew.waters@sagepub.co.uk 

Wales, South West England & South Midlands 

Katharine Horton 

kate.horton@sagepub.co.uk 

Cumbria, North East England, Yorkshire, West & East Midlands 

New Territory Rep TBC 

sales@sagepub.co.uk 

AFRICA & ASIA 

CENTRAL AFRICA 

Tony Histed, SAGE, 

1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road,London EC1Y 1SP 

T: +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 F: +44 (0) 20 7324 8600 

E: tony.histed@sagepub.co.uk 

SOUTHERN AFRICA 

Academic Marketing Services 

PO Box 411738, Craighall 2024, South Africa 

T: +27 (0) 11 447 7441 F: +27 (0) 11 447 2314 

E: info@academicmarketing.co.za 

mIDDLE EAST & NORTH AFRICA 

Amin Al-Abini, 

Area Manager Middle East (ex Iran) and North Africa 

27 Melsa Project, Golf Area, Nasr City, Cairo 11341, Egypt 

T: +202 24170760/22906014 F: +202 22905812 

m: +2 012 211 4168 E: amin.al-abini@sagepub.co.uk 

mALAYSIA 

SAGE, Suite C-06-03, Block C, Plaza Mont Kiara 

2, Jalan Kiara, Mont Kiara, 

50480 Kuala Lumpur 

T: +60 3 6211 2512 F: +60 3 6203 9212 

E: sagebooks@sagepub.co.uk 

EUROPE 

EASTERN EUROPE 

Marek Lewinson, Publishers’ Representative 

Bohaterewicza 3/45, 03-982 Warszawa, Poland 

T/F: 00 48 22 6714819 

gSm: 00 48 602 707037 

E: mlewinso@it.com.pl 

gERmANY, AUSTRIA, SWITZERLAND 

Bernd Feldmann, 

SHS Publishers’ Consultants and Representatives 

Am Kanal 25, D-16515 Oranienburg/Germany 

T: +49-3301/20 57 75 F: +49-3301/20 57 82 

E: BFeldmann@snafu.de W: http://www.shs-feldmann.de 

FRANCE AND ITALY 

David Pickering, Mare Nostrum, Publishing Consultants 

T: 0039 348 3183884 / 0044 798 6559391 

E: davidpickering@mare-nostrum.co.uk 

W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uk 

BENELUx, SCANDINAVIA & CENTRAL EUROPE 

Benelux & Central Europe 

Rogier Rongen 

rogier.rongen@sagepub.co.uk 

Australia and New Zealand 

Footprint Books Pty Ltd, 

Unit 1 / 6A Prosperity Parade, Warriewood, 

NSW 2102, Australia 

T: +61 (02) 9997-3973 F: +61 (02) 9997-3185 

E: info@footprint.com.au 

Asia-Pacific 

SAGE Asia-Pacific Pte Ltd. 

3, Church Street, #10-04, Samsung Hub 

Singapore 049483 

T: +65 6220 1800 F: +65 6438 1008 


North-West England 

Peter Hampson 

peter.hampson@sagepub.co.uk 

Scotland & Ireland 

Lisa mcCluskey 

lisa.mccluskey@sagepub.co.uk 

PHILIPPINES 

Tony Sagun, 15 Pear Avenue, Green heights, Taytay, 

Rizal, Philippines 1920 

T: +63 (0)2 660 5480 F: +63 (0)2 660 0342 

E: tony.sagun@gmail.com 

KOREA 

ChongHo Ra, Impact Korea, Suite 715, Shinhan Nextel, 

14 Dosun-Dong, Sungdong-Gu, Seoul 133-714, Korea 

T: +82 (02) 22960140 F: +82 (02) 22960143 

E: impactkr@kornet.net 

JAPAN 

Koro Komori, 216-204, 

Takamiya-cho, Nakagyo-ku, 

Kyoto, Japan 604-0875 

T: +81 (0)75 253 6247 F: +81 (0)75 253 6248 

E: koro.komori@sagepub.co.uk 

CHINA 

Helen Li, SAGE, 22/F, OneLujiazui, 

68 Yin Cheng Road (C), 

Pudong, Shanghai, 200120 China 

T: +86 21 6194 6788 F: +86 21 6194 6787 

E: bookschina@sagepub.co.uk 

gREECE, mALTA, CYPRUS 

Zitsa Seraphimidi, 

Areos 33, Paleo Faliron 17562, Greece 

T: +30 21 0 524 5798 T/F: +30 21 0 981 6816 

m: +30 (6) 9 4444 1184 

E: zitsaser@otenet.gr 

SPAIN AND PORTUgAL 

Cristina de Lara 

Condesa de Chinchón, 25. Chalet 33, 28660 Boadilla del Monte 

T: +34 91 633 66 65 

E: cristinadelara@mare-nostrum.co.uk 


Scandinavia 

TBC 


Sales Information 

SAGE Publications Ltd, 

1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road, 

London EC1Y 1SP UK 

Tel +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 

Fax +44 (0) 20 7324 8600 

Email orders@sagepub.co.uk 

(Trade Orders) 

Tony Histed 

International Director of Sales 

tony.histed@sagepub.co.uk 

Rex Elston 

Head of Book Sales 

rex.elston@sagepub.co.uk 

Nicola Everitt 

Books Sales Director, Asia Pacific 

nicola.everitt@sagepub.co.uk 

Adam Birchall 

Key Account & Special Sales Manager 

adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk 

Alison Browne 

Head of Books Customer Services 

alison.browne@sagepub.co.uk 

Rights & Licensing manager 

Translation Rights 

foreign-rights@sagepub.co.uk 

Peter Hampson 

UK Field Sales Manager 


martin Vicars 

European Sales Manager 

martin.vicars@sagepub.co.uk 

For other territories outside 

North America please contact 

Tony Histed at SAGE, London. 

A complete price list of our books 

in print is available in the form of 

an Excel 4.0 spreadsheet. It can be 

downloaded from our Website at: 

www.sagepub.co.uk/bookSellers.nav 

where you should click on 

Complete Price List. The price 

list can be sorted by subject, 

publication date, and author. 

To request copies of our 

catalogues email: 

sales@sagepub.co.uk. 

89

Index 

A 

Abbott, Rathbone & Whitehead Education Policy .......................................... 17 

Achieving Outstanding on your Teaching Placement, glazzard & Stokoe ..... 15 

Achieving Success with Your Leadership Project, middlewood & Abbott .....62 

Achieving Your PTLLS Award, Francis & gould ............................................... 51 

Achieving your TAQA Assessor and Internal Quality Assurer Award, gravells 51 

Action Research in Education, Three-Volume Set Campbell 

& groundwater-Smith .......................................................................................71 

Action Research in the Classroom, Second Edition Baumfield, Hall & Wall ..71 

Action Research in Education, mcAteer ............................................................70 

Action Research, Third Edition, mertler ............................................................71 

Activist Scholar, gittell & Newman ...................................................................36 

Alderson & morrow The Ethics of Research with Children 

and Young People ...............................................................................................68 

Allen, Potter, Sharp & Turvey Primary ICT: Knowledge, Understanding and 

Practice, Fourth Edition .......................................................................................26 

Alternative Schooling and School Choice, Osborne Jr, Russo & Cattaro .....80 

Alvesson & Karreman Qualitative Research and Theory Development .........75 

Andrews Exploring Play for Early Childhood Studies .........................................9 

Andrews, Borg, Davis, Domingo & England SAGE Handbook of Digital 

Dissertations and Theses ....................................................................................79 

Antonacci & O'Callaghan Promoting Literacy Development ..........................31 

Applied Regression Analysis and Generalized Linear Models, 

Second Edition Fox .............................................................................................73 

Arnold Understanding Schemas and Emotion in Early Childhood .....................3 

Arthur, Waring, Coe & Hedges Research Methods and Methodologies in 

Education .............................................................................................................66 

Arts Based Research, Barone & Eisner ............................................................73 

Assessing and Addressing Literacy Needs, Combs .........................................31 

Assessing Learning in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Third Edition Tummons .54 

Assessment and Learning, Second Edition gardner ........................................ 16 

Assessment for Learning in the Early Years Foundation Stage, glazzard, 

Chadwick, Webster & Percival ........................................................................ 11 

Assessment in Early Childhood Settings, Carr .................................................. 11 

Atkins & Wallace Qualitative Research in Education .......................................70 

Aubrey Leading and Managing in the Early Years, Second Edition ...................5 

Autism, Kalyva ....................................................................................................44 

B 

Baggaley & Belawati Distance Education Technologies in Asia .....................56 

Baldock, Fitzgerald & Kay Understanding Early Years Policy, 

Second Edition .................................................................................................... 11 

Ballantine & Spade Schools and Society, Fourth Edition ................................37 

Banks Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set .....................82 

Barnes Cross-Curricular Learning 3-14, Second Edition .................................. 15 

Barone & Eisner Arts Based Research .............................................................73 

Bartlett & Burton Introduction to Education Studies, Third Edition ................34 

Basford & Hodson Successful Placements in Early Years Settings................ 12 

Basic Counselling Skills, Third Edition Nelson-Jones ..................................... 47 

Bauer & Brazer Using Research to Lead School Improvement .......................59 

Baumfield, Hall & Wall Action Research in the Classroom, Second Edition ..71 

Beckett & Taylor Human Growth and Development, Second Edition .............40 

Beckley Learning in Early Childhood ...................................................................2 

Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Reseach Project, A, Lambert ......68 

Belawati & Baggaley Policy and Practice in Asian Distance Education .........56 

Blatchford The 2012 Teachers' Standards in the Classroom ........................... 18 

Bold Using Narrative in Research ......................................................................76 

Bolton Reflective Practice, Third Edition ...........................................................62 

Boschee, Whitehead & Decker The Principal .................................................60 

Boudah Conducting Educational Research ......................................................66 

Brady Technology in Schools .............................................................................80 

Brief Counselling in Schools, Third Edition Lines ..............................................48 

Brien Teaching Primary English .........................................................................20 

Briggs & Hansen Play-based Learning in the Primary School ........................ 24 

Briggs, Coleman & morrison Research Methods in Educational Leadership 

and Management, Third Edition ..........................................................................59 

Brotherton, Davies & mcgillivray Working with Children, Young 

People and Families ............................................................................................36 

Brown, Hunter & Donahoo Diversity in Schools ..............................................42 

Browne Developing Language and Literacy 3-8, Third Edition ........................30 

Bruce & Spratt Essentials of Literacy from 0-7, Second Edition .....................30 

Bruce Early Childhood, Second Edition ..............................................................2 

Bryman, Collinson, grint, Jackson & Uhl-Bien The SAGE Handbook of 

Leadership ...........................................................................................................83 

Buckelew & Fishman Reaching and Teaching Diverse Populations ...............36 

Burke Organization Change, Third Edition ........................................................61 

Burns & Sinfield Essential Study Skills, Third Edition ......................................64 

Bush Theories of Educational Leadership and Management, Fourth Edition ..57 

Bush, Bell & middlewood The Principles of Educational Leadership & 

Management, Second Edition .............................................................................57 

Burton & Bartlett Key Issues for Education Researchers ...............................35 

Buxton & Provenzo Jr Place-Based Science Teaching and Learning ............33 


C 

Callan & Reed Work-Based Research in the Early Years ...................................6 

Campbell & groundwater-Smith Action Research in Education, 

Three-Volume Set ................................................................................................71 

Canning Play and Practice in the Early Years Foundation Stage .......................6 

Cardno Managing Effective Relationships in Education ...................................58 

Carr & Lee Learning Stories .................................................................................2 

Carr Assessment in Early Childhood Settings ................................................... 11 

CBT with Children, Young People and Families Fuggle, Dunsmuir & Curry ..49 

Changing Behaviour in Schools Roffey .............................................................46 

Charmaz Constructing Grounded Theory .........................................................72 

Check & Schutt Research Methods in Education ............................................66 

Chib One Little Finger .........................................................................................45 

Child Language, Saxton .....................................................................................40 

Child Observation for the Early Years, Second Edition Palaiologou ............... 17 

Children Learning Outside the Classroom, Waite .............................................27 

Children's Errors in Mathematics, Second Edition Hansen ..............................22 

Children's Rights in Practice, Jones & Walker ..................................................37 

Chong Ho Shon How to Read Journal Articles in the Social Sciences ...........64 

Classroom-based Research and Evidence-based Practice, Second Edition 

Taber ...................................................................................................................69 

Clough & Nutbrown A Student's Guide to Methodology, Third Edition ..........72 

Coaching and Mentoring, Western ....................................................................61 

Cockburn & Handscomb Teaching Children 3-11, Third Edition ..................... 18 

Coffey & Hall Researching Young People, Three-Volume Set .........................78 

Coghlan & Brannick Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization, 

Third Edition .........................................................................................................71 

Coleman Empowering Family-Teacher Partnerships ........................................38 

Colombo & Furbush Teaching English Language Learners ............................46 

Colombo Teaching English Language Learners................................................32 

Combs Assessing and Addressing Literacy Needs ..........................................31 

Complete Guide to Behaviour for Teaching Assistants and Support Staff, The, 

Lee .......................................................................................................................46 

Complete Handbook of Coaching, The, Cox, Bachkirova & Clutterbuck .....50 

Comprehensive Behavior Management, Second Edition martella, Nelson, 

marchand-martella & O'Reilly .........................................................................46 

Conducting Educational Research, Boudah .....................................................66 

Conrad & Serlin The SAGE Handbook for Research in Education, 

Second Edition ....................................................................................................78 

Constructing Grounded Theory, Charmaz ........................................................72 

Conteh Teaching Bilingual and EAL Learners in Primary Schools ...................26 

Contemporary Issues in Learning and Teaching, mcmahon, 

Forde & martin ................................................................................................... 14 

Contemporary Issues in the Early Years, Fifth Edition Pugh & Duffy .............. 10 

Cooper Professional Studies in Primary Education .......................................... 18 

Corsaro The Sociology of Childhood, Third Edition .........................................35 

Counseling Children and Adolescents in Schools, Hess & magnuson ...........48 

Counselling Adolescents, Third Edition geldard & geldard ............................48 

Counselling and Supporting Children and Young People, Prever ....................49 

Counselling Children, Third Edition geldard & geldard .................................. 47 

Cox Literature-Based Teaching in the Content Areas ....................................... 31 

Cox Primary English Teaching ............................................................................20 

Cox, Bachkirova & Clutterbuck The Complete Handbook of Coaching .......50

Craswell & Poore Writing for Academic Success, Second Edition .................64 

Creating Effective Teams, Fourth Edition Wheelan ...........................................60 

Creative Leadership, Second Edition Puccio, murdock & mance ..................60 

Creativity in Primary Education Wilson..............................................................27 

Creativity in the Primary Classroom, Desailly ...................................................27 

Creswell Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition ....................75 

Critical Reading and Writing for Postgraduates, Second Edition Wallace & 

Wray .....................................................................................................................65 

Critical Thinking Skills for Education Students Judge, mcCreery & Jones ...62 

Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Early Childhood, Papatheodorou & moyles ..4 

Cross-Curricular Learning 3-14, Second Edition Barnes .................................. 15 

Culturally Alert Counseling, Second Edition mcAuliffe & Associates ............49 

Curriculum and Instruction, Eakle ......................................................................80 

Curriculum Leadership, Third Edition glatthorn, Boschee, Whitehead ........58 

Curriculum Studies in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second Edition 

Tummons ............................................................................................................55 

Curriculum Theory, Second Edition Schiro .......................................................37 

Curriculum, The, Sixth Edition Kelly ...................................................................37 

D 

Daniels & Jenkins Therapy with Children, Second Edition .............................. 47 

Daniels, Patterson & Dunston The Ultimate Student Teaching Guide .......... 14 

Davis & Smith Working in Multiprofessional Contexts .......................................8 

Davis Integrated Children's Services ...................................................................8 

Deardorff, de Wit, Heyl & Adams The SAGE Handbook of International 

Higher Education .................................................................................................81 

Debating Issues in American Education, Russo................................................80 

Delamont Ethnographic Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set ...................77 

Denby Training to Teach, Second Edition .......................................................... 13 

Desailly Creativity in the Primary Classroom ....................................................27 

Designing Qualitative Research, Fifth Edition marshall & Rossman .............. 74 

Devarakonda Diversity and Inclusion in Early Childhood ................................ 41 

Developing Effective Research Proposals, Second Edition Punch ..................77 

Developing Language and Literacy 3-8, Third Edition Browne ........................30 

Development of Working Memory in Children, The, Henry ...............................39 

Developmental Psychology and Early Childhood Education, Whitebread ...... 41 

Developmental Psychology, Slater & Quinn .....................................................40 

Dexter, Dexter & Irving An Introduction to Coaching ......................................49 

Dickinson & Wood Quality Assurance and Evaluation in the Lifelong 

Learning Sector ...................................................................................................53 

Disability Studies, goodley ................................................................................37 

Distance Education Technologies in Asia, Baggaley & Belawati ....................56 

Diversity and Inclusion in Early Childhood, Devarakonda ............................... 41 

Diversity in Schools, Brown, Hunter & Donahoo ............................................42 

Diversity, Equality and Achievement in Education, Knowles & Lander ...........44 

Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization, Third Edition 

Coghlan & Brannick ..........................................................................................71 

Doing Quantitative Research in Education with SPSS, Second Edition 

muijs ....................................................................................................................75 

Doing Research with Children, Third Edition greig, Taylor & macKay ...........67 

Doing Visual Research, mitchell ........................................................................72 

Doing Your Early Years Research Project, Second Edition 

Roberts-Holmes ................................................................................................69 

Doing Your PGCE at M-level, Second Edition Sewell ....................................... 16 

Dowling Young Children's Personal, Social and Emotional Development, 

Third Edition ...........................................................................................................9 

Driscoll, Lambirth & Roden The Primary Curriculum ..................................... 19 

DuBois & Karcher Handbook of Youth Mentoring , Second Edition ...............82 

Dunne & Peacock Primary Science ..................................................................25 

Dymoke, Harris, Lawson, Wood, Wilkins & Smith Reflective Teaching and 

Learning in the Secondary School, Second Edition ..........................................28 

E 

Eakle Curriculum and Instruction .......................................................................80 

Early Childhood Education, Four-Volume Set Siraj-Blatchford & mayo ........79 

Early Childhood Literacy, Four-Volume Set Pahl & Rowsell.............................79 

Early Childhood Studies, Third Edition Parker-Rees, Leeson, 

Savage & Willan ...................................................................................................2 


Index 

Early Childhood, Second Edition Bruce ..............................................................2 

Early Years Foundation Stage, The, Palaiologou ............................................. 11 

Eaude Thinking Through Pedagogy for Primary and Early Years ..................... 19 

Eckes & Russo School Discipline and Safety ...................................................80 

Edmond & Price Integrated Working with Children and Young People .............9 

Education and Cultural Citizenship, Stevenson ................................................36 

Education Policy, Abbott, Rathbone & Whitehead ......................................... 17 

Education, Hanley-maxwell & Collet-Kingenberg .........................................44 

Education Studies, Second Edition Sharp .........................................................35 

Educational Leadership and Administration, Four-Volume Set English ...........81 

Educational Leadership, Preedy, Bennett & Wise ...........................................57 

Educational Research, Fourth Edition Johnson & Christensen ......................67 

Effective Instructional Strategies, Third Edition moore .................................... 14 

Effective Strategies for Teaching in K-8 Classrooms, moore & Hansen .........20 

Effective Teaching, Third Edition muijs & Reynolds ......................................... 14 

E-learning Theory and Practice, Haythornthwaite & Andrews ......................73 

Ellis Learning and Teaching in Secondary Schools, Fourth Edition .................28 

Empowering Family-Teacher Partnerships .........................................................38 

Encyclopedia of Curriculum Studies, Two-Volume Set Kridel ..........................81 

Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set Banks .....................82 

English Educational Leadership and Administration, Four-Volume Set ...........81 

English Teaching Arithmetic in Primary Schools............................................... 24 

English The SAGE Handbook of Educational Leadership, Second Edition .....82 

Ensuring Every Child Matters, Knowles ............................................................ 41 

Equality and Diversity in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second Edition 

gravells & Simpson ...........................................................................................54 

Essential Guide to Using the Web for Research, The, Ford ..............................73 

Essential Study Skills, Third Edition Burns & Sinfield ......................................64 

Essentials of Literacy from 0-7, Second Edition Bruce & Spratt .....................30 

Ethical Practice in Early Childhood, Palaiologou................................................6 

Ethics of Research with Children and Young People, The, Alderson 

& morrow ............................................................................................................68 

Ethnographic Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Delamont ...................77 

Ethnography in Education, mills & morton .......................................................70 

Exploring Children's Literature, Second Edition gamble & Yates ...................30 

Exploring Play for Early Childhood Studies, Andrews ........................................9 

Extending Professional Practice in the Early Years, miller, Cable & Drury ..... 12 

F 

Feltham & Horton The SAGE Handbook of Counselling and Psychotherapy, 

Third Edition .........................................................................................................50 

Fletcher & mullen SAGE Handbook of Mentoring and Coaching 

in Education .........................................................................................................83 

Ford The Essential Guide to Using the Web for Research ................................73 

Forest School for All, Knight .............................................................................. 10 

Forest Schools & Outdoor Learning in the Early Years, Knight ........................ 10 

Fox Applied Regression Analysis and Generalized Linear Models, 


Francis & gould Achieving Your PTLLS Award ................................................ 51 

Fuggle, Dunsmuir & Curry CBT with Children, Young People and Families ..49 

Fumoto, Robson, greenfield & Hargreaves Young Children's Creative 

Thinking................................................................................................................ 10 

Fundamentals of Human Resource Development, Four-Volume Set mcguire, 

garavan & Dooley ..............................................................................................83 

g 

gamble & Yates Exploring Children's Literature, Second Edition ...................30 

gardner Assessment and Learning, Second Edition ........................................ 16 

gargiulo Special Education in Contemporary Society, Fourth Edition ............43 

gargiulo Special Education in Contemporary Society, Fourth Edition, 

Media Update ......................................................................................................43 

garvey A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About 

Coaching and Mentoring .....................................................................................61 

gasper Multi-agency Working in the Early Years ................................................8 

gathercole & Packiam Alloway Working Memory and Learning ...................38 

geldard & geldard Counselling Adolescents, Third Edition ............................48 

geldard & geldard Counselling Children, Third Edition .................................. 47 

gill Theory and Practice of Leadership, Second Edition...................................60 

91

Index 

gittell & Newman Activist Scholar ....................................................................36 

glatthorn, Boschee, Whitehead Curriculum Leadership, Third Edition ........58 

glazzard & Stokoe Achieving Outstanding on your Teaching Placement ...... 15 

glazzard, Stokoe, Hughes, Netherwood & Neve Teaching Primary Special 

Educational Needs, .............................................................................................43 

glazzard, Chadwick, Webster & Percival Assessment for Learning in the 

Early Years Foundation Stage ............................................................................. 11 

goldston & Downey-Skochdopole Your Science Classroom ........................33 

Good Writing Guide for Education Students, The, Third Edition Wyse ............65 

goodley Disability Studies .................................................................................37 

goouch & Lambirth Teaching Early Reading and Phonics ..............................31 

gorard Quantitative Research in Education, Three-Volume Set ......................77 

gould Learning Theory and Classroom Practice in the Lifelong Learning 

Sector, Second Edition ........................................................................................55 

grant & Ray Home, School, and Community Collaboration, Second Edition .38 

gravells & Simpson Equality and Diversity in the Lifelong Learning Sector, 


gravells & Simpson Passing CTLLS Assessments..........................................56 

gravells & Simpson Planning and Enabling Learning in the Lifelong Learning 


gravells Achieving your TAQA Assessor and Internal Quality Assurer Award . 51 

gravells Passing PTLLS Assessments, Second Edition................................... 51 

gravells Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fifth Edition ......52 

gravells Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fourth Edition ..52 

gravells Principles and Practice of Assessment in the Lifelong Learning 


gravells What is Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector? ............................55 

gray & macBlain Learning Theories in Childhood .............................................3 

Green Education, Newman ................................................................................81 

greig, Taylor & macKay Doing Research with Children, Third Edition ...........67 

gribben The Study Skills Toolkit for Students with Dyslexia ............................43 

Guide to Practitioner Research in Education, A, menter, Elliot, Hulme, 

Lewin & Lowden.................................................................................................69 

guthrie & Schuermann Leading Schools to Success .....................................58 

H 

Hallet The Reflective Early Years Practitioner .....................................................5 

Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier Using Case Study in Education Research .......70 

Handbook for Teaching Leadership, The, Snook, Nohria & Khurana ............83 

Handbook of Youth Mentoring, Second Edition, Dubois & Karcher ...............82 

Haney Understanding Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders ...................44 

Hanley-maxwell & Collet-Kingenberg Education ..........................................44 

Hansen Children's Errors in Mathematics, Second Edition ..............................22 

Hansen Primary Professional Studies, Second Edition .................................... 19 

Hansen Reflective Learning and Teaching in Primary Schools ........................ 18 

Hargreaves Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia, Second Edition .............65 

Haylock & Cockburn Understanding Mathematics for Young Children, 

Third Edition .........................................................................................................33 

Haylock & manning Student Workbook for 'Mathematics Explained 

for Primary Teachers' ..........................................................................................33 

Haylock Mathematics Explained for Primary Teachers, Fourth Edition ...........33 

Haythornthwaite & Andrews E-learning Theory and Practice .......................73 

Henry The Development of Working Memory in Children .................................39 

Hess & magnuson Counseling Children and Adolescents in Schools ............48 

Hick & Thomas Inclusion and Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set .........81 

Hodkinson & Vickerman Key Issues in Special Educational Needs and 

Inclusion .........................................................................................................35, 42 

Home, School, and Community Collaboration, Second Edition grant & Ray .38 

How to do Your Case Study, Thomas ................................................................62 

How to do Your Research Project, Thomas ......................................................62 

How to Read Journal Articles in the Social Sciences, Chong Ho Shon ..........64 

Howlin, Charman & ghaziuddin The SAGE Handbook of Developmental 

Disorders .............................................................................................................82 

Human Growth and Development, Second Edition, Beckett & Taylor ............40 

Hunter, Brown & Donahoo School Governance ..............................................80 

Hutton & Hutton Passing Oxbridge Admissions Tests, Second Edition .........63 

Hutton & Hutton Practice Tests, Questions and Answers for the UKCAT, 


Hutton, Hutton & Taylor Passing the UKCAT and BMAT 2012, 

Seventh Edition ....................................................................................................63 


I 

Implementing Quality Improvement & Change in the Early Years, 

Reed & Canning ...................................................................................................5 

Improving Working Memory, Packiam Alloway ................................................38 

Inclusion and Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set Hick & Thomas .........81 

Inclusion in the Early Years, Nutbrown & Clough ............................................ 41 

Inclusive Practice in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Tummons & Powell ..........52 

Integrated Children's Services, Davis ..................................................................8 

Integrated Working with Children and Young People, Edmond & Price ............9 

Introduction to Child Development, An,Second Edition Keenan & Evans .......40 

Introduction to Coaching, An, Dexter, Dexter & Irving ....................................49 

Introduction to Counselling Skills, Fourth Edition Nelson-Jones .................... 47 

Introduction to Education Studies, Third Edition Bartlett & Burton ................34 

Introduction to Educational Research, Second Edition Newton Suter............67 

Introduction to Leadership, Second Edition Northouse ...................................59 

Introduction to Research Methods in Education, Punch ..................................66 

Introduction to School Counseling, Wright .......................................................48 

Involving Parents in their Children's Learning, Second Edition Whalley ............8 

J 

Jackson & Parry A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book 

About Studying Leadership, Second Edition .....................................................59 

James & James Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second 

Edition ..................................................................................................................36 

Johnson & Bond Passing the Literacy Skills Test, Third Edition ...................... 16 

Johnson & Christensen Educational Research, Fourth Edition ......................67 

Johnson Meeting the Ethical Challenges of Leadership, Fourth Edition .........61 

Jones & Walker Children's Rights in Practice ...................................................37 

Judge, mcCreery & Jones Critical Thinking Skills for Education Students ...62 

K 

Kalyva Autism .....................................................................................................44 

Keenan & Evans An Introduction to Child Development, Second Edition .......40 

Kelly The Curriculum, Sixth Edition ....................................................................37 

Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition James & James ...........36 

Key Concepts in Early Childhood Education and Care, Second Edition 

Nutbrown ..............................................................................................................4 

Key Concepts in Educational Assessment, Zara, Isaacs, Coombs, 

Herbert & Smith ................................................................................................. 17 

Key Concepts in Family Studies, mcCarthy & Edwards ..................................45 

Key Issues in Education and Social Justice, Smith ...........................................35 

Key Issues in Special Educational Needs and Inclusion, Hodkinson & 

Vickerman .....................................................................................................35, 42 

Key Issues for Education Researchers Burton & Bartlett ...............................35 

Key Issues in Education Policy Ward & Eden ....................................................35 

Kidd & Czerniawski Successful Teaching 14-19 ..............................................29 

Kidd & Czerniawski Teaching Teenagers .........................................................29 

Klein Learning, Sixth Edition ..............................................................................39 

Knight Forest School for All ............................................................................... 10 

Knight Forest Schools & Outdoor Learning in the Early Years ......................... 10 

Knight Risk & Adventure in Early Years Outdoor Play ....................................... 10 

Knowles & Lander Diversity, Equality and Achievement in Education ............44 

Knowles & Lander Thinking Through Ethics and Values in Primary 

Education ............................................................................................................. 19 

Knowles Ensuring Every Child Matters ............................................................. 41 

Kridel Encyclopedia of Curriculum Studies, Two-Volume Set ..........................81 

L 

Lambert A Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Reseach Project ........68 

Language & Literacy in the Early Years 0-7, Fourth Edition Whitehead ...........30 

Language and Literacy for the Early Years, Neaum .......................................... 11 

Language Development, Levey & Polirstok .....................................................31 

Lasley Standards and Accountability in Schools ..............................................80 

Lawrence Teaching Primary Physical Education .............................................. 24

Leadership and Learning, Robertson & Timperley..........................................57 

Leadership, Sixth Edition Northouse ................................................................60 

Leading and Managing in the Early Years, Second Edition Aubrey ...................5 

Leading and Managing Schools, O'Sullivan & West-Burnham ......................58 

Leading Practice in Early Years Settings, Second Edition Whalley & Allen .... 17 

Leading Professional Practice in Education Wise ............................................57 

Leading Schools to Success, guthrie & Schuermann ....................................58 

Learning and Teaching in Secondary Schools, Fourth Edition Ellis .................28 

Learning in Early Childhood, Beckley ..................................................................2 

Learning in the Field, Third Edition Rossman & Rallis .....................................72 

Learning Stories, Carr & Lee ................................................................................2 

Learning Theories in Childhood, gray & macBlain ............................................3 

Learning Theory and Classroom Practice in the Lifelong Learning Sector, 

Second Edition gould .........................................................................................55 

Learning, Sixth Edition Klein ..............................................................................39 

Lee The Complete Guide to Behaviour for Teaching Assistants and Support 

Staff ......................................................................................................................46 

Levey & Polirstok Language Development.......................................................31 

Levy Young Children Reading ............................................................................32 

Lichtman Qualitative Research in Education, Third Edition ............................. 74 

Lines Brief Counselling in Schools, Third Edition ..............................................48 

Literacy and Education, Second Edition Pahl & Rowsell .................................30 

Literacy Teaching and Education, Four-Volume Set Wyse ................................79 

Literature Review, The, Second Edition Ridley ..................................................62 

Literature-Based Teaching in the Content Areas, Cox ......................................31 

m 

Making Learning Happen, Second Edition Race ...............................................54 

malloch, Cairns, Evans & O'Connor The SAGE Handbook of Workplace 

Learning ...............................................................................................................83 

mallon Working with Bereaved Children and Young People ............................49 

Managing Effective Relationships in Education, Cardno ..................................58 

margolis & Pauwels The SAGE Handbook of Visual Research Methods .......78 

marshall & Rossman Designing Qualitative Research, Fifth Edition .............. 74 

martella, Nelson, marchand-martella & O'Reilly Comprehensive Behavior 

Management, Second Edition .............................................................................46 

mason Qualitative Researching, Second Edition .............................................. 74 

Mathematics Explained for Primary Teachers, Fourth Edition Haylock ...........33 

mcAteer Action Research in Education .............................................................70 

mcAuliffe & Associates Culturally Alert Counseling, Second Edition ............49 

mcCarthy & Edwards Key Concepts in Family Studies ...................................45 

mcguire, garavan & Dooley Fundamentals of Human Resource 

Development, Four-Volume Set ..........................................................................83 

mcKie & Callan Understanding Families ..........................................................45 

mcmahon, Forde & martin Contemporary Issues in Learning and Teaching 14 

mcmillan SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment ..............71 

medwell Successful Teaching Placement, Second Edition .............................. 14 

medwell, Wray, minns, griffiths & Coates Primary English: Teaching Theory 

and Practice, Sixth edition ..................................................................................21 

medwell, Wray, moore & griffiths Primary English: Knowledge and 

Understanding, Sixth edition ..............................................................................21 

Meeting the Ethical Challenges of Leadership, Fourth Edition Johnson .........61 

menter, Elliot, Hulme, Lewin & Lowden A Guide to Practitioner Research in 

Education .............................................................................................................69 

mercier, Philpott & Scott Professional Issues in Secondary Teaching ..........28 

mertens Research and Evaluation in Education and Psychology, 

Third Edition .........................................................................................................67 

mertler Action Research, Third Edition .............................................................71 

middlewood & Abbott Achieving Success with your Leadership Project.......62 

miller & Cable Professionalization, Leadership and Management in the Early 

Years ......................................................................................................................7 

miller & Hevey Policy Issues in the Early Years ..................................................7 

miller & moran Self Esteem .... 40 miller & Pound Theories and Approaches to 

Learning in the Early Years ....................................................................................7 

miller, Cable & Drury Extending Professional Practice in the Early Years ...... 12 

mills & morton Ethnography in Education ........................................................70 

mitchell Doing Visual Research .........................................................................72 

mooney, Briggs, Fletcher, Hansen & mcCullouch Primary Mathematics: 

Teaching Theory and Practice, Fifth Edition ......................................................23 


Index 

mooney, Hansen, Ferrie, Fox & Wrathmell Primary Mathematics: 

Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth Edition ...................................................23 

moore & Hansen Effective Strategies for Teaching in K-8 Classrooms ..........20 

moore Effective Instructional Strategies, Third Edition .................................... 14 

Motivational Career Counselling & Coaching, Sheward & Branch ..................50 

muijs & Reynolds Effective Teaching, Third Edition ......................................... 14 

muijs Doing Quantitative Research in Education with SPSS, 


mukherji & Albon Research Methods in Early Childhood ..................................6 

Multi-agency Working in the Early Years, gasper ...............................................8 

murphy Social Theory and Education Research, Four-Volume Set .................84 

N 

Neaum Language and Literacy for the Early Years ........................................... 11 

Nelson-Jones Basic Counselling Skills, Third Edition ..................................... 47 

Nelson-Jones Introduction to Counselling Skills, Fourth ................................ 47 

Newman Green Education .................................................................................81 

Newton Suter Introduction to Educational Research, Second Edition............67 

Nolan, macfarlane & Cartmel Research in Early Childhood ..........................68 

Northouse Introduction to Leadership, Second Edition ...................................59 

Northouse Leadership, Sixth Edition ................................................................60 

Nutbrown & Clough Inclusion in the Early Years ............................................. 41 

Nutbrown Key Concepts in Early Childhood Education and Care, 

Second Edition ......................................................................................................4 

Nutbrown Threads of Thinking, Fourth Edition ...................................................4 

Observing Primary Literacy, Perkins .................................................................22 

O 

Observing Primary Literacy Perkins .................................................................22 

Oliver & Pitt Working with Children, Young People and Families ......................7 

One Little Finger, Chib ........................................................................................45 

Online Learning, Four-Volume Set Thomas .......................................................84 

Organization Change, Third Edition Burke ........................................................61 

Osborne Jr, Russo & Cattaro Alternative Schooling and School Choice ......80 

O'Sullivan & West-Burnham Leading and Managing Schools .......................58 

P 

Packiam Alloway Improving Working Memory .................................................38 

Pahl & Rowsell Early Childhood Literacy, Four-Volume Set.............................79 

Pahl & Rowsell Literacy and Education, Second Edition .................................30 

Palaiologou Child Observation for the Early Years, Second Edition ............... 17 

Palaiologou Ethical Practice in Early Childhood .................................................6 

Palaiologou The Early Years Foundation Stage................................................ 11 

Papatheodorou & moyles Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Early Childhood ...4 

Parker-Rees, Leeson, Savage & Willan Early Childhood Studies, 

Third Edition ...........................................................................................................2 

Passing CTLLS Assessments, gravells & Simpson ........................................56 

Passing Oxbridge Admissions Tests, Second Edition Hutton & Hutton .........63 

Passing PTLLS Assessments, Second Edition gravells................................... 51 

Passing the Literacy Skills Test, Third Edition Johnson & Bond ...................... 16 

Passing the Numeracy Skills Test, Fifth Edition Patmore ................................. 16 

Passing the UKCAT and BMAT 2012, Seventh Edition Hutton, 

Hutton & Taylor ..................................................................................................63 

Patmore Passing the Numeracy Skills Test, Fifth Edition ................................. 16 

Patmore Passing the Numeracy Skills Test, Fourth Edition ............................. 16 

Payne & Williams Teaching Quantitative Methods ...........................................75 

Peacock, Sharp, Johnsey & Wright Primary Science: Knowledge and 

Understanding, Sixth edition ..............................................................................25 

Peart & Atkins Teaching 14-19 Learners in the Lifelong Learning Sector .......55 

Peer & Reid Special Educational Needs ...........................................................42 

Perkins Observing Primary Literacy ..................................................................22 

Pickford, garner & Jackson Primary Humanities ...........................................24 

Place-Based Science Teaching and Learning, Buxton & Provenzo Jr ...........33 

Planning and Enabling Learning in the Lifelong Learning Sector, 

Second Edition gravells & Simpson .................................................................52 

Play and Practice in the Early Years Foundation Stage, Canning ......................6 

Play-based Learning in the Primary School, Briggs & Hansen ....................... 24 

93

Index 

Plowright Using Mixed Methods ....................................................................... 74 

Policy and Practice in Asian Distance Education, Belawati & Baggaley ........56 

Policy Issues in the Early Years, miller & Hevey .................................................7 

Poore Using Social Media in the Classroom ..................................................... 15 

Practice Tests, Questions and Answers for the UKCAT, Second Edition 

Hutton & Hutton .................................................................................................63 

Preedy, Bennett & Wise Educational Leadership ............................................57 

Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fifth Edition gravells ......52 

Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fourth Edition gravells ..52 

Prever Counselling and Supporting Children and Young People .....................49 

Price & Savage Teaching Secondary Music .....................................................29 

Primary Curriculum, The, Driscoll, Lambirth & Roden ................................... 19 

Primary English Across the Curriculum, Tulloch, Cullen, Jones, 

Saunders & Turner.............................................................................................20 

Primary English Teaching, Cox ...........................................................................20 

Primary English: Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth Edition 

medwell, Wray, moore & griffiths ...................................................................21 

Primary English: Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth Edition 

medwell, Wray, minns, griffiths & Coates .....................................................21 

Primary Humanities, Pickford, garner & Jackson .......................................... 24 

Primary ICT Across the Curriculum, Second Edition Simpson & Toyn ............26 

Primary ICT: Knowledge, Understanding and Practice, Fourth Edition 

Allen, Potter, Sharp & Turvey ...........................................................................26 

Primary Mathematics Across the Curriculum, Vaukins & Hansen...................23 

Primary Mathematics: Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth Edition 

mooney, Hansen, Ferrie, Fox & Wrathmell ....................................................23 

Primary Mathematics: Teaching Theory and Practice, Fifth Edition 

mooney, Briggs, Fletcher, Hansen & mcCullouch ........................................23 

Primary Professional Studies, Second Edition Hansen .................................... 19 

Primary Science, Dunne & Peacock .................................................................25 

Primary Science: Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth edition Peacock, 

Sharp, Johnsey & Wright ..................................................................................25 

Primary Science: Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition Sharp, 

Peacock, Johnsey, Simon, Smith, Cross & Harris ........................................25 

Principal, The, Boschee, Whitehead & Decker ...............................................60 

Principles and Practice of Assessment in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second 

Edition gravells ...................................................................................................53 

Principles of Educational Leadership & Management, The, Second Edition 

Bush, Bell & middlewood .................................................................................57 

Privitera Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences ................................................76 

Professional Issues in Secondary Teaching, mercier, Philpott & Scott .........28 

Professional Studies in Primary Education, Cooper ......................................... 18 

Professionalization, Leadership and Management in the Early Years, 

miller & Cable .......................................................................................................7 

Promoting Literacy Development, Antonacci & O'Callaghan .........................31 

Puccio, murdock & mance Creative Leadership, Second Edition ..................60 

Pugh & Duffy Contemporary Issues in the Early Years, Fifth Edition .............. 10 

Punch Developing Effective Research Proposals, Second Edition ..................77 

Punch Introduction to Research Methods in Education ...................................66 

Q 

Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition Creswell ....................75 

Qualitative Research and Theory Development, Alvesson & Karreman ........75 

Qualitative Research in Education, Atkins & Wallace ......................................70 

Qualitative Research in Education, Third Edition Lichtman ............................. 74 

Qualitative Research Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Torrance ........77 

Qualitative Research Practice, Ritchie & Lewis ............................................... 74 

Qualitative Researching, Second Edition mason .............................................. 74 

Quality Assurance and Evaluation in the Lifelong Learning Sector, 

Dickinson & Wood .............................................................................................53 

Quantitative Research in Education, Three-Volume Set gorard ......................77 

R 

Race Making Learning Happen, Second Edition ...............................................54 

Reaching and Teaching Diverse Populations, 

Buckelew & Fishman .........................................................................................36 

Reason & Bradbury The SAGE Handbook of Action Research, 


Reed & Canning Implementing Quality Improvement & Change in the Early 

Years ......................................................................................................................5 

Reed & Canning Reflective Practice in the Early Years ......................................5 

Reflective Early Years Practitioner, The, Hallet ...................................................5 

Reflective Learning and Teaching in Primary Schools, Hansen ....................... 18 

Reflective Practice in the Early Years, Reed & Canning .....................................5 

Reflective Practice, Third Edition Bolton ...........................................................62 

Reflective Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School, Second Edition 

Dymoke, Harris, Lawson, Wood, Wilkins & Smith ........................................28 

Religion in Schools, Russo .................................................................................80 

Research and Evaluation in Education and Psychology, Third Edition 

mertens ...............................................................................................................67 

Research in Early Childhood, Nolan, macfarlane & Cartmel .........................68 

Research Methods and Methodologies in Education, Arthur, Waring, 

Coe & Hedges ....................................................................................................66 

Research Methods in Early Childhood, mukherji & Albon .................................6 

Research Methods in Education, Check & Schutt ...........................................66 

Research Methods in Educational Leadership and Management, Third Edition 

Briggs, Coleman & morrison ...........................................................................59 

Researching Society and Culture, Second Edition Seale .................................76 

Researching Young People, Three-Volume Set Coffey & Hall .........................78 

Ridley The Literature Review, Second Edition ...................................................62 

Risk & Adventure in Early Years Outdoor Play, Knight ...................................... 10 

Ritchie & Lewis Qualitative Research Practice ................................................ 74 

Roberts-Holmes Doing Your Early Years Research Project, 


Robertson & Timperley Leadership and Learning...........................................57 

Roffey Changing Behaviour in Schools .............................................................46 

Rossman & Rallis Learning in the Field, Third Edition .....................................72 

Russo Debating Issues in American Education .................................................80 

Russo Religion in Schools ..................................................................................80 

Russo School Law ..............................................................................................80 


S 

SAGE Directions in Educational Psychology, Five-Volume Set Salkind...........81 

SAGE Handbook for Research in Education, The, Second Edition 

Conrad & Serlin ..................................................................................................78 

SAGE Handbook of Action Research, The, Second Edition 

Reason & Bradbury ...........................................................................................78 

SAGE Handbook of Counselling and Psychotherapy, The, Third Edition 

Feltham & Horton ..............................................................................................50 

SAGE Handbook of Developmental Disorders, The, Howlin, Charman 

& ghaziuddin ......................................................................................................82 

SAGE Handbook of Digital Dissertations and Theses, Andrews, Borg, 

Davis, Domingo & England ..............................................................................79 

SAGE Handbook of Educational Leadership, The, Second Edition English ....82 

SAGE Handbook of International Higher Education, The, Deardorff, de Wit, 

Adams & Heyle ...................................................................................................81 

SAGE Handbook of Leadership, The, Bryman, Collinson, grint, 

Jackson & Uhl-Bien ...........................................................................................83 

SAGE Handbook of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 

Fletcher & mullen ..............................................................................................83 

SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research, The 

Second Edition Tashakkori & Teddlie .............................................................. 74 

SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment, mcmillan .............71 

SAGE Handbook of Visual Research Methods, The, margolis & Pauwels .....78 

SAGE Handbook of Workplace Learning, The, malloch, Cairns, Evans & 

O'Connor ............................................................................................................83 

Salkind SAGE Directions in Educational Psychology, Five-Volume Set...........81 

Salkind Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, 

Fourth Edition ......................................................................................................75 

Saxton Child Language ......................................................................................40 

Schiro Curriculum Theory, Second Edition .......................................................37 

School Discipline and Safety, Eckes & Russo ..................................................80 

School Finance, Thro ..........................................................................................80 

School Governance, Hunter, Brown & Donahoo .............................................80 

School Law, Russo .............................................................................................80 

School-Based Research, Second Edition, Wilson ............................................68 

Schools and Society, Fourth Edition Ballantine & Spade ................................37 

Scott Theories of Learning, Four-Volume Set ....................................................84 

Seale Researching Society and Culture, Second Edition .................................76 

Self Esteem, miller & moran ..............................................................................40

Sewell Doing Your PGCE at M-level, Second Edition ...................................... 16 

Sharp Education Studies, Second Edition .........................................................35 

Sharp Success with Your Education Research Project, Second Edition .........63 

Sharp, Peacock, Johnsey, Simon, Smith, Cross & Harris Primary Science: 

Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition ......................................................25 

Sheward & Branch Motivational Career Counselling & Coaching ...................50 

Simpson & Toyn Primary ICT Across the Curriculum, Second Edition ............26 

Simpson, Todd & metcalfe Thinking Through New Literacies for Primary 

and Early Years ....................................................................................................22 

Siraj-Blatchford & mayo Early Childhood Education, Four-Volume Set ........79 

Slater & Quinn Developmental Psychology ......................................................40 

Smith Key Issues in Education and Social Justice ............................................35 

Snook, Nohria & Khurana The Handbook for Teaching Leadership ..............83 

Social Theory and Education Research, Four-Volume Set murphy .................84 

Sociology of Childhood, The, Third Edition Corsaro ........................................35 

Somekh & Lewin Theory and Methods in Social Research, Second Edition ..77 

Special Education in Contemporary Society, Fourth Edition gargiulo ............43 

Special Education in Contemporary Society, Fourth Edition, Media Update 

gargiulo ..............................................................................................................43 

Special Educational Needs, Peer & Reid ..........................................................42 

Special Needs and Early Years, Third Edition Wall ...........................................42 

Standards and Accountability in Schools, Lasley .............................................80 

Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Fourth Edition 

Salkind ................................................................................................................75 

Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, Privitera ...............................................76 

Stevenson Education and Cultural Citizenship .................................................36 

Student Workbook for 'Mathematics Explained for Primary Teachers', 

Haylock & manning ...........................................................................................33 

Student's Guide to Methodology, A, Third Edition, Clough & Nutbrown ........72 

Study Skills for PTLLS, Second Edition Williams & gravells........................... 51 

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia, Second Edition Hargreaves .............65 

Study Skills Toolkit for Students with Dyslexia, The, gribben ..........................43 

Success with Your Education Research Project, Second Edition, Sharp ........63 

Successful Placements in Early Years Settings, Basford & Hodson .............. 12 

Successful Teaching 14-19, Kidd & Czerniawski .............................................29 

Successful Teaching Placement, Second Edition medwell .............................. 14 

Supporting Every Child, Second Edition Walton & goddard ...........................45 

T 

Taber Classroom-Based Research and Evidence-based Practice, 


Tanner Using Statistics to Make Educational Decisions ...................................76 

Tashakkori & Teddlie The SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social 

& Behavioral Research, Second Edition ............................................................. 74 

Teaching 14-19 Learners in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Peart & Atkins ......55 

Teaching Arithmetic in Primary Schools, English ............................................. 24 

Teaching Bilingual and EAL Learners in Primary Schools, Conteh ..................26 

Teaching Children 3-11, Third Edition Cockburn & Handscomb ..................... 18 

Teaching Early Reading and Phonics, goouch & Lambirth .............................31 

Teaching English Language Learners, Colombo & Furbush ...........................46 

Teaching English Language Learners, Colombo ..............................................32 

Teaching Primary English, Brien ........................................................................20 

Teaching Primary Mathematics, Turner .............................................................23 

Teaching Primary Physical Education, Lawrence ............................................. 24 

Teaching Primary Special Educational Needs, glazzard, Stokoe, Hughes, 

Netherwood & Neve ..........................................................................................43 

Teaching Quantitative Methods, Payne & Williams ..........................................75 

Teaching Secondary Music, Price & Savage ....................................................29 

Teaching Systematic Synthetic Phonics in Primary Schools, 

Waugh & Jolliffe .................................................................................................22 

Teaching Teenagers, Kidd & Czerniawski ........................................................29 

Teaching, Tutoring and Training in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fourth Edition 

Wallace ................................................................................................................54 

Technology in Schools, Brady ............................................................................80 

The 2012 Teachers' Standards in the Classroom Blatchford ........................... 18 

Theories and Approaches to Learning in the Early Years, miller & Pound ........7 

Theories of Educational Leadership and Management, Fourth Edition Bush ..57 

Theories of Learning, Four-Volume Set Scott ....................................................84 

Theory and Methods in Social Research, Second Edition Somekh & Lewin ..77 


Index 

Theory and Practice of Leadership, Second Edition gill...................................60 

Therapy with Children, Second Edition Daniels & Jenkins .............................. 47 

Thinking Through Ethics and Values in Primary Education, Knowles 

& Lander .............................................................................................................. 19 

Thinking Through New Literacies for Primary and Early Years, Simpson, Todd 

& metcalfe...........................................................................................................22 

Thinking Through Pedagogy for Primary and Early Years, Eaude .................... 19 

Thomas How to do Your Case Study .................................................................62 

Thomas How to do Your Research Project .......................................................62 

Thomas Online Learning, Four-Volume Set .......................................................84 

Threads of Thinking, Fourth Edition Nutbrown ...................................................4 

Thro School Finance ...........................................................................................80 

Torrance Qualitative Research Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set ........77 

Training to Teach, Second Edition Denby .......................................................... 13 

Transitions in the Early Years, Trodd & Chivers ..................................................9 

Trodd & Chivers Transitions in the Early Years ...................................................9 

Tulloch, Cullen, Jones, Saunders & Turner Primary English Across the 

Curriculum ...........................................................................................................20 

Tummons & Powell Inclusive Practice in the Lifelong Learning Sector ..........52 

Tummons Assessing Learning in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Third Edition .54 

Tummons Curriculum Studies in the Lifelong Learning Sector, 


Turner Teaching Primary Mathematics ..............................................................23 

U 

Ultimate Student Teaching Guide, The, Daniels, Patterson & Dunston ........ 14 

Understanding Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders Haney ...................44 

Understanding Early Years Policy, Second Edition Baldock, Fitzgerald 

& Kay ................................................................................................................... 11 

Understanding Families, mcKie & Callan .........................................................45 

Understanding Mathematics for Young Children, Third Edition Haylock & 

Cockburn ............................................................................................................33 

Understanding Schemas and Emotion in Early Childhood, Arnold ....................3 

Using Case Study in Education Research, Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier ......70 

Using Mixed Methods, Plowright ...................................................................... 74 

Using Narrative in Research, Bold .....................................................................76 

Using Research to Lead School Improvement, Bauer & Brazer ......................59 

Using Social Media in the Classroom, Poore .................................................... 15 

Using Statistics to Make Educational Decisions, Tanner .................................76 

V 

Vaukins & Hansen Primary Mathematics Across the Curriculum ....................23 

Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About 

Coaching and Mentoring, A, garvey ..................................................................61 

Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About Studying 

Leadership, A, Second Edition Jackson & Parry .............................................59 

W 

Waite Children Learning Outside the Classroom ..............................................27 

Wall Special Needs and Early Years, Third Edition ...........................................42 

Wallace & Wray Critical Reading and Writing for Postgraduates, Second 

Edition ..................................................................................................................65 

Wallace Teaching, Tutoring and Training in the Lifelong Learning Sector, 

Fourth Edition ......................................................................................................54 

Walton & goddard Supporting Every Child, Second Edition ...........................45 

Ward & Eden Key Issues in Education Policy ....................................................35 

Waugh & Jolliffe Teaching Systematic Synthetic Phonics in Primary 

Schools ................................................................................................................22 

Western Coaching and Mentoring .....................................................................61 

Whalley & Allen Leading Practice in Early Years Settings, 

Second Edition .................................................................................................... 17 

Whalley Involving Parents in their Children's Learning, Second Edition ............8 

What is Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector?, gravells............................55 

Wheelan Creating Effective Teams, Fourth Edition ...........................................60 

Whitebread Developmental Psychology and Early Childhood Education ....... 41 

Whitehead Language & Literacy in the Early Years 0-7 , Fourth Edition ..........30 

Williams & gravells Study Skills for PTLLS, Second Edition........................... 51 

Wilson Creativity in Primary Education..............................................................27 

95

Index 

Wilson School-Based Research, Second Edition .......................................68 

Wise Leading Professional Practice in Education .......................................57 

Work-Based Research in the Early Years, Callan & Reed ............................6 

Working in Multiprofessional Contexts, Davis & Smith ................................8 

Working Memory and Learning, gathercole & Packiam Alloway ............38 

Working with Bereaved Children and Young People, mallon .....................49 

Working with Children, Young People and Families, Brotherton, Davies & 

mcgillivray ....................................................................................................36 

Working with Children, Young People and Families, Oliver & Pitt ...............7 

Wright Introduction to School Counseling ..................................................48 

Writing for Academic Success, Second Edition Craswell & Poore ...........64 

Wyse Literacy Teaching and Education, Four-Volume Set ..........................79 

Wyse The Good Writing Guide for Education Students, Third Edition .......65 

Y 

Young Children Reading, Levy .....................................................................32 

Young Children's Creative Thinking, Fumoto, Robson, greenfi eld & 

Hargreaves ................................................................................................... 10 

Young Children's Personal, Social and Emotional Development, Third 

Edition Dowling ...............................................................................................9 

Your Science Classroom, goldston & Downey-Skochdopole .................33 

Z 

Zara, Isaacs, Coombs, Herbert & Smith Key Concepts in Educational 

Assessment ................................................................................................... 17 

How to Order... 

SAGE books are available from all good bookshops. 

You can also order direct from SAGE. If the books 

you have ordered are in stock, we will send them 

to you immediately. If a book is not in stock, we 

will record your order and supply it as soon as it 

becomes available. 

Call to order direct, quoting your credit/debit 

card number and the reference number on 

the reverse of the catalogue 

Customer Services (books): 

+44 (0)20 7324 8703 

Customer Services (journals): 

+44 (0)20 7324 8701 

For general enquiries call: 

+44(0)20 7324 8500 

Or fax your order to: 


+44 (0)20 7324 8700 


+44 (0)20 7324 8733 

Or Order POST-FREE online at 


DISCOUNTS 

Discounts are available for bulk purchases. 

To arrange, please contact Adam Birchall, 

Key Account Manager 

adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk. 

FROm A LOCAL AUTHORITY 

OR SCHOOL? 

Fax or post your order on headed paper to the 

address provided above, along with your purchase 

order number 

PAYmENT mETHODS 

Your order must be prepaid, and we accept payment by 

cheque (in sterling) payable to SAGE Publications Ltd. Credit/ 

Debit Card (Mastercard, Eurocard, American Express, VISA, 

Switch/Maestro, Delta) or payment by International Giro, to 

account no 548 0353. Introductory offers valid until end of 

month of publication. 


Education Books for 

Practitioners 

Books, Journals & 

Textbooks Catalogue 

2012

Education Books for Practitioners | 2012 

Welcome... 

Here is our 2012 catalogue of new and bestselling professional books and 

resources, which I hope you will enjoy reading about and be tempted to buy 

in due course. 

Highlights include the latest book from Rita Cheminais, Family Partnership 

Working on p.8, Using Psychology in the Classroom from Stephen Minton on 

p.6 and new Lucky Lucky Duck books from Tina Rae on p.7 and Gail Bailey on p.10. 

To hear about our forthcoming titles log on to our website www.sagepub.co.uk 

where you can sign sign up up for e-alerts and also fi fi nd details of how to apply to join join our 

Teacher Panel (membership is free, and you get 10% off all our books). 

Do contact me via email jude.bowen@sagepub.co.uk if you have an idea 

for a book you think we should be publishing or if you would like to write 

a book. 

With my best wishes 

Jude Bowen • Publisher, Education 

Key new titles 

P6 P17 

P8 

TT-COC-002706 

P10 

P6 

P11 

P7 

P2 

P14 

P6

Contact us 

1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road, London, EC1Y 1SP 

+44 (0)20 7324 8500 +44 (0)20 7324 8600 


Key Contacts 

Marianne Lagrange – Publisher 

marianne.lagrange@sagepub.co.uk 

Jude Bowen – Publisher 

jude.bowen@sagepub.co.uk 

James Clark – Commissioning Editor 

james.clark@sagepub.co.uk 

Books Marketing 

education@sagepub.co.uk 

Build Your Online Profi le 

Build your online profile at 

www.sagepub.co.uk/myaccount and... 

Tell us what subject areas you’d like to be kept 

updated on 

Choose how you’d prefer to hear from us, be it 

by e-mail or post 

Green SaGe 

We recognise that our business operations have an impact 

on the environment and are committed to minimising them. 

Find out more: 

http://www.uk.sagepub.com/aboutCommunity.nav 


Contents 

Early Years ......................................................................... 2-3 

Behaviour ........................................................................... 4-7 

Special & Inclusive Education ........................................ 8-12 

Leadership ......................................................................13-14 

Language & Literacy .......................................................14-16 

Mathematics & Numeracy ..............................................16-18 

Corwin Press .................................................................. 19-21 

Teacher approval Copy Service 

We understand how important it is for you to review materials 

for your school. By ordering your books on approval you have 

30 days to decide whether they suit your needs. 

If not, simply return in mint condition for a full refund. 

You must provide your school address when ordering, no 

approval copies may be sent to a home address. 

To order on approval, simply choose this option on the 

order form. 

SaGe eBooks 

1000 eBooks are now available from SAGE. Look out for the 

eBooks symbol when browsing... 

www.sagepub.co.uk/ebooks 

the natural home 

for authors, editors & societies

Early Years 

2 

CREATING A LEARNING 

ENVIRONMENT FOR 

BABIES AND TODDLERS 

ann Clare Early Years Consultant 

Using extensive case study material, Ann 

Clare focuses on the experiences of babies 

and toddlers in various care settings, and 

the role adults play in developing creative 

and supportive environments. The effect 

on speech and language development is explored, 

with reference to recent research and initiatives. Information 

gathered from parents and childcare workers helps provide a deep 

consideration of parents’ childcare choices. Topics covered include: 

• the emotional environment 

• the physical environment 

• the creative environment 

• parents and the environment. 

This detailed study of current research and literature provides an 

invaluable source of information for those planning to work with 

babies and toddlers, as well as experienced childminders wanting 

to reflect on the care and learning they offer children and families. 


Setting the Scene \ The Emotional Environment \ The Role of Adults in the 

Environment \ The Physical Environment \ The Creative Environment \ Parents 

and the Environment \ Observing and Questioning 

READERSHIP 

Early years practitioners and students 


Cloth (978-0-85702-768-9) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-769-6) • £19.99 

EMOTIONAL LITERACY IN 


Christine Bruce Chartered 

Teacher, Scotland 

Offering an explanation of emotional 

literacy, why it matters and how to make 

it happen in practice, this book looks at 

ways to promote and develop emotional 

literacy with young children through: 

• Circle Time 

• drama 

• storytelling 

• physical education 

• outdoor play 

• active learning. 

Full of case studies of children aged from three to eight years, ideas 

for practice, photographs, points for reflection, photocopiable 

materials, and accompanied by a wide range of downloadable 

material available on the SAGE Website, this is an indispensable 

guide for the early years practitioner. 


Why Emotional Literacy is Good for Your School \ Emotional Literacy as an 

Approach to Learning and Teaching \ How an Emotionally Literate Approach 

Can Support Inclusion \ Using Emotional Literacy across the Curriculum \ 

The Role of the Adult \ Implications for Practice 

READERSHIP 

Early years practitioners 

2010 • 128 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-602-0) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-603-7) • £24.99 

orDer ToDaY 

GIFTED AND TALENTED IN 


Practical Activities for Children 

aged 3 to 5 

Second edition 

Margaret Sutherland University 

of Glasgow 

Combining theoretical perspectives with 

practical activities, this book offers clear guidance 

on how to ensure you and your setting can identify and provide for 

very young children in your care who are gifted and talented. With an 

emphasis on providing the best learning opportunities for all, there 

is advice for teachers and all staff working in early years settings. 

New to this Second Edition: 

• information on recent research and new thinking in the field 

• international views of gifted and talented young children 

• links to the early years curriculum 

• extended coverage for young children aged 3 to 6. 

There are lots of ideas for your setting, and for parents to try out 

at home. 


1.Intelligence: What Is It? \ 2.Identification \ 3.Activities and Resources \ 

4.Physical Movement and Motor Development \ 5.Music \ 6.Language \ 

7.Mathematics \ 8.Learning is Fun and for All 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, teaching assistants and advisors 

May 2012 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-1108-3) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-1109-0) • £21.99 

DEVELOPING 

THE GIFTED 

AND TALENTED 

YOUNG LEARNER 

Margaret Sutherland University 

of Glasgow 

2008 • 128 pages 

Cloth • (978-1-4129-4631-5) • £66.00 

Paper • (978-1-4129-4632-2) • £21.99 

RECOGNISING AND 

PLANNING FOR SPECIAL 

NEEDS IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Chris Dukes and Maggie Smith both at 

Area SENCOs, London 

This book is ideal for busy practitioners, 

who want good, clear advice on what to 

look for and how to set up the necessary 

provision. 

HaNDS oN GUIDeS 

2009 • 128 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-521-1) • £62.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-522-8) • £20.99 

+44 (0)20 7324 8703 +44 (0)20 7324 8700 www.sagepub.co.uk

EARLY 

CHILDHOOD PRACTICE 

Froebel today 

Edited by Tina Bruce Honorary Visiting 

Professor at Roehampton University 

This book locates Froebelian practice 

in current practice, through a wealth of 

examples from contemporary settings, 

and brings together contributions 

from distinguished primary and early childhood 

practitioners, who show how they have used educational methods 

advocated by Froebel. Stressing the importance of outdoor play, it 

examines the Froebelian principles of: 

• learning through firsthand experience 

• parent partnership and community in early childhood 

• practitioners supporting children’s interests and learning. 

The book explores the learning and applying of knowledge and 

understanding that become possible through play. 


The Whole Child \ Family, Community and the Wider World \ The Changing of 

the Seasons in the Child Garden \ Adventurous and Challenging Play Outdoors 

\ Offering Children First Hand Experiences through Forest School: Relating 

to and Learning about Nature \ The Time Honoured Froebelian Tradition 

of Learning Out of Doors \ Family Songs in the Froebelian Tradition \ The 

Importance of Hand and Finger Rhymes: a Froebelian Approach to Early 

Literacy \ Froebel’s Mother Songs Today \ Gifts and Occupations: Froebel’s 

Gifts (Wooden Block Play) and Occupations (construction and workshop 

experiences) today \ Froebelian Methods in the Modern World: A Case of 

Cooking \ Bringing Together Froebelian Principles and Practices 

READERSHIP 

Undergraduate and postgraduate students of Early Childhood Education. 


Cloth (978-1-4462-1124-3) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-1125-0) • £21.99 

OUTDOOR PROVISION IN 


Edited by Jan White 

Outdoor education offers children special 

contexts for play and exploration, real 

experiences and contact with the natural 

world and the environment. Written by 

a team of experts in the field, this book 

focuses on the core values of effective 

outdoor provision, and is packed with ideas 

to try out in practice. Topics covered include: 

• meaningful experiences for children outdoors 

• the role of the adult outdoors 

• dealing with challenge, risk and safety 

• including every child in outdoor learning. 


Introduction \ The Role of Play: Play Outdoors as the Medium and Mechanism 

for Well-Being, Learning and Development \ Following Children’s Interests: 

Child-Led Experiences that are Meaningful and Worthwhile \ Adults are 

Essential: The Roles of Adults Outdoors \ Capturing the Difference: The 

Special Nature of the Outdoors \ A Responsive Environment: Creating a 

Dynamic, Versatile and Flexible Environment \ Offering Rich Experiences: 

Contexts for Play, Exploration and Talk \ As Long as They Need: The Vital 

Role of Time \ Achieving the Balance: Challenge, Risk and Safety \ Outdoor 

Play for Everyone: Meeting the Needs of Individuals \ Taking an Active Part: 

Everyday Participation and Effective Consultation 

READERSHIP 

Early years professionals 


Cloth (978-1-4129-2308-8) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-2309-5) • £18.99 


BUILDING BETTER 

BEHAVIOUR IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

Chris Dukes and Maggie Smith both at 

Area SENCOs, London 

HaNDS oN GUIDeS 

2009 • 120 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-519-8) • £62.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-520-4) • £20.99 £20.99 

INCLUSIVE PLAY 

Practical Strategies for Children 

from Birth to Eight 


Theresa Casey President of the 

International Play Association 

Underpinned by theory, full of activities 

and ideas, this practical book helps early 

years practitioners promote inclusive play 

in their setting. 

2010 • 136 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-123-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-124-7) • £21.99 

CIRCLE TIME FOR THE 

VERY YOUNG 

Third edition 

Margaret Collins Educational 

Consultant, Southampton 

Early Years 

Circle Time for the Very Young has been 

used by teachers and practitioners alike for 

the last 10 years. Now in its Third Edition, 

this book has been fully updated and 

includes a CD-ROM to help you with Circle 

Time in your early years setting. 

Circle Time is used to help form positive 

relationships, increase confidence and self-esteem and 

provide a safe environment to explore feelings and opinions. 

Covering the 3 to 9 years age range and focused on the core PSHE 

themes, this book contains the following to help you establish and 

maintain Circle Time in your setting: 

• an explanation of Circle Time and how it works 

• over 100 plans for different Circle Time sessions 

• different plans for both young and older children 

• activity sheets to use at the end of each session 

• evaluation sheets to use at the end of each theme. 


Introduction \ How to Use This Book \ A Framework for Circle Time \ PSHE 

in Circle Time \ Working with Younger (3-6 Years) and Older (6-9 Years) 

Children \ The Structure for Circle Times in This Book: Theme 1: Friends and 

Friendships \ Theme 2: Growing and Growing Up \ Theme 3: Keeping Safe \ 

Theme 4: Self-Esteem \ Theme 5: Keeping Healthy \ Theme 6: Feelings and 

Persuasion \ Theme 7: Citizenship \ Theme 8: Loss, Grief and Separation \ 

Using Children’s Literature \ Resources 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners looking to use circle time in their setting 

LUCKY DUCK BOOKS 


Paper (978-0-85702-424-4) • £21.99 

3

Behaviour 

60 SECONDS WITH BILL ROGERS 

What do you like best about 

publishing with SaGe? 

The generous and personal support I’ve always been given and 

a thorough on-going professionalism that I can always rely on. 

What would you say were the most exciting 

things going on in your field of books right now? 

Teachers in very challenging schools willing to take the risk of nonjudgemental 

mentoring support in schools, in their own classrooms, 

as they seek to work with very challenging behaviour (whether from 

diagnosed or symptomatic behaviour disorders). Part of my work 

involves the direct mentoring of teachers in such classes/schools. 

What would you say was the most important 

aspect of your role as an author? 

The knowledge that somewhere, sometime, a printed page or two or 

three may be able to connect to a distant colleague and may enable 

reflection, help even support. The satisfaction that one’s own reflective 

journey (in print) may help others who slog it out day after day after 

day in schools to make a difference. 

What are your top favourite films of all time? 

‘To Kill a Mockingbird’, ‘The Ladykillers’ (the Ealing Comedy version 

with Alec Guinness), ‘Shadowlands’, ‘The Castle’ (Australian film), 

‘The King’s Speech’. 

CRACKING THE 

CHALLENGING CLASS 

Bill rogers Independent Educational 

Consultant, Victoria, Australia 

In his first UK DVD programmes, Bill Rogers explains his tried and 

tested methods for Cracking the Challenging Class. 

With a total time of two and a half hours, the programme and 

comprehensive supporting notes provide a wealth of information, 

theories and lessons for primary and secondary teachers. 

Programme 1 • Running time: 65 minutes. 

Using role plays to support his presentation, Bill explains his 

unique methods of calming unruly pupils and maintaining order in 

the classroom. 

Programme 2 • Running time: 90 minutes. 

Bill answers questions posed by primary and secondary teachers 

in a workshop forum. 

Index: Both programmes are indexed with numbers at the top of 

the screen. In programme 1 the numbers refer to the scenes; in 

programme 2 they relate to each question 

and answer. 

The substantial notes that accompany 

these programmes can be downloaded 

from www.sagepub.co.uk//billrogers 

READERSHIP 

Primary and Secondary teachers, as well as 

teacher trainers 

June 2011 

DVD (978-1-4462-1126-7) • £95.00 +VAT 

For School multi-user licenses and bulk 

purchases, please contact: 

specialsales@sagepub.co.uk 

Print or online? Print. 

What is your favourite 

city in the world 

and why? 

Melbourne (it’s home!); it’s also 

been rated as one of the top 10 

most liveable cities in the world 

(and it is). 

What book are you reading tight now? 

Last Things by C.P. Snow; and several of P.G. Wodehouse’s Blandings novels 

and The Solid Mandela by Patrick White (I rarely read one book at a time). 

If you could have dinner with any 3 people, 

past or present, who would they be and why? 

Plato, Aristotle and C.S. Lewis (if they’d have me along!) 

What has been the most exciting moment in 

your career so far? 

Being awarded a major research scholarship (in 1988) to 

research school discipline and teacher stress in the UK. I also 

addressed the Elton Committee during that visit (re : The Elton 

Report on Discipline in Schools). 

SAVE OVER 15% 

ON ALL OF THESE 

BILL ROGERS PRODUCTS 

BILL ROGERS 

COLLECTION 

Bill Bill 



This bundle includes: 

Cracking the Challenging Class DVD (978-1-4462-1126-7) 

Classroom Behaviour: A Practical Guide to Effective Teaching, 

Behaviour Management and Colleague Support, 

Third Edition (978-0-8570-2167-0) 

How to Manage Children’s Challenging Behaviour, Second 

Edition (978-1-8486-0685-2) 

Behaviour Management with Young Children: Crucial First 

Steps with Children 3-7 years (978-1-8478-7364-4) 

Cracking the Hard Class, Second Edition (978-1-4129-2356-9) 

Behaviour Management: a Whole-School approach, Second 

Edition (978-1-4-1293-452-7) 

September 2011 

Bundle (978-1-4462-4958-1) • £195.00 +VAT 

4 orDer ToDaY +44 (0)20 7324 8703 +44 (0)20 7324 8700 www.sagepub.co.uk

CLASSROOM BEHAVIOUR 

A Practical Guide to Effective 

Teaching, Behaviour Management 

and Colleague Support 

Third edition 



In this Third Edition of his bestselling book, 

Bill Rogers looks at the issues facing teachers 

today and how building up a rapport with 

students and colleagues can support good practice. 

Describing real situations and dilemmas, he offers advice 

on dealing with the challenges of the job. New to this edition: 

• dealing with bullying 

• teaching students on the autistic 

spectrum in a mainstream class 

• working with very challenging students. 

Bill Rogers offers inspirational encouragement to all involved in 

educating our children and young people 


Introduction: “I Never Thought I’d Become a Teacher” \ The Dynamics of 

Classroom Behaviour \ New Class, New Year: The Establishment Phase of 

Behaviour Management \ The Language of Behaviour Management \ Effective 

Teaching: Fundamental Understandings and Skills \ Management Beyond the 

Classroom: Behaviour Consequences \ Challenging Children and Children 

with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties \ Managing Anger in Ourselves 

and Others \ When Things Get Difficult: Hard Class, Hard Times 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, teacher assistants and newly qualified teachers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-166-3) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-167-0) • £22.99 

HOW TO MANAGE 

CHILDREN’S 

CHALLENGING 

BEHAVIOUR 


Edited by Bill rogers Independent 

Educational Consultant, Victoria, Australia 

Bill Rogers brings together contributions 

from practising teachers that suggest ways to 

tackle disruptive and challenging behaviour. 

Bill’s expertise and a wealth real life examples, 

mean this book is now more relevant than ever to 

practitioners and students. 

CRACKING THE 

HARD CLASS 


2009 • 208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-684-5) • £67.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-685-2) • £21.99 



At some point in every teacher’s career he/ 

she will encounter the ‘hard class’. Bill Rogers 

highlights many practical strategies that 

can be implemented to overcome the hard 

class syndrome. 

2006 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-2355-2) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-2356-9) • £22.99 


BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT 

a Whole-School approach 




In this revised and updated edition, Bill 

Rogers draws on his extensive experience 

as an educational consultant and trainer 

to help teachers and managers develop 

a whole-school strategy for dealing with 

student behaviour. 

2007 • 304 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-3451-0) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-3452-7) • £22.99 

BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT 

WITH YOUNG CHILDREN 

Crucial First Steps with Children 

3-7 years 


Consultant, Victoria, Australia and elizabeth 

McPherson 

This book explores behaviour management 

in the crucial early years of schooling in an 

accessible and practical way. The authors 

emphasize the establishment phase of a 

teacher’s relationship with a new class. 

2008 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-363-7) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-364-4) • £21.99 

Behaviour 

5

Behaviour 

A QUICK GUIDE 

TO BEHAVIOUR 

MANAGEMENT IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

emily Bullock Teacher, International 

School and Simon Brownhill University 

of Derby 

This book provides you with 100 tried and 

tested ideas for the long, medium and short term. 

It shows how to select and adopt the right approach, how to analyze, 

reflect on and modify practice to ensure consistency and fairness, 

and that positive behaviour develops. Each of the ideas focuses on 

a single strategy, and looks at: 

• structures and systems 

• using fun, child-orientated resources 

• rewarding good behaviour, and managing sanctions 

• the advantages of various approaches; case studies from practice 

• adaptations of strategies for different settings and ages. 

An easily accessible guide for all practitioners working with children 

aged 3 to 8. 


Teachers’//Practitioners’ Management Strategies \ Teachers//Practitioners 

and Child Management Resources \ ‘Handy’ Behaviour Management 

Strategies \ Personable Behaviour Management \ Communicating Behaviour 

Resources \ Structures and Approaches \ ‘Timed’ Management Strategies 

\ Influential Management Strategies \ Reflective Resources \ Rewarding 

Good Behaviour 

READERSHIP 

Practitioners working with children aged 3 to 8. 


Cloth (978-0-85702-164-9) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-165-6) • £19.99 

USING PSYCHOLOGY IN 

THE CLASSROOM 

Stephen James Minton Trinity 

College, Dublin 

Stephen James Minton discusses seven 

areas of contemporary concern in 

education, showing how psychological 

approaches can help teachers in key areas 

of practice. Areas covered include: 

• the self, self-esteem, 

and self-esteem enhancement 

• intelligence, learning styles and educational attainment 

• positive teaching, co-operative learning and assertive discipline 

• special educational needs 

• preventing and countering bullying and cyber-bullying. 

This detailed text will be vital reading for all those studying 

psychology and applied psychology in primary and secondary 

teaching degree programmes. 


What is Psychology? \ The Self, Self-Esteem, and Self-Esteem Enhancement 

through Educational Practice \ Preventing and Countering Bullying Behaviour 

and Cyber-Bullying in School Communities \ Intelligence, Learning Styles 

and Educational Attainment \ Positive Teaching, Co-operative Learning and 

Assertive Discipline in Schools \ Special Educational Needs \ Dealing with 

Prejudice: Racism, Homophobia and Alterophobia in Schools \ Educational 

Assessment and Curriculum Development \ Stress and Stress Management 

for Teachers and Educators \ Conclusions 

READERSHIP 

Education practitioners and students 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0165-7) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0166-4) • £19.99 

THE BEHAVIOUR 

MANAGEMENT TOOLKIT 

avoiding exclusion at School 

Edited by Chris Parry-Mitchell 

Based on her successful work across a 

range of schools, this book consists of 

10 sessions that make up a programme to 

help students who are at risk of exclusion. 

Each session has detailed facilitator notes 

and accompanying worksheets on the CD-Rom. The 

young people learn how to think, communicate, behave and relate 

to each other and other people in more useful ways. 

The book offers: 

• content that works for schools, Pupil Referral Units and any setting 

working with young people on behaviour management 

• advice on dealing with common pitfalls and difficult scenarios 

• guidance on how to work with parents and carers to help them 

understand how they can reinforce the approach at home 

• activities that work with the 10 to 18 age range. 


How to Use this Book \ Points to Consider \ Session 1: Introducing the Toolkit 

\ Session 2: Games, Hooks and Tactics \ Session 3: What Makes Me Tick? 

\ Session 4: Hitting the Targets \ Session 5: Keep it Real \ Session 6: Lights, 

Action, Drama! \ Session 7: Fast Forward \ Session 8: Step Over Here \ 

Session 9: Premier Skills \ Session 10: Look At Me Now 

READERSHIP 

Teachers 



Cloth (978-1-4462-1074-1) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-1075-8) • £23.99 

HOW TO MANAGE 

BEHAVIOUR IN 

FURTHER EDUCATION 


Dave Vizard Independent Consultant 

Packed with advice, ideas and 

development activities, this practical book 

for lecturers, teachers and support staff 

working with young people and adults in further 

education provides everything required to manage difficult behaviour 

and create a positive learning environment. New to this edition: 

• behaviour management techniques for a college environment 

• managing difficult groups, and adult groups 

• supporting students experiencing cyber-bullying 

• dealing with gang culture 

• managing confrontations between students and lecturers. 


1.Getting Started \ 2.Making a Strong First Impression \ 3.Creating Positive 

Learning Environments \ 4.Effective Strategies to Use with Students Displaying 

Challenging Behaviour \ 5.The Importance of Body Language \ 6.Managing 

Anger and Confrontation \ 7.Managing Difficult Groups \ 8.Establishing a 

Consistent Approach \ 9.Using the Whole Team \ 10.Staff Development 

Activities 

READERSHIP 

Lecturers in Further Education Colleges, Learning Mentors and Secondary 

School Teachers 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0282-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0283-8) • £22.99 


THE ANGER ALPHABET 

Understanding anger - 

an emotional Development 

Programme for Young Children 

aged 5 to 12 


Tina rae Senior Educational 

Psychologist, Hillingdon 

This practical resource helps children 

understand anger and identify links with other emotions 

with an interactive programme. They will learn skills to effectively 

manage their anger with activities and exercises. 

New to this edition: 

• information on recent initiatives on anger management in schools 

• models and top tips for coping with anger 

• new activities and ideas 

• further information for young children aged 5-9. 

This instructional guide includes a CD with photocopiable worksheets 

and activities suitable for group and individual work. 


Introduction \ A is for Anger \ B is for Bottled-Up \ C is for Cool It \ D is for 

Dynamite \ E is for Explosion \ F is for Fuse \ G is for Grumble Jar \ H is for 

Helping Yourself \ I is for ‘I’ Messages \ J is for Joke \ K is for Kettle Boiling 

\ L is for Listening \ M is for Move It \ N is for No \ O is for Outside \ P is for 

Post It \ Q is for Quality Talk \ R is for Rules \ S is for Shield \ T is for Traffic 

Lights \ U is for Understanding \ V is for Vocabulary \ W is for Wind Down \ X 

is for X-Ray Eyes \ Y is for Yell \ Z is for Zero 

READERSHIP 

Primary teachers 



Cloth (978-1-4462-4912-3) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-4913-0) • £25.99 

THE ANTI-BULLYING 

HANDBOOK 


Keith Sullivan National University 

of Ireland 

This user-friendly resource provides a 

comprehensive overview of all aspects 

of bullying in schools, and the recognized 

techniques to counter this. 

2010 • 280 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-479-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-480-4) • £21.99 

ROB LONG’S 

INTERVENTION TOOLBOX 

For Social, Emotional and 

Behavioural Difficulties 

Rob Long Chartered 

Educational Psychologist 


2008 • 120 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-4605-6) • £31.99 


DEVELOPING EMOTIONAL 

LITERACY WITH 

TEENAGERS 

Building Confidence, Self-Esteem 

and Self Awareness 


Behaviour 

Tina rae Senior Educational 

Psychologist, Hillingdon 

The sessions and practical activities will allow students to address 

issues of identity, self esteem and self awareness based on the 

author’s research and experience. Covering issues including 

relationships, drugs and problem solving, the new edition also covers: 

• gang cultures 

• cyber-bullying 

• future pressures 

• eating disorders. 

This new resource also introduces therapeutic approaches to 

promote well-being, including Cognitive Behaviour Therapy and 

Motivational Interviewing, as well as offering easily accessible 

worksheets and materials provided by the accompanying CD. 


Introduction and Rationale \ References \ 1.Self Esteem \ 2.Appearance \ 

3.Peer Pressure \ 4.Cyber-bullying \ 5.Friendships and Relationships \ 6.Sex \ 

7.Talking about Feelings \ 8.Drugs and Alcohol \ 9.Gang Culture \ 10.Workplace 

Pressures \ 11.Evaluation and Looking Forward \ 

READERSHIP 

Secondary school teachers, school counsellors, SENCOs, 

educational psychologists 


august 2012 

Cloth (978-1-4462-4914-7) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-4915-4) • £29.99 

THE NEW TEACHER’S 

SURVIVAL GUIDE TO 

BEHAVIOUR 




Helping both new and more experienced 

teachers effectively manage their classrooms, 

this is an indispensible guide to getting the most out 

of your pupils and yourself as a teacher. 


Cloth (978-1-84920-743-0) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-744-7) • £20.99 

HOW TO TEACH 

THINKING AND 

LEARNING SKILLS 

A Practical Programme for the 

Whole School 

CJ Simister Northwood 

College, London 

2007 • 176 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-3421-3) • £80.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-3422-0) • £31.99 

7


RITA CHEMINAIS FAVOURITES 

rita Cheminais has written four books for SAGE, 

focusing on Every Child Matters, multi-agency 

partnership working, SENCO role, and family 

partnership working. 

Rita is a freelance education consultant. She has had an 

extensive career in education working as a teacher, a SEN 

Coordinator, Local Authority Adviser, Ofsted Inspector, 

School Improvement Partner, and Director of Educational 

Consultancy & Management (ECM) Solutions. 

Rita Cheminais is a regular national keynote speaker 

at leading education conferences. She continues 

to support school improvement nationally and 

internationally through her consultancy work and training. 

Here are two of her favourite books. 

Teaching able, gifted and talented 

children by Clive Tunnicliffe 

This book is a fabulous practical resource for 

all those teaching and supporting able, gifted 

and talented children in a range of educational 

settings in the primary and secondary phase. It 

offers valuable guidance on identification and 

provision, within the context of personalised 

learning and effective classroom practice. 

The book provides lots of useful activities to 

support the ongoing professional development of teaching and 

learning support staff. It also signposts the reader to further up-todate 

information and resources. 

april 2010 . 144 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4766-4) £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4767-1) £19.99 

Partnership working to support 

Special educational Needs & 

Disabilities by Rona Tutt 

This book focuses on disseminating best practice 

models in effective partnership working to 

support children with special educational needs 

and disabilities (SEND), in a range of different 

educational settings. It provides valuable case 

studies, grounded in evidence-based practice, 

on how different educational settings meet the 

needs of children from birth to nineteen with 

SEND, through collaborative school-to-school 

support, and multi-agency partnership working. 

Questions for reflection stimulate professional 

thinking, in how productive partnerships can 

enhance and improve outcomes for children with SEND, in a rapidly 

changing and challenging educational landscape. 

october 2010 . 144 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-147-2) £60.00 £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-148-9) £19.99 

Rita Cheminais 

Cheminais 

FAMILY PARTNERSHIP 

WORKING 

A Guide for Education 

Practitioners 

rita Cheminais Freelance 


This comprehensive guide embodies the 

whole process of forming dynamic family/ 

school partnerships; from explaining key 

underpinning theory and research methods to 

stage by stage implementation. An invaluable source of 

guidance in encouraging, supporting and sustaining the 

school that holds family partnership central to its core ethos 

for success. 

- Zoe Rye, SENCO (and Teacher of English) 

Improving the quality and effectiveness of relationships with 

families is a key concern for all those working in education. Here, 

Rita Cheminais provides an evaluation framework that will enable 

practitioners to review current practice, and further enhance and 

develop their partnership working with families. 

Six key themes of family partnership working are explored: 

• ethos, vision and policy 

• leadership, management and co-ordination 

• communication and information sharing 

• partnership in practice 

• early intervention 

• effectiveness. 

Guidance on auditing your own work and action planning is included, 

and the book provides a range of practical resources, which are 

available to download from the SAGE website. This a vital handbook 

for those working with the birth to 19 age range in children’s centres, 

primary and secondary schools, special schools, academies, pupil 

referral units and further education colleges. 

CONTENTS 

The Context and Concept of Family Partnership Working \ The Context and 

Concept of Family Partnership Working \ How to Achieve Effective Family 

Partnership Working \ Auditing Family Partnership Working and Action 

Planning \ Building a Family Partnership Working Portfolio of Evidence 

\ Monitoring, Evaluating and Assessing Family Partnership Working \ 

Communicating with Families \ Appendix - Model Resources: PowerPoint 

Presentation of the Family Partnership Award Self-Review Process Family 

Partnership Policy Family Partnership Coordinator Job Description Family 

Partnership Working Survey Annual Family Questionnaire Family Partnership 

Award Good Practice Case Study Template 

READERSHIP 

For those working with the Birth to 19 age range in Children’s centres, primary 

and secondary schools, special schools, academies, Pupil referral units and 

Further Education colleges 

RITA CHEMINAIS’ 

HANDBOOK FOR 

NEW SENCOS 




Cloth (978-1-4462-0799-4) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0800-7) • £24.99 

Providing guidance on all you need to 

know about the responsibilities of being 

a SENCO, this is the ultimate guide to being 

successful in your role and helps you make sure 

you meet the requirements of the SENCO regulations. 

2010 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-095-0) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-096-7) • £24.99 


INTENSIVE INTERACTION 

Theoretical Perspectives 

Edited by Dave Hewett Independent 

Education Consultant and Author 

Intensive Interaction is an approach 

to teaching the fundamentals of 

communication to children and adults 

who have severe learning difficulties or 

autism, and who are still at an early stage 

of communication development. Its simplicity 

and effectiveness has been one of the major themes 

in the widespread practitioner dissemination that has taken place 

during the last 20 years. Issues covered include: 

• the approach within education and the curriculum 

• Intensive Interaction within adult services 

• neurology and learning outcomes 

• Intensive Interaction and the Central Triad of autism. 


The Nature of Human Communication and Intensive Interaction: Blind Frogs 

\ Intensive Interaction, Emotional development and Emotional Well-Being \ 

Interactive Approaches to Teaching and Learning \ Wired for Communication: 

How the Neuroscience of Infancy Helps in Understanding the Effectiveness 

of Intensive Interaction. \ Intensive Interaction and its Relationship with 

the Triad of Impairments in ASD \ Promoting Communication Rather than 

Generating Data \ Intensive Interaction for Inclusion and Development \ 

Intensive Interaction within Models of Organisational Change \ What is 

Intensive Interaction? Curriculum, Process and Approach. 

READERSHIP 

Masters-level students and academics with an interest in special educational 

needs and autistic spectrum disorders 


Cloth (978-0-85702-170-0) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-171-7) • £24.99 

THE INCLUSION TOOLKIT 

Sarah Herbert Teacher 

With downloadable electronic resources 

The practical strategies suggested in 

this book are supported by current 

research into effective teaching and 

learning, and the author shows you how 

inclusion friendly teaching could look 

in your classroom. The book is aimed at 

the teacher who wishes to respond to the 

diversity of learning needs of children who are 

placed within their mainstream classroom, without teaching each 

child differently. The advice given for teaching all learners aged 7 

to 14 will help you ensure that you are providing so well for all your 

learners that only a very few will need substantially different support. 

Rather than focussing on the differences between learners, the 

common strategies that will enhance the learning of all, based on 

the common concerns of class teachers working with pupils who 

have Special Educational Needs, are identified. 


Foundations for Inclusion \ The Memory Friendly Classroom \ The Motivation 

Friendly Classroom \ The Communication Friendly Classroom \ Steps 

to Success 

READERSHIP 

Ideal for all classroom teachers working with children aged 7 to 14 


Cloth (978-1-84920-759-1) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-760-7) • £22.99 



THE INTENSIVE 

INTERACTION HANDBOOK 

Dave Hewett Independent Education 

Consultant, Mark Barber Independent 

Education Consultant, Graham Firth 

Intensive Interaction Project Leader 

for Leeds Partnerships NHS Trust and 

Tandy Harrison Special Needs Teacher 

Intensive Interaction is an approach to 

teaching the pre-speech fundamentals of 

communication to children and adults with severe learning 

difficulties or autism, who are still at an early stage of communication 

development. This book considers: 

• preparing for Intensive Interaction 

• observing Intensive Interaction in progress 

• doing Intensive Interaction at home and at work 

• record-keeping. 

This book is a straightforward guide for anyone wanting to use 

intensive interaction with people with complex or severe learning 

difficulties, and people who have a diagnosis of autism. 


The Nature of Human Communication \ Background to Intensive Interaction 

\ How Do Human Beings Start Learning to Communicate? \ Preparing for 

Intensive Interaction \ Getting Going \ Further and Continuing Progress 

\ Recording the Activities and Maintaining the Processes \ Supporting 

Intensive Interaction in Workplaces \ Doing Intensive Interaction at Home \ 

Some Associated Issues and Topics \ The Intensive Interaction Community 

\ Bibliography 

READERSHIP 

Special Needs professionals and for anyone interested in using intensive 

interaction with individuals with special needs 


Cloth (978-0-85702-490-9) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-491-6) • £24.99 

In my experience, Intensive Interaction can 

make a life changing difference to those with 

autism or complex learning difficulties. If you 

already use Intensive Interaction, this book 

is an essential reminder of what makes it 

special - if not, it will inspire you to give it 

a try! 

- Nicky Phillips, Educational 

Psychologist and co-author of 'Teaching 

Play to Children with Autism' 

9


TEACHING LITERACY 

TO LEARNERS 

WITH DYSLEXIA 

a Multi-sensory approach 

Kathleen Kelly Manchester Metropolitan 

University and Sylvia Phillips 

Glynd ˆwr University 

Providing a structured programme for 

teaching literacy to children and young people with 

dyslexia and specific literacy difficulties, this book makes explicit 

links between theory, research and practice. It discusses: 

• the rationale for a structured multi-sensory approach 

• phonological, reading, writing and spelling skills 

• working with learners who have English as an Additional Language. 

This book contains everything you need to help improve and develop 

the literacy skills of the learners in your setting. 


Introduction\ The Contribution of Theories of Causation to the Development 

of a Multi-sensory Teaching Programme \ The Role of Memory in Acquiring 

Literacy Skills \ Phonological Skills, Literacy and Dyslexia \ The Development 

of Reading Skills \ Spelling Development and Dyslexia \ Teaching Handwriting 

\ Dyslexia and Learners for whom English is an Additional Language \ 

Principles, Teaching Strategies and Programme Structure \ Lesson Planning 

\ Alphabet and Dictionary Work \ Introducing the New Teaching Point in a 

Lesson \ The Role of Memory in the Programme \ Study Skills within the 

Programme \ The Accelerated Programme \ Ideas for Working with Young 

Children \ Teaching the Programme to Groups 

READERSHIP 

Teachers working with learners who have special educational needs and 

specifically those with dyslexia 

THE DYSLEXIA-FRIENDLY 

TEACHER’S TOOLKIT 

Barbara Pavey Freelance Consultant and 

Margaret Meehan University of Swansea 


Cloth (978-0-85702-534-0) • £85.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-535-7) • £29.99 

This toolkit provides you with the 

foundations for making your setting and 

teaching style dyslexia-friendly. There is 

a general overview of the principles and 

practices required, and what the dyslexiaaware 

teacher needs to bear in mind, including: 

• dyslexia and phonics 

• dyslexia and English as an Additional Language 

• dyslexia and mathematics 

• dyslexia and science. 

The book offers you ideas and advice and will ensure you feel 

confident you are doing the right things to help overcome barriers 

to learning. 


1.Understanding Learners with Dyslexia \ 2.Supporting Learning \ 3.Dyslexia 

and Phonics \ 4.Dyslexia and English as an Additional Language \ 5.Reading, 

Writing and Spelling \ 6.Dyslexia and Maths \ 7.Dyslexia and Science \ 

8.Dyslexia and Creativity \ 9.Appendices \ 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, SENCOs and literacy co-ordinators 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0707-9) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0708-6) • £22.99 

EMOTIONAL WELL-BEING 

FOR CHILDREN WITH 

SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL 

NEEDS AND DISABILITIES 

A Guide for Practitioners 

Gail Bailey Child Psychology Consultant 

This practical guide details the strategies that 

practitioners can use in their setting to build better 

outcomes for children with Special Educational Needs (SEN) and 

disabilities. Case studies, points for practice and reflection questions 

are used to explore the principles around working with children with 

a range of disabilities including: 

• ADHD 

• dyslexia 

• visual impairment 

• autism. 

This book will guide practitioners in implementing strategies to 

pro-actively promote emotional well-being for children with SEN in 

their settings. 


Acknowledgement \ Contents \ Foreword \ Chapter 1 The Right to Flourish 

\ Section 1 A Model for Classroom Practitioners \ Chapter 2 Emotional 

well-being and disability \ Chapter 3 The Evidence Base- the Contribution 

of Positive Psychology \ Chapter 4 Implications for Classroom Practice \ 

Part 2: Assessment \ Chapter 5 Independence \ Chapter 6 Competence \ 

Chapter 7 Connectedness \ Part 3: A Plan of Action \ Chapter 8 Promoting 

Independence \ Chapter 9 Removing Barriers to Engagement \ Chapter 10 

Towards Belonging \ Chapter 11 A Guide for Parents \ Chapter 12 Summary 

READERSHIP 

Teachers and SENCOs 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0159-6) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0160-2) • £21.99 

EVERY CHILD 

CAN LEARN 

Using learning tools and 

play to help children with 

Developmental Delay 

Katrin Stroh, Thelma robinson 

and Alan Proctor all at 

Developmental Therapist 

THE ADHD 

TOOLKIT 

2008 • 232 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4794-7)• £82.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4795-4)• £48.99 

Linda Wheeler Freelance Education 

Consultant and Researcher 

2010 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-183-3) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-184-0) • £24.99 


EDUCATING STUDENTS ON 

THE AUTISTIC SPECTRUM 

A Practical Guide 


Martin Hanbury Teacher 

The aim of this book is to make sure all 

students on the Autistic Spectrum are given 

the opportunity to engage in appropriate 

teaching and learning experiences. It 

considers the individual with autism, and offers tried 

and tested approaches, giving background information on autism 

and its impact on the learner. In this new edition: 

• more information on sensory issues 

• an increasingly holistic view of the student with autism 

• new ideas for curriculum planning in mainstream settings 

• advice on multi-professional working 

• guidance on developing positive working relationships with parents 

and carers. 

A wealth of new material available to download from the SAGE website, 

including photocopiable materials, presentations and checklists. 


Autism: A Brief Overview \ Autism and Learning \ Developing Collaborative 

Partnerships \ Addressing Behavioural Issues in Autism \ Understanding 

Autism \ Effective and Established Strategies \ Developing the Curriculum 

for Complex Learners 

READERSHIP 

Teachers and teaching assistants, particularly those new to the field of autism 

or working in isolation from other specialists. 

EDUCATING CHILDREN 

WITH COMPLEX 

CONDITIONS 

Understanding 

overlapping & Co-existing 

Developmental Disorders 

Winand H Dittrich School of Psychology, 

University of Hertfordshire and rona Tutt 

Consultant, writer, researcher and former 

President of NAHT 


Cloth (978-0-85702-893-8) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-894-5) • £21.99 

This book offers practical guidance for school leaders on how to 

understand and deal with the many special educational needs and 

disabilities that may exist in their students. 

2008 • 128 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-317-0) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-318-7) • £22.99 

CIRCLE TIME FOR 

EMOTIONAL LITERACY 



2006 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-1854-1) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-1855-8) • £22.99 



TEACHING PLAY TO 

CHILDREN WITH AUTISM 

Practical Interventions 

using Identiplay 


Nicky Phillips and Liz Beavan 

Through the use of play scripts, the 

approach promotes the development 

of social skills, understanding, imagination and 

exploration. Supported by case studies, the theory behind the 

approach is fully outlined and scripts are provided for instant use in 

a number of settings. New to this edition: 

• how to assess the child’s current play skills 

• the adult’s role in play 

• the use of visual/verbal support 

• advice on taking learning outdoors. 

A supporting CD ROM contains video clips of the intervention in 

practice, printable scripts and a PowerPoint presentation to facilitate 

professional training, making this a vital resource for anyone working 

with young children on the autistic spectrum. 


Acknowledgements \ About the Authors \ Foreword \ What is in the Pack and 

How to Use it \ Section 1 - Theory and Practice \ Section 2 - Case Studies 

and Commentary on Video Clips \ Section 3 - Kits and Scripts \ Section 

4 - Identiplay Beyond the Tabletop \ Section 5 - Using Identiplay with Other 

Resources \ Section 6 - Powerpoint Slides with Presenter Notes \ References 

\ Resources Including Useful Websites 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, educational psychologists, early years SENCOs and parents. 



Paper (978-1-4462-0766-6) • £27.99 

AUTISM AND 

UNDERSTANDING 

The Waldon approach to 

Child Development 

Walter Solomon, Chris Holland and 

Mary Jo Middleton 

This book demonstrates that children with 

autism and other special needs can gain a 

fuller understanding of the world and learn 

to take a constructive and contributing place in it. 

The book includes: 

• the inspirational story of the author’s son, diagnosed at two 

with autism and as ‘basically sub-normal’, now a successful 

professional with a wife and child 

• an introduction to Geoffrey Waldon’s theory and working methods 

• testimony from parents and teachers, covering autism and a range 

of learning difficulties. 


Chapter One: Early Days 1968-1972 \ Chapter Two: School Years 1972-1987 

\ Chapter Three: College Years, UK and Israel 1987- 1998 \ Chapter Four: 

Work and Marriage 1998- 2011 \ Chapter Five: The Waldon Theory of Child 

Development and The Waldon Approach \ Chapter Six: Centres Influenced 

by Geoffrey Waldon \ Chapter Seven: Case Studies of Children on the Autistic 

Spectrum \ Chapter Eight: Not only for Autism - More Case Studies \ Chapter 

Nine: Functional Reading: A Special Orientation of the Approach 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, therapists, doctors, parents and special interest groups will find 

this book an important and potentially transformational read. 

May 2012 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4462-0923-3) • £70.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0924-0) • £23.99 

11


PARTNERSHIP WORKING 

TO SUPPORT SPECIAL 

EDUCATIONAL NEEDS & 

DISABILITIES 

rona Tutt Consultant, writer, researcher 

and former President of NAHT 

Packed full with case studies from real 

schools demonstrating best practice, this 

book explores how partnership working can really 

benefit children and young people. 

MARTIAN IN THE 

PLAYGROUND 

2010 • 144 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-147-2) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-148-9) • £19.99 

Understanding the Schoolchild 

with asperger’s Syndrome 


Clare Sainsbury 

This award winning book illuminates what 

it means to be a person who has Aspergers 

Syndrome, by providing a window into a 

unique and particular world. 


2009 • 144 pages 

Paper (978-1-84920-000-4) • £17.99 

I CAN’T DO THAT! 

My Social Stories to Help with 

Communication, Self-Care and 

Personal Skills 


John Ling 


2010 • 120 pages 

Paper (978-0-85702-044-4) • £21.99 

NURTURE GROUPS 

IN SCHOOL 

Principles and Practice 


Marjorie Boxall and Sylvia Lucas 

Nurture Group Network 

Sylvia Lucas provides a motivating 

exploration of the theory and practice of 

nurture groups. New to this edition include 

a chapter on pedagogy, child development 

and brain research; updated examples; and 

a case study from an international Nurture Group. 

2010 • 256 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-418-7) • £68.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-419-4) • £23.99 

PUPIL FRIENDLY IEPS 

AND TARGET SHEETS 

And Other Pupil 

Friendly resources 


Gillian Shotton Senior Specialist 

Educational Psychologist 


2009 • 104 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-034-9) • £88.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-009-6) • £30.99 

THE LEARNING MENTOR’S 

RESOURCE BOOK 


Kathy Salter Youth Justice 

Worker, Leeds and rhonda Twidle 

CAMHS Practitioner 


2010 • 288 pages 

Cloth (978-0-85702-069-7) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-070-3) • £24.99 

EFFECTIVE 

MULTI-AGENCY 

PARTNERSHIPS 

Putting Every Child Matters 

into Practice 



This text offers practical advice on how 

to establish and maintain effective multiagency 

partnership work to improve 

ECM outcomes. 

THE LEARNING 

MENTOR MANUAL 

Stephanie George Plashet 

School, London 

2010 • 112 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4772-5) • £67.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4773-2) • £22.99 

Follow us on 

2009 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-138-3) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-139-0) • £25.99 

http://twitter.com/SaGeeducation 

12 orDer ToDaY +44 (0)20 7324 8703 +44 (0)20 7324 8700 www.sagepub.co.uk 

TM

DEVELOPING 

SUSTAINABLE 

LEADERSHIP 

Edited by Brent Davies University of Hull 

These insightful solutions will be easily 

assimilated by school leaders, policy 

makers and community stakeholders, 

who can recontextualise the wisdom within 

to their own unique circumstances. 

2007 • 216 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-2395-8) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-2396-5) • £23.99 

LEADING & MANAGING 

CONTINUING 

PROFESSIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT 

Developing People, 

Developing Schools 


Sara Bubb and Peter Earley both 

at Institute of Education, University 

of London 

2007 • 208 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4827-2) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4828-9) • £24.99 

TALENT MANAGEMENT 

IN EDUCATION 

Brent Davies University of Hull and 

Barbara J Davies Business School, 


This book explains the key concepts 

and provides frameworks for leaders to 

apply ideas of talent management in their 

organisations. The authors focus on talent 

management and how this contributes to 

other strategic objectives, such as building 

a high performance learning environment 

and building leadership in depth in the school. 

In showing how to develop talented individuals for roles and 

responsibilities in new configurations of schools and leadership, the 

authors focus on: 

• defining who are the talented individuals in your school 

• developing talented individuals and leaders in your school 

• building a talent culture in the school. 


The Context \ Introduction \ Defining Organisational Strategy and Values 

\ SECTION ONE: TALENT IDENTIFICATION \ Performance Evaluation \ 

Performance or Potential? \ SECTION TWO: TALENT DEVELOPMENT \ 

Talent Development \ Professional Learning \ The Architecture to Support 

Talent Development \ SECTION THREE: TALENT CULTURE \ Building a 

Talent-Management Culture \ School or System Talent? \ SECTION FOUR: 

THE WAY FORWARD \ An Integrated Talent Management Model for Schools 

READERSHIP 

School leaders and managers in educational organisations, such as Head 

teachers and senior leaders, aspiring middle and senior leader programmes 

and school business managers, both in the UK and internationally. 


Cloth (978-0-85702-734-4) • £75.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-737-5) • £24.99 


LEADING THE 

STRATEGICALLY 

FOCUSED SCHOOL 

Success and Sustainability 


Brent Davies University of Hull 

Leadership 

Drawing upon Brent Davies’ extensive 

experience in presenting to school leaders, this 

book distils the collective wisdom from educationalists across the 

globe. Updated with new international examples and references and 

a significant new chapter on developing strategic talent in schools, 

the book has been described as a ‘must read’ for existing and 

aspiring school leaders. It focuses on: 

• establishing processes for building whole school involvement 

• building and sustaining strategic leadership throughout the school 

• developing strategic talent in schools 

• characteristics of strategically focused schools. 

This book is an indispensable read for school leaders who want to 

focus on bringing sustainable improvement to their school. 


Introduction \ What Is Meant by Leading for Sustainable Strategic Success? 

\ Start with Values and Beliefs \ Strategic Processes: Overview \ Strategic 

Processes: Conceptualizing \ Strategic Processes: Engaging the People 

\ Strategic Processes: Articulating \ Strategic Approaches \ Strategic 

Leadership \ Developing Strategic Leadership \ Deploying and Implementing 

Strategy \ A Strategically Focused School 

READERSHIP 

All school leaders 

HOW SUCCESSFUL 

SCHOOLS WORK 

The Impact of Innovative 

School Leadership 


Cloth (978-1-84920-808-6) • £75.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-809-3) • £24.99 

rona Tutt Consultant, writer, researcher 

and former President of NAHT and 

Paul Williams 

This book examines innovative leadership in 

action. The authors look at the characteristics 

of innovative school leaders, and reflect on how these 

people work. 

An appetite for challenge, a desire for a sense of well-being for all 

those involved in the school and its development, and an ability 

to flex their style of leadership all emerge as core factors in their 

success. Topics covered include: 

• the changing role of school leaders 

• leading inclusive environments 

• the power of innovative leadership 

• identifying the challenges ahead. 


Introduction\The Changing Role of School Leaders \ The Attraction of 

Leadership \ Changing Styles of Leadership \ Leading Inclusive Environments 

\ The Power of Leadership \Generating Well-Being \ Staying at the Forefront 

\ Conclusions What next: Identifying the Challenges Ahead 

READERSHIP 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0769-7) • £60.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0770-3) • £20.99 

13

Leadership / Language & Literacy 

PASSIONATE LEADERSHIP 

IN EDUCATION 

Edited by Brent Davies University 

of Hull and Tim Brighouse Adviser, 

Hamlyn Foundation & Visiting Professor, 

Institute of Education, University 

of London 

Two of the biggest names in educational 

leadership edit this book and the 

contributors include many others. With the 

increased requirement for higher-level training for school 

leaders, this book is bound to be at the top of their reading lists. 

2008 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4861-6) • £66.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4862-3) • £22.99 

THE ESSENTIALS OF 

SCHOOL LEADERSHIP 


Brent Davies University of Hull 

This bestselling introductory text for school 

leaders combines leading contributors, an 

easy-to-read style and coverage of the 

‘need to know’ topics that any practising 

or aspiring school leader will cover in 

their course. 

2009 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-565-5) • £67.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-566-2) • £22.99 

SUCCESSFUL 

INDUCTION FOR 

NEW TEACHERS 

A Guide for NQTs & Induction 

Tutors, Coordinators and Mentors 

Sara Bubb Institute of Education, 

University of London 

HELPING STAFF 

DEVELOP 

IN SCHOOLS 

2007 • 144 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84787-033-9) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-84787-034-6) • £21.99 

Sara Bubb and Peter Earley both 

at Institute of Education, University 

of London 

This book offers tried and tested strategies 

for successful and rewarding staff 

development that, most importantly, can 

contribute to improving pupil outcomes. 

2010 • 136 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-025-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-026-4) • £22.99 

MORE WRITE DANCE 

Extending Development of Write 

Dance for Children age 5-9 


ragnhild oussoren Education trainer 

Write Dance is a lively, innovative, and 

above all, fun approach to developing 

prewriting and writing skills using 

movement. More Write Dance uses music, 

instructions and illustrations to help teachers guide 

children on how to refine and develop their drawings to achieve 

fluent letter strings. 

This new edition includes: 

• greater guidance on foundation movements, letter groups and joins 

• more teaching materials to help children learn to write 

• a fully revised introduction that outlines the theory behind 

the programme 

• more guidance for practitioners on using Write Dance in 

their setting. 

Described by the author as ‘an adventure with letters!’ the book and 

audio CD will help children of all abilities to develop their writing, 

creativity and motor skills. 

CONTENTS 

Foreword \ Introduction: Writing and Dancing Three Write Dance Circles \ 

Foundation Movements, Letter Groups and Joins: Joining up the Following 

Letter \ Preparatory and supporting exercises \ Write Drawing and Breathing 

\ Exercises: Rounded and Straight: Rounded: Loops, Eights and Flowers 

Straight: Angles and Crosses Clovers \ Eight Write Dance Cartoon figures 

\ The Writing Posture Rhyme \ Writing Sheets and (Sound) Words: Sound 

Words and Writing Sheets 1 and 2 Simple Words Consisting of Three or Four 

Letters on Writing Sheet 3 Words and Sentences on Writing Sheets 4 and 5 

Krongelidong-Animals and Your Own Write Dance Signature \ Letters A to Z 

\ Capitals and Numbers \ Music Drawings: Sailing Boat Ocean Journey Little 

Tea Ship Dream Castle Snow \ Appendices and Copy Sheets:: List of Music 

Tracks: Rounded and Straight List of Exercises List of Words Containing a 

Cluster of Vowels and//or Consonants List of words in Which Vowels and 

Consonants Alternate, as in sound words Writing Sheet 1 Writing Sheet 2 

Writing Sheet 3 Writing Sheet 4 Writing Sheet 5 Sixteen Squares Jacco Long 

Nose and Leo the Thinker Ocean Waves and Beach Waves Mountains-Hare 

Hop-Bulb Field-the Sea Clovers Cartoon figures (2x) Pictorial letters (2x) 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, early years SENCOs, children’s occupational therapists 



Cloth (978-1-4462-0112-1) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0113-8) • £27.99 

MORE WRITE DANCE PACK 

Extending Development of Write Dance 

for Children age 5-9 



The More Write Dance pack includes a DVD including footage of 

the Write Dance learning technique in action in the classroom. This 

footage will provide essential guidance for all those practitioners new 

to the Write Dance method, as well as new ideas on how to apply the 

approach for those who already use Write Dance in the classroom. 



Paper (978-1-4462-0065-0) • £55.00 


WRITE DANCE IN THE 

EARLY YEARS 

A Pre-Writing Programme for 

Children 3 to 5 



This book and audio CD introduce the 

nine themes of the Write Dance approach 

for the early years. The programme links to the 

following aspects within the six areas of learning in the Early Years 

Foundation stage: 

• creative development through imaginative play, music and dance 

• physical development through movement using equipment 

and materials 

• communication, language and literacy through handwriting 

• personal, social and emotional development through increasing 

self-confidence and self-esteem. 

Beneficial to all children, this programme has been found to be very 

helpful for children with special education needs, from learning 

difficulties to dyspraxia. 


The Story of a Piece of Paper \ Introduction \ What Is Write Dance? \ Write 

Dance in the Early Years \ Movements in Your Space \ Movements on a 

Scrimbling Surface \ Both Hands \ Consolidating \ Experiencing and Emotions 

\ Repetition and Routine \ Development \ The Scrimbling Area \ Materials for 

the Writing Surface \ Scrimbling Materials \ Materials for Theme Play \ The 

Role of the Teacher \ A Working Method in 10 Steps \ Summary of the Basic 

Movements \ Themes, Stories and Arrangement of the CD \ Home Stories \ 

H1. Sandy Hill \ H2. Kringeli-Krangeli \ H3. Pat-a-Cake \ H4. The Staircase \ 

H5. The Toy Train \ H6. Tickle Tree \ H7. Little Water Shute \ H8. The Rainbow 

\ H9. Little Sun \ H10. Straight, Bent, Cross, Happy \ Funfair Stories \ F1. 

Watermill \ F2. My Dinky Car \ F3. Merry-go-Round \ F4. The Procession 

\ F5. Air Train \ F6. Tree and Fairy Lights \ F7. Big Water Shute \ F8. The 

Gateway \ F9. Dear Sun, Dear Moon \ 

READERSHIP 



2010 • 128 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-138-4) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-139-1) • £27.99 

WRITE DANCE IN THE 

EARLY YEARS PACK 



Pack includes Book, CD and DVD 


2010 • 128 pages 

Paper (978-1-84920-392-0) • £55.00 





PACK 

Ragnhild Ragnhild Ragnhild Ragnhild Ragnhild Ragnhild Ragnhild Oussoren Oussoren Oussoren Oussoren Oussoren Oussoren Oussoren 

WRITE DANCE 



Language & Literacy 

This book and audio CD introduce the 

nine themes of the Write Dance approach 

for children aged 4 - 8. The programme 

also links to the following aspects within 

the six areas of learning in the Early Years 

Foundation stage: 

• creative development through imaginative 

play, music and dance 

• physical development through movement using equipment 

and materials 

• communication, language and literacy through handwriting 

• personal social and emotional development through increasing 

self-confidence and self-esteem. 

This exciting and innovative programme benefits all children, but has 

also been found to be very helpful for children with special education 

needs, from learning difficulties to dyspraxia. 


The Story of the Write Dance People \ Introduction \ How Write Dance 

Evolved \ Graphology and Write Dance \ 12 Important Characteristics of 

Handwriting Judged by Graphologists \ Rhythm, Your Own Style \ Music \ 

Foundation Movements and the Nine Music Themes Volcano to Mandala \ 

The Nine Foundation Themes from the Child’s Perspective \ An Overview of 

the Write Dance Method \ The Forerunner of the Writing Sheet in Write Dance 

2 \ A Few Suggestions for Foundation Exercises on Five Dots \ Materials and 

Practical Applications \ A Big Room \ Materials to Be Used in a Big Room \ 

Music Drawings and Write Drawings on Dry and Wet Surfaces \ Paper in All 

Kinds of Shapes and Sizes \ The Nine Songs \ The Nine Variation Themes \ 

Foundation Drawing, Story Drawing, Practice on Lines \ A Short Write Dance 

Self-Assessment \ Points to Remember when Making Music Drawings \ 

READERSHIP 



2010 • 152 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-690-6) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-691-3) • £27.99 

WRITE DANCE PACK 



Pack includes Book, CD and DVD 


2010 • 168 pages 

Paper (978-1-84920-388-3) • £55.00 

PACK 

15

Language & Literacy / Mathematics & Numeracy 

BRINGING POETRY ALIVE 

A Guide to Classroom Practice 

Edited by Michael Lockwood University 

of Reading 

Offering a wealth of ideas and support 

for ways to really bring poetry alive, this 

book draws on what is known to work, 

and explores fresh thinking. It will help both 

new and experienced teachers approach 

poetry with imagination and confidence. 

Written by people who have taught poetry in different 

settings for many years, and with contributions from poets Michael 

Rosen and James Carter, this book offers ideas on: 

• using drama 

• cross-curricular working 

• what to do with younger learners 

• inspiring children to write their own poems. 

An enjoyable and uplifting book, it is a must for anyone working 

with children aged 5 to 14 who is looking for inspiration for their 

poetry teaching. 


Introduction \ Reflections on Being Children’s Laureate \ Teaching Poetry 

in the Early Years \ Teaching Poetry in the Later Primary Years: Response 

\ Teaching Poetry in the Later Primary Years: Writing \ ‘Look Children- a 

Real Live Poet!’: the Role of the Poet in Primary Schools \ Cross-Curricular 

Approaches to Poetry \ Teaching Poetry to Teenagers \ Poetry Teaching 

and Drama \ ‘Literary Reading’: The Challenge of Getting Young People to 

Experience Poetry \ 

READERSHIP 

Primary and Secondary teachers 


Cloth (978-0-85702-073-4) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-074-1) • £21.99 

TEACHING MEDIA IN 


Edited by Cary Bazalgette 

With contributions from literacy advisors, 

leading academics, teacher-trainers 

and practitioners, this book encourages 

teachers to explore the role of media 

in their classroom and in the lives of 

their students. 

PHONICS 

2010 • 152 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84920-575-7) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84920-576-4) • £21.99 

Practice, Research and Policy 

Edited by Maureen Lewis University 

of Exeter and Sue ellis University 

of Strathclyde 

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH 

THE UKLA 

2006 • 176 pages 

Cloth • £75.00 

(978-1-4129-3085-7) 

Paper • £22.99 

(978-1-4129-3086-4) 

CREATIVE WAYS TO 

TEACH LITERACY 

Ideas for Children aged 3 to 11 

Edited by Virginia Bower Canterbury 

Christ Church University 

This book suggests ways to make your 

literacy teaching as creative and engaging 

as possible. Offering great ideas for 

classroom practice, whilst making careful 

links to research, the authors cover a broad range of 

topics, including: 

• exploring traditional tales 

• writing from experience 

• using playground games as a foundation foundation for literacy 

• performing poetry. 

Written for teachers working with children aged 3-11 years, this book 

gives you the opportunity to develop children’s literacy in enjoyable 

and interesting ways. 


PART ONE: NARRATIVE \ Virginia Bower Enhancing Children’s Writing \ 

Caroline Tancock An Exploration of Traditional Cultures \ Justine Earl Writing 

from Experience \ PART TWO: POETRY \ Karen Vincent and Sue Hammond 

Playground Games as a Foundation for Literacy Lessons \ Sue Barrett and 

Virginia Bower Using Poetic Form: An Approach to Poetry Writing in the 

Primary Classroom \ Andrew Lambirth Poetry is Slamming: Different Ways to 

Perform Poetry in Primary Schools \ PART THREE: NON-FICTION \ Michael 

Green Inspiring and Enthusing Children as Readers and Writers of Non-Fiction 

\ Tracy Parvin Lights, Camera, Action...Take 9! \ Virginia Bower Teaching Nonfiction 

to Children Learning English as an Additional Language 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, NQTs and literacy advisers. 


Cloth (978-0-85702-045-1) • £60.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-046-8) • £19.99 

OVERCOMING 

DIFFICULTIES 

WITH NUMBER 

Supporting Dyscalculia 

and Students who Struggle 

with Maths 

ronit Bird Teacher, London 

This book provides teaching plans for key 

numeracy topics, aimed at those working with students 

aged 9 to 16 years in order build the self-esteem of students who 

need extra help and give them a basic foundation in number. Topics 

covered include: 

• games and puzzles for learning language components 

• bridging 

• multiplication 

• division 

• reasoning strategies 

Ronit Bird provides detailed strategies for teaching numeracy 

skills through a progression of practical activities and visualization 

techniques, which build the self-esteem of students who need extra 

help and give them a basic foundation in number. While the plans 

cover the National Numeracy Strategy, they can also be used in any 

setting where maths is being taught. 

2009 • 168 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-710-1) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-711-8) • £24.99 


THE DYSCALCULIA RESOURCE BOOK 

Games and Puzzles for ages 7 to 14 


Ronit Bird is an experienced teacher with an excellent reputation for 

helping children to understand maths. 

This book offers 100 photocopiable games and puzzles to help teach 

key aspects of numeracy. 

Carefully designed so that no equipment is needed beyond that 

found in the average home, these games and puzzles actively 

encourage practice in using reasoning methods. 

Part 1 focuses on addition and subtraction, and Part 2 targets 

multiplication and division. Grids link each game to a specific 

numeracy topic, as well as listing the number of players required 

and equipment needed. 

Games and puzzles include: 

• triad families 

• 3-in-a-Line dominoes 

• key multiples bingo 

• component Su Doku puzzles 

• the 6x table coin solitaire. 

This Resource Book is perfect for 

teachers, teaching assistants and 

parents aiming to improve children’s 

basic numeracy. All 100 games and 

puzzles are also available on the 

accompanying CD. 

CONTENTS 

About the Author \ Contents of CD \ 

Introduction \ Overview Tables \ PART ONE: 

ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION GAMES AND 

PUZZLES \ PART TWO: MULTIPLICATION 

TABLES AND DIVISION GAMES AND PUZZLES 

\ Solutions to Su Doku Puzzles \ Solutions to 

MAD Puzzles \ Appendix: Digit Cards \ Glossary 

READERSHIP 

Teachers, teaching assistants and parents 


Cloth (978-1-4462-0167-1) • £90.00 

Paper (978-1-4462-0168-8) • £30.00 


THE DYSCALCULIA 

TOOLKIT 

Supporting Learning Difficulties 

in Maths 


This collection of 200 teaching activities 

and 40 games to use with pupils who 

struggle with maths is based on the author’s 

years of experience in schools, working with 

Mathematics & Numeracy 

dyslexic, dyspraxic and dyscalculic pupils - but all the 

suggested strategies are equally suitable for teaching the basics of 

numeracy to any pupil aged 7 to 14 years. 

2007 • 160 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-4764-0) • £85.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-4765-7) • £32.99 

RONIT BIRD'S FAVOURITES 

ronit Bird is a teacher who specialises in working with 

learners of all ages who have specific difficulties with 

maths. Her approach is to use concrete materials to 

develop a sound mathematical understanding before 

making the transition to more abstract methods. Ronit is 

also involved in creating and delivering training courses 

on Dyscalculia and in providing advice to schools on 

how to support pupils who struggle with numeracy. 

Here are two of her favourite books. 

Gathercole & Alloway's 

'Working Memory and Learning'. 

This eye-opening book is full of fascinating 

information about how memory impacts on 

everyday life as well as on learning. Theories 

derived from recent research have been 

translated into practical ideas for supporting 

children in the classroom, making this an 

accessible, as well as an important, book that 

will be of interest to teachers of any subject. 

Derek Haylock's 

'Mathematics explained 

for Primary Teachers' Teachers 

Derek Haylock has the inspirational 

teacher's gift of making maths 

accessible to anyone. This 

wonderful book covers every 

major topic, providing clear and 

concise explanations, presented 

logically and at a satisfying level of 

detail. An invaluable resource for any 

primary practitioner that I would also unhesitatingly 

recommend to teachers of older pupils who still need 

support with basic numeracy concepts. 

Ronit Ronit Ronit Bird Bird Bird 

17

Mathematics & Numeracy 

DEVELOPING NUMBER 

KNOWLEDGE 

Assessment,Teaching and 

Intervention with 7-11 year olds 

robert J Wright Southern Cross 

University, Australia, David ellemor- 

Collins Research Officer, Southern 

Cross University and Pamela D Tabor 

Mathematics Specialist, Harford County 

Public Schools 

This fourth book in the Mathematics Recovery series equips teachers 

with detailed pedagogical knowledge and resources for teaching 

number to 7 to 11-year olds. Features include: 

• fine-grained progressions of instruction within each domain 

• detailed descriptions of students’ strategies and difficulties 

• assessment tasks with notes on students’ responses 

• an accompanying CD with extensive instructional resources. 


Professional Learning for Quality Instruction: Using the Book for Professional 

Learning and Development \ Using the Book for Intervention Instruction \ 

Using the Book to Promote Parental Involvement \ Instruction in Arithmetic: 

Organising Instruction in Arithmetic \ Progressive Mathematisation of 

Arithmetic \ An Inquiry-based Approach to Instruction \Number Words and 

Numerals: Domain Overview: Significance of Knowledge of Number Words 

and Numerals \ Learning Number Word Sequences \ Learning to Read and 

Write Numerals \ Assessment of Number Words and Numerals \ Instruction 

in Number Word Sequences \ Instruction in Numerals \ Assessment Task 

Groups \ Instructional Activities \ Structuring Numers 1 to 20\ Assessment 

Task Groups\ Instructional Activities \ Conceptual Place Value: Domain 

Overview: Learning Conceptual Place Value 

READERSHIP 

Classroom and intervention teachers, special education teachers and 

classroom assistants; also mathematics advisors and coaches, learning 

support staff, numeracy consultants, curriculum developers, teacher 

educators and researchers 

MaTH reCoVerY 


Cloth (978-0-85702-060-4) • £65.00 

Paper (978-0-85702-061-1) • £22.99 

TEACHING NUMBER 

advancing Children’s Skills 

and Strategies 



University, Australia, Garry Stanger 

New South Wales Department of 

Education & Training, Australia, ann K 

Stafford Mathematics Recovery, South 

Carolina and James Martland University 

of Liverpool 

This book lets teachers identify where their students are in terms of 

number skills, and sets out a strategy for developing their knowledge. 

Each chapter has clearly defined teaching procedures, which show 

how to take children on to the next stage. 

MaTH reCoVerY 

2006 • 264 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-2184-8) • £72.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-2185-5) • £23.99 

TEACHING NUMBER IN THE 

CLASSROOM WITH 4-8 

YEAR OLDS 


University, Australia, Garry Stanger New 

South Wales Department of Education 

& Training, Australia, Ann K Stafford 

Mathematics Recovery, South Carolina 

and James Martland University of Liverpool 

This book translates years of research into a very 

understandable and comprehensive approach for teaching children 

how the number system is structured and how to think like a 

mathematician. 

MaTH reCoVerY 

2006 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-0757-6) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-0758-3) • £22.99 

EARLY NUMERACY 

Assessment for Teaching 

and Intervention 



University, Australia, James Martland 

University of Liverpool and Ann K Stafford 

Mathematics Recovery, South Carolina 

This is a highly practical resource that will be 

appreciated by classroom and specialist teachers 

alike. It will provide teachers new to the Mathematics Recovery 

Programme with practical help and support to diagnose errors and 

misconceptions in early numeracy. 

MaTH reCoVerY 

2006 • 224 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-1019-4) • £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-1020-0) • £22.99 

MATHEMATICS THROUGH 

PLAY IN THE EARLY YEARS 


Kate Tucker Early Years Teacher and 

Trainer, Exeter 

This book is in tune with current thinking 

about best practice in teaching, and shows 

how to introduce mathematical concepts 

through play-based activities. 

2010 • 172 pages 

Cloth (978-1-84860-883-2) • £65.00 

Paper (978-1-84860-884-9) • £20.99 

TEACHING MATHS TO 

PUPILS WITH DIFFERENT 

LEARNING STYLES 

Tandi Clausen-May 

Educational researcher 

This book offers practising teachers a 

range of approaches to making maths 

clear for struggling students 

2005 • 112 pages 

Cloth (978-1-4129-0358-5) 

• £69.00 

Paper (978-1-4129-0359-2) • £21.99 


BLOGS, WIKIS, PODCASTS, 

AND OTHER POWERFUL 

WEB TOOLS FOR 

CLASSROOMS 

Third edition 

Will richardson Consultant, New Jersey 

Written for educators of all levels and 

disciplines, this Third Edition of the best-selling 

book provides real examples from primary and secondary teachers 

around the world who are at the forefront of bringing today’s Web 

tools into their schools and to their students. The book is filled with 

practical advice on how teachers and students can use the web to 

learn more, create more and communicate better. 

This fully updated resource opens up a new technology toolbox for 

both novice and tech-savvy educators. Will Richardson provides 

clear explanations of specific teaching applications, with how-to 

steps for teaching with: 

• weblogs 

• wikis 

• Rich Site Summary (RSS) feeds and aggregators 

• social bookmarking 

• online photo galleriies 

• Facebook, MySpace and Twitter 

• Second Life. 

Updated with materials on Web publishing and information literacy, 

this invaluable handbook helps students and teachers use Web tools 

within the classroom to enhance student learning and achievement. 


The Read//Write Web \ Weblogs: Pedagogy and Practice \ Weblogs: Get 

Started! \ Wikis: Easy Collaboration for All \ RSS: A New Killer App for 

Educators \ The Social Web: Learning Together \ Fun with Flickr: Creating, 

Publishing and Using Images Online \ Podcasting, Video and Screencasting, 

Live Streaming: Multimedia Publishing for the Masses \ What It All Means \ 

Social Networks: Facebook, Ning, Connections and Communities 

READERSHIP 

Teachers in primary and secondary schools 

A CORWIN PUBLICATION 

2010 • 184 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7747-0) • £21.99 


LEARNING ON THE BLOG 

Collected Posts for Educators 

and Parents 

Will richardson 

Corwin Press 

Best-selling author Will Richardson 

presents a multifaceted vision of the 

21st-century classroom and describe how 

a social media-changed world has created 

new opportunities for: 

• student-created student-created media that develops critical thinking 

• extending learning beyond the classroom and school hours 

• cooperative and collaborative learning 

• student empowerment and career readiness. 

This compilation will inspire educators and parents to engage 

in the technology their children already embrace, and to take an 

active role in transforming education to meet the challenges of the 

digital revolution. 

READERSHIP 

School leaders and secondary teachers 



Paper (978-1-4129-9570-2) • £21.99 

CYBER SAVVY 

Embracing Digital Safety 

and Civility 

Nancy Willard 

Nancy Willard integrates her expertise 

in risk prevention, law and education 

to provide a collaborative process for 

teaching secondary students media 

literacy, safety and “netiquette.” She lays 

out the steps for school staff to teach young people 

how to: 

• keep themselves safe 

• disclose and consume information wisely 

• respect the rights, privacy, and property of others 

• take responsibility for others’ well-being when needed 

• respond to inappropriate or dangerous situations. 

The author’s companion website provides access to surveys, stories 

and news articles that support the book’s activities. 

READERSHIP 

Primary and secondary teachers 



Paper (978-1-4129-9621-1) • £18.99 

19

Corwin Press 

ALL SYSTEMS GO 

The Change Imperative for Whole 

System Reform 

Michael Fullan Ontario Institute for 

Studies in Education 

Based on Michael Fullan’s work with school 

districts and large systems in the United 

States, United Kingdom, and Canada, this 

resource lays out a comprehensive action 

plan for achieving whole system reform. 

System-wide reform becomes possible when educational 

leaders build collective capacity and where individual teachers, 

schools and districts are committed to working together to increase 

their effectiveness, rather than competing against one another. This 

book examines: 

• successful reform initiatives in the United States and abroad 

• actions and conditions that have ensured traction and sustainability 

• ways to avoid common errors in action, funding, and policy 

• new reforms at the national level that can impact learning right now. 

All Systems Go shows educators what must be done to strip away 

distractions and move an entire system forward. 


Peter Senge Foreword \ PART ONE: THE SYSTEM \ The Idea and Importance 

of Whole System Reform \ Deceptive Inadequacies \ PART TWO: GETTING 

THERE \ Collective Capacity at the School and District Level \ The State We 

Are In \ Individual Capacity Building \ PART THREE: A NEW ERA \ Politicians 

and Professionals Unite 

READERSHIP 

School Leaders, Administrators and Policy Makers 


2010 • 136 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7873-6) • £16.99 

THE MORAL 

IMPERATIVE 

REALIZED 

Michael Fullan Ontario Institute for 

Studies in Education 

Award-winning author and educational 

reform expert Michael Fullan shows how 

to achieve successful local and systemic 

school reform through the strength of shared 

leadership. 



Paper (978-1-4129-9610-5) • £13.99 

THE FOURTH WAY 

The Inspiring Future for 

educational Change 

andy Hargreaves and Dennis Shirley 

both at Boston College 

This book analyzes three previous major 

change efforts, outlines their strengths 

and limitations, and offers a successful 

and sustainable fourth way to integrate 

teacher professionalism, community 

engagement, government policy, and 

accountability. 


2009 • 168 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-7637-4) • £17.99 

THE GLOBAL FOURTH WAY 

andy Hargreaves and Dennis Shirley 

This book builds upon the authors recently published The Fourth 

Way: The Inspiring Future for Educational Change by helping 

educators to focus on the nitty-gritty, boiler-room challenges of 

change leaders and the expected obstacles they must anticipate, 

engage and overcome to enact Fourth Way strategies and values. 

It will be of interest to all educational leaders who seek to combine 

inspiring and visionary leadership with the practical skills and streetlevel 

political acumen to make the changes that have to happen to 

improve education today. 

This book will operationalize Fourth Way ideas so that readers can 

use these new examples, vignettes and strategies to implement 

their own action plans to achieve positive and sustainable reform. 

Success stories from around the globe will illustrate how small and 

large systems are now working with Fourth Way premises to promote 

learning and achievement. 


Acknowledgments \ About the Authors \ One Tool Doesn’t Fit All: Introduction 

\ Bringing Research and Best Practices to Differentiated Formative 

Assessment \ Creating a Climate for Formative Assessment \ Knowing 

the Learner \ Exploring Self Assessment \ Assessing Before Learning \ 

Assessing During the Learning \ Assessing After the Learning \ Differentiating 

Summative Assessments \ Assessment for Differentiated Instruction and 

Flexible Grouping \ Differentiated Instructional Planning Models \ Planning 

Differentiated Assessment \ References \ Index 

READERSHIP 

All school leaders 


May 2012 • 176 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8786-8) • £15.99 

HOW THE BRAIN LEARNS 

Fourth edition 

David a. Sousa 

This book integrates the most current 

developments in neuroscience, education 

and psychology to inform your instruction 

and enhance your students’ learning. 

Included are: 

• new information on memory systems, 

especially the changes in working memory 

capacity 

• updated research on how the explosion of technology may be 

affecting the brain 

• current findings on brain organization and learning, and revised 

sections on hemispheric specialization 

• evidence that supports the value of the arts in improving cognitive 

processing and creativity 

• an expanded resources section with links to reliable information 

on the brain. 

This classic volume will help you rediscover the joy of seeing students 

reach their full potential. 


Basic Brain Facts \ How the Brain Processes Information \ Memory, Retention, 

and Learning \ The Power of Transfer \ Brain Organization and Learning \ 

The Brain and the Arts \ Thinking Skills and Learning \ Putting It All Together 

READERSHIP 

Curriculum specialists, teachers, and educational leaders and mentors 



Paper (978-1-4129-9797-3) • £26.99 


DELIVEROLOGY 101 

a Field Guide For 

Educational Leaders 

Michael Barber, Andy Moffit and 

Paul Kihn 

Michael Barber’s pioneering work 

as head of my Delivery Unit helped 

ensure real progress, not just with our 

education reforms, but with healthcare 

and policing too. It attracted worldwide 

attention. This guide distils the wisdom he gained at that 

time and has refined since. I strongly recommend it. 

- Tony Blair, Former UK Prime Minister 1997-2007 

A step-by-step approach to delivering results. 

Michael Barber, former chief advisor on delivery to British Prime 

Minister Tony Blair, and his colleagues Andy Moffit and Paul Kihn 

thoroughly describe Barber’s proven reform delivery processes in 

this practical field guide. The timing is ideal, as Barack Obama’s 

administration prioritizes education reform. 

Citing education reform case studies from more than 20 countries, 

the book focuses on how to accomplish meaningful results, including: 

• significant and ongoing education reform 

• excellence and equity across public education. 

The book is based not only on the experience of the Blair 

administration but also on case studies of successful implementation 

of reform in the U.S. and elsewhere. 


1. Develop a Foundation for Delivery: Define Your Aspiration Review the Current 

State of Delivery Build the Delivery Unit Establish a Guiding Coalition \ 2. 

Understand the Delivery Challenge: Evaluate Past and Present Performances 

Understand Drivers of Performance and Relevent System Activities \ 3. Plan 

for Delivery: Determine Your Reform Strategy Set Targets and Trajectories \ 

4. Drive Delivery: Establish Routines to Drive and Monitor Performance Solve 

Problems Early and Rigorously Sustain and Continually Build Momentum \ 5. 

Create an Irreversible Delivery Culture: Build System Capacity All the Time 

Communicate the Delivery Message Unleash the ‘Alchemy of Relationships’ \ 

Frequently Asked Questions \ Glossary \ Bibliography \ Appendices Delivery 

Capacity Review Rubric Assessment Framework Used By the Prime Minister’s 

Delivery Unit \ Index 

READERSHIP 



2010 • 304 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-8950-3) • £22.99 





PREPARING CHILDREN 

FOR SUCCESS IN SCHOOL 

AND LIFE 

20 Ways to enhance Your Child’s 

Brain Power 

Marcia L. Tate 

Corwin Press 

As children’s first teachers, parents need to 

provide a firm foundation for lifelong learning. 

In this new book, award-winning educator Marcia L 

Tate provides parents and caregivers with a wealth of practical tips 

and tools for: 

• creating a calm and brain-compatible home environment 

• incorporating positive physical contact and verbal communication 

• strengthening children’s auditory, tactile, kinesthetic, and visual 

modes of learning. 

This book shows parents how to help children’s brains ‘grow 

dendrites’ in everyday ways such as using music to enhance 

memory, turning homework time into fun time, and allowing them 

freedom to draw and write. 


Introduction \ PART ONE: PREPARING CHILDREN FOR SUCCESS IN LIFE 

\ Develop a Relationship With Your Child \ Hug, Rock, and Love Your Child \ 

Surround Your Child With a Calming Environment \ Give Your Child a Brain- 

Healthy Start \ Talk To and With Your Child \ Read To and With Your Child 

\ Provide Opportunities for Creative Play \ Teach Your Child Rules, Rituals, 

and Responsibility \ Accentuate the Positive \ Deemphasize the Negative 

\ Identify Chronic Behavior and Mood Disorders \ Expect the Best and 

Visualize Success \ PART TWO: PREPARING CHILDREN FOR SUCCESS IN 

SCHOOL \ Laugh and Have Fun; It’s Good for You and Your Child \ Strengthen 

Your Child’s Auditory Mode of Learning \ Strengthen Your Child’s Visual 

Mode of Learning \ Strengthen Your Child’s Kinesthetic Mode of Learning 

\ Strengthen Your Child’s Tactile Mode of Learning \ Make Memories With 

Music \ Connect Content With Your Child’s Life \ Partner With Your Child’s 

Teachers\ Contractual Agreement \ Bibliography \ Index 

READERSHIP 

Early childhood teachers, teaching specialists and educational staff 



Paper (978-1-4129-8844-5) * £14.99 

THE ANSWER 

IS IN THE ROOM 

alan M. Blankstein 

Citing wisdom from top educational 

experts and building on what is already 

working, award-winning author Alan 

M Blankstein offers tools for finding 

excellence in schools, scaling these 

practices across learning communities, 

and transforming low-performing schools into 

high-performing schools. His five-step process includes: 

• identifying and assessing excellence 

• creating an action plan 

• assigning resources, such as time and materials 

• transferring excellence in the form of knowledge and skills 

throughout the school and district 

• sustaining the excellence. 

Also included are effective strategies for sustaining student gains, 

closing gaps within and between schools, building leader capacity, 

and increasing community commitment. 


august 2011 144 pages 

Paper (978-1-4129-9876-5) £13.99 

21

Sales Information 

22 

Overseas Offices and Distributors 

USA, Canada, Central and South America and 

The Caribbean 

SAGE Publications Inc 

2455 Teller Road, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320, USA 

T: +1 (0) 805 499 0721 F: +1 (0) 805 499 0871 

E: info@sagepub.com 

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka 

SAGE Publications India Private Ltd 

B 1 / I 1 Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area 

Mathura Road, New Delhi 110 044, India 

T: (91) 11 4053 9222 F: + (91) 11 4053 9234 

E: info@sagepub.in 

Overseas Representatives and Agents 

UNITED KINgDOm & IRELAND 

London, South East England, & East Anglia 

matthew Waters 

matthew.waters@sagepub.co.uk 

Wales, South West England & South Midlands 

Katharine Horton 

kate.horton@sagepub.co.uk 

Cumbria, North East England, Yorkshire, West & East Midlands 

New Territory Rep TBC 


AFRICA & ASIA 

CENTRAL AFRICA 

Tony Histed, SAGE, 

1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road,London EC1Y 1SP 

T: +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 F: +44 (0) 20 7324 8600 

E: tony.histed@sagepub.co.uk 

SOUTHERN AFRICA 

Academic Marketing Services 

PO Box 411738, Craighall 2024, South Africa 

T: +27 (0) 11 447 7441 F: +27 (0) 11 447 2314 

E: info@academicmarketing.co.za 

mIDDLE EAST & NORTH AFRICA 

Amin Al-Abini, 

Area Manager Middle East (ex Iran) and North Africa 

27 Melsa Project, Golf Area, Nasr City, Cairo 11341, Egypt 

T: +202 24170760/22906014 F: +202 22905812 

m: +2 012 211 4168 E: amin.al-abini@sagepub.co.uk 

mALAYSIA 

SAGE, Suite C-06-03, Block C, Plaza Mont Kiara 

2, Jalan Kiara, Mont Kiara, 

50480 Kuala Lumpur 

T: +60 3 6211 2512 F: +60 3 6203 9212 


EUROPE 

EASTERN EUROPE 

Marek Lewinson, Publishers’ Representative 

Bohaterewicza 3/45, 03-982 Warszawa, Poland 

T/F: 00 48 22 6714819 

gSm: 00 48 602 707037 

E: mlewinso@it.com.pl 

gERmANY, AUSTRIA, SWITZERLAND 

Bernd Feldmann, 

SHS Publishers’ Consultants and Representatives 

Am Kanal 25, D-16515 Oranienburg/Germany 

T: +49-3301/20 57 75 F: +49-3301/20 57 82 

E: BFeldmann@snafu.de W: http://www.shs-feldmann.de 

FRANCE AND ITALY 

David Pickering, Mare Nostrum, Publishing Consultants 

T: 0039 348 3183884 / 0044 798 6559391 

E: davidpickering@mare-nostrum.co.uk 


BENELUx, SCANDINAVIA & CENTRAL EUROPE 

Benelux & Central Europe 

Rogier Rongen 

rogier.rongen@sagepub.co.uk 

Australia and New Zealand 

Footprint Books Pty Ltd, 

Unit 1 / 6A Prosperity Parade, Warriewood, 

NSW 2102, Australia 

T: +61 (02) 9997-3973 F: +61 (02) 9997-3185 

E: info@footprint.com.au 

Asia-Pacific 

SAGE Asia-Pacific Pte Ltd. 

3, Church Street, #10-04, Samsung Hub 

Singapore 049483 

T: +65 6220 1800 F: +65 6438 1008 


North-West England 

Peter Hampson 


Scotland & Ireland 

Lisa mcCluskey 

lisa.mccluskey@sagepub.co.uk 

PHILIPPINES 

Tony Sagun, 15 Pear Avenue, Green heights, Taytay, 

Rizal, Philippines 1920 

T: +63 (0)2 660 5480 F: +63 (0)2 660 0342 

E: tony.sagun@gmail.com 

Korea 

ChongHo Ra, Impact Korea, Suite 715, Shinhan Nextel, 

14 Dosun-Dong, Sungdong-Gu, Seoul 133-714, Korea 

T: +82 (02) 22960140 F: +82 (02) 22960143 

e: impactkr@kornet.net 

JAPAN 

Koro Komori, 216-204, 

Takamiya-cho, Nakagyo-ku, 

Kyoto, Japan 604-0875 

T: +81 (0)75 253 6247 F: +81 (0)75 253 6248 

e: koro.komori@sagepub.co.uk 

CHINa 

Helen Li, SAGE, 22/F, OneLujiazui, 

68 Yin Cheng Road (C), 

Pudong, Shanghai, 200120 China 

T: +86 21 6194 6788 F: +86 21 6194 6787 

E: bookschina@sagepub.co.uk 

gREECE, mALTA, CYPRUS 

Zitsa Seraphimidi, 

Areos 33, Paleo Faliron 17562, Greece 

T: +30 21 0 524 5798 T/F: +30 21 0 981 6816 

m: +30 (6) 9 4444 1184 

E: zitsaser@otenet.gr 

SPAIN AND PORTUgAL 

Cristina de Lara 

Condesa de Chinchón, 25. Chalet 33, 28660 Boadilla del Monte 

T: +34 91 633 66 65 

E: cristinadelara@mare-nostrum.co.uk 


Scandinavia 

TBC 


SAGE Publications Ltd, 

1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road, 

London EC1Y 1SP UK 

Tel +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 

Fax +44 (0) 20 7324 8600 

Email orders@sagepub.co.uk 

(Trade Orders) 

Tony Histed 

International Director of Sales 

tony.histed@sagepub.co.uk 

Rex Elston 

Head of Book Sales 

rex.elston@sagepub.co.uk 

Nicola Everitt 

Books Sales Director, Asia Pacific 

nicola.everitt@sagepub.co.uk 

Adam Birchall 

Key Account & Special Sales Manager 

adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk 

Alison Browne 

Head of Books Customer Services 

alison.browne@sagepub.co.uk 

Rights & Licensing manager 

Translation Rights 

foreign-rights@sagepub.co.uk 

Peter Hampson 

UK Field Sales Manager 


martin Vicars 

European Sales Manager 

martin.vicars@sagepub.co.uk 

For other territories outside 

North America please contact 

Tony Histed at SAGE, London. 

A complete price list of our books 

in print is available in the form of 

an Excel 4.0 spreadsheet. It can be 

downloaded from our Website at: 

www.sagepub.co.uk/bookSellers.nav 

where you should click on 

Complete Price List. The price 

list can be sorted by subject, 

publication date, and author. 

To request copies of our 

catalogues email: 

sales@sagepub.co.uk.

B 

Bailey Emotional Well-being for Children with Special Educational 

Needs and Disabilities .......................................................................... 10 

Barber, Moffit & Kihn Deliverology 101 ............................................. 19 

Bazalgette Teaching Media in Primary Schools ...................................7 

Bird The Dyscalculia Resource Book .................................................. 17 

Bird The Dyscalculia Toolkit ................................................................ 17 

Bird Overcoming Difficulties with Number .......................................... 16 

Blankstein The Answer is in the Room ............................................... 21 

Bower Creative Ways to Teach Literacy .............................................. 16 

Boxall & Lucas Nurture Groups in Schools, Second Edition ............. 12 

Bruce Emotional Literacy in the Early Years .........................................2 

Bruce Early Childhood Practice ............................................................3 

Bubb Successful Induction for New Teachers .................................... 14 

Bubb & earley Leading & Managing Continuing Professional 

Development, Second Edition .............................................................. 13 

Bubb & earley Helping Staff Develop in Schools ............................... 14 

Bullock & Brownhill A Quick Guide to Behaviour Management in the 

Early Years ..............................................................................................6 

C 

Casey Inclusive Play, Second Edition ....................................................3 

Cheminais Family Partnership Working ...............................................8 

Cheminais Rita Cheminais' Handbook for New SENCOs....................8 

Cheminais Effective Multi-Agency Partnerships ................................ 12 

Clare Creating a Learning Environment for Babies and Toddlers ........2 

Clausen-May Teaching Maths to Pupils with Different Learning Styles 

............................................................................................................... 18 

Collins Circle Time for the Very Young, Third Edition ...........................3 

D 

Davies Leading the Strategically Focused School, Second Edition .. 13 

Davies The Essentials of School Leadership, Second Edition ........... 14 

Davies Developing Sustainable Leadership........................................ 13 

Davies & Brighouse Passionate Leadership in Education ................ 14 

Davies & Davies Talent Management in Education ........................... 13 

Dittrich & Tutt Educating Children with Complex Conditions ........... 11 

Dukes & Smith Recognising and Planning for Special Needs in the 

Early Years ..............................................................................................2 

Dukes & Smith Building Better Behaviour in the Early Years ..............3 

F 

Fullan All Systems Go ..........................................................................20 

Fullan The Moral Imperative Realized .................................................20 

G 

George The Learning Mentor Manual ................................................. 12 


H 

Index 

Hampson & Mitchell The Learning Mentor's Resource Book, Second 

Edition ................................................................................................... 12 

Hanbury Educating Students on the Autistic Spectrum, Second 

Edition ................................................................................................... 11 

Hargreaves & Shirley The Global Fourth Way ...................................20 

Hargreaves & Shirley The Fourth Way ...............................................20 

Herbert The Inclusion Toolkit ................................................................9 

Hewett Intensive Interaction ..................................................................9 

Hewett, Barber, Firth & Harrison The Intensive Interaction Handbook 

.................................................................................................................9 

K 

Kelly & Phillips Teaching Literacy to Learners with Dyslexia ............ 10 

L 

Lewis & Ellis Phonics .......................................................................... 16 

Ling I Can't Do That!, Second Edition ................................................. 12 

Lockwood Bringing Poetry Alive ......................................................... 16 

Long Rob Long's Intervention Toolbox .................................................7 

M 

Minton Using Psychology in the Classroom .........................................6 

Mitchell The Behaviour Management Toolkit .......................................8 

o 

oussoren More Write Dance, Second Edition .................................... 14 

oussoren More Write Dance, Second Edition .................................... 14 

oussoren Write Dance in the Early Years, Second Edition ................ 15 

oussoren Write Dance in the Early Years, Second Edition ................ 15 

oussoren Write Dance, Second Edition ............................................. 15 

oussoren Write Dance, Second Edition ............................................. 15 

P 

Pavey & Meehan The Dyslexia-Friendly Teacher's Toolkit ................ 10 

Phillips & Beavan Teaching Play to Children with Autism, Second 

Edition ................................................................................................... 11 

r 

rae The Anger Alphabet, Second Edition .............................................7 

rae Developing Emotional Literacy with Teenagers, Second Edition .... 

.................................................................................................................7 

richardson Blogs, Wikis, Podcasts, and Other Powerful Web Tools 

for Classrooms, Third Edition ............................................................... 19 

richardson Learning on the Blog ....................................................... 19 

Roffey The New Teacher's Survival Guide to Behaviour, Second 

Edition .....................................................................................................7 

Roffey Circle Time for Emotional Literacy ........................................... 11 

rogers Cracking the Challenging Class ...............................................4 

23

Index 

24 

rogers Classroom Behaviour, Third Edition .......................................5 

rogers How to Manage Children's Challenging Behaviour, Second 

Edition .................................................................................................. 5 

rogers Cracking the Hard Class, Second Edition............................. 5 

rogers Behaviour Management, Second Edition ............................. 5 

Rogers & McPherson Behaviour Management with Young Children 

.............................................................................................................. 5 

S 

Sainsbury Martian in the Playground, Second Edition ................... 12 

Shotton Pupil Friendly IEPs and Target Sheets, Second Edition .... 12 

Simister How to Teach Thinking and Learning Skills ........................ 7 

Solomon, Holland & Middleton Autism and Understanding ......... 11 

Sousa How the Brain Learns, Fourth Edition ................................... 20 

Stroh, Robinson & Proctor Every Child Can Learn ....................... 10 

Sullivan The Anti-Bullying Handbook, Second Edition ..................... 7 

Sutherland Gifted and Talented in the Early Years, Second Edition 2 

Sutherland Developing the Gifted and Talented Young Learner ...... 2 

T 

Tate Preparing Children for Success in School and Life ................. 21 

Tucker Mathematics Through Play in the Early Years, Second 

Edition 18 

Tutt Partnership Working to Support Special Educational Needs & 

Disabilities .......................................................................................... 12 

Tutt & Williams How Successful Schools Work .............................. 13 

V 

Vizard How to Manage Behaviour in Further Education, Second 

Edition .................................................................................................. 6 

W 

Wheeler The ADHD Toolkit ............................................................... 10 

White Outdoor Provision in the Early Years ....................................... 3 

Willard Cyber Savvy ......................................................................... 19 

Wright, Ellemor-Collins & Tabor Developing Number Knowledge 18 

Wright, Martland & Stafford Early Numeracy, Second Edition ..... 18 

Wright, Stanger, Stafford & Martland Teaching Number, Second 

Edition ................................................................................................ 18 

Wright, Stanger, Stafford & Martland Teaching Number in the 

Classroom with 4-8 year olds ........................................................... 18 

orDer ToDaY 

How to order... 

SAGE books are available from all good bookshops. 

You can also order direct from SAGE. If the books 

you have ordered are in stock, we will send them 

to you immediately. If a book is not in stock, we 

will record your order and supply it as soon as it 

becomes available. 

Call to order direct, quoting your credit/debit 

card number and the reference number on 

the reverse of the catalogue 


+44 (0)20 7324 8703 


+44 (0)20 7324 8701 

For general enquiries call: 

+44(0)20 7324 8500 

Or fax your order to: 


+44 (0)20 7324 8700 


+44 (0)20 7324 8733 

Or Order POST-FREE online at 


DISCoUNTS 

Discounts are available for bulk purchases. 

To arrange, please contact Adam Birchall, 

Key Account Manager 

adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk. 

FROM A LOCAL AUTHORITY 

OR SCHOOL? 

Fax or post your order on headed paper to the 

address provided above, along with your purchase 

order number 

PAYMENT METHODS 

Your order must be prepaid, and we accept payment by 

cheque (in sterling) payable to SAGE Publications Ltd. Credit/ 

Debit Card (Mastercard, Eurocard, American Express, VISA, 

Switch/Maestro, Delta) or payment by International Giro, to 

account no 548 0353. Introductory offers valid until end of 

month of publication. 

+44 (0)20 7324 8703 +44 (0)20 7324 8700 www.sagepub.co.uk


Join SaGe education on 

Facebook and Twitter 

AT&T 12:34 PM 

Find us on Facebook Follow us on Twitter 

www.sagepub.co.uk/education/facebook 

http://twitter.com/SaGeeducation 

® Facebook is a registered registered registered trademark of Facebook, Inc





+44 (0)20 7324 8500 

ISBN: 978-1-4462-4845-4 

9 781446 248454 

SAGE • Education Books for Practitioners • 2012 

mailing code: DM 1G25

Launching in June 2012, SAGE’s first ebook 

platform brings together more than 2,500 

books and reference titles from across the 

social sciences, with many titles being made 

available electronically for the first time! 

Designed in collaboration with students, 

academics and researchers, titles on the 

platform will be packed with user-friendly 

features. 

Key features and functionality: 

• Search within the chapter or entry 

and search within the title 

• Full HTML text display 

COMING JUNE 2012! 

The Ultimate Social Sciences Online Library 

• Citation, PDF chapter download, print 

chapter, email link and share options 

• “More from this author” feature 

• Suggested related titles and chapters 

Be the first to trial SAGE Knowledge! Sign up at www.sagepub.com/trialsk





+44 (0)20 7324 8500 

Cover Photography: © Dave G Kelly/Flickr/Getty Images 

ISBN: 978-1-4462-5351-9 

9 781446 253519 

SAGE • Education • 2012 

mailing code: DM 1H10

PDF Version - Sage - Sage Publications

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?